Document B2n9zv8wED91mzGxvaojaoa4

MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 39 Number 122 PART H r-i-Aiw i ii-r o EXHIBIT ACS-2 0 3 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Occupational Safety and Health Administration CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND + HEALTH REGULATIONS 01262540 Ac&S 014094 'll RULES AND REGULATIONS 22801 m # Title 29--Labor CHAPTER XVII--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION, DE PARTMENT OF LABOR PART 1926--OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CON STRUCTION Pursuant to authority In sections 6 and 8(e) of the WUliams-Steiger Occupa tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 (84 Stat. 1593, 1600 (29 U.S.C. 655, 657)). in Secretary of Labor's Order No. 12-71 (36 PR 8754). and in Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand ards Act, as amended (83 Stat. 96; 40 UJ5.C. 333). Part 1926 of Title 29 Code of Federal .Regulations is hereby repub lished in its entirety. The purpose of this republication is to update the present occupational safety and health standards for construction by incorporating all changes made up to June 3, 1974, and thereby improve their usefulness and fa cilitate their enforcement. Since this republication does not make any substantive change in the standards, it is not necessary to provide notice of proposed rulemaking, oppor tunity for public participation therein, nor any delay in the effective date under either section 6(b) of the WUliamsSteiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 or 5 U.S.C. 553. For the same reason, good cause is found for not fol lowing the regular procedure for rule making and for making this republica tion effective immediately. Signed at Washington, D.C. this 28th day of May, 1974. John Stznher, Assistant Secretary of Labor. PART 1926--SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Sec. 1926.1 19262 19262 1926.4 Subport A--General Purpose and scooe. Variances from safety and health standards. Inspections--right of entry. Buies of. practice for administra tive adjudications' for enforce ment of safety and health standards. Sec. 192626 192627 192628 192629 192620 182621 192622' TMutnlnrition. Sanitation. Personal protective equipment. Acceptable certifications. Shipbuilding and ship repairing. Incorporation by reference. Definitions. -Subport D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls 192620 192621 192622 192623 192624 . 192625 192626 ~ 192627 Medical services and first aid. Sanitation. Occupational noise exposure. Ionizing radiation. Nonionizing radiation. Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. Illumination. . Ventilation. Subpart E--Personal Protective and life Saving Equipment- 1926.100 1926J01 1926.102 1926.103 1826.104 1926.106 1926 106 1926.107 Head protection. Hearing protection. Bye and face protection. Respiratory protection. Safety belts, lifelines, and lan yards. ' Safety nets. Working over or near water. Definitions applicable to this subpart. Subpart f Fire Protection and Prevention 1026.150 1626.161 1626.152 1926.153 1926.154 1926.155 Fire protection. Fire prevention. Flammable and combustible liq uids. Liquefied petroleum gas (UPGas). Temporary heating devices. Definitions applicable to this subpart. Subpart G--Signs, Signals, and Barricades 1926.200 1926201 1926202 1926203 Accident prevention signs tags. . Signaling. Barricades. Definitions applicable to subpart. nnd this Subpari H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1926250 1926251 1926252 General requirements for storage. Rigging equipment for material handling. Disposal of waste materials. Subpart I--Tools--Hand and Power ' Subport B--General Interpretations 1926JO 1926J1 1826.12 1926J3 1926.14 1926.16 1926.16 Scope of subpart. Coverage under section 103 of the act distinguished. Reorganization Plan No. 14 of I960. ' Interpretations . of statutory terms. Federal contracts for "mixed" types of performance. Relationship to the Service Oon- tract Act; Walah-Healey Public Contracts Act. Rule*! of construction. Subport C--General Safety and Health Provisions 1926200 1926201 1926202 1926203 1926204 1926205 General requirements. Hand tools. Power operated hand tools. Abrasive wheels and tools. Woodworking tools. Jacks--lever and .ratchet, and hydraulic. screw Subpart J--Welding and Cutting 1926250 1626251 1926252 1926263 1826254 Gas welding and cutting. Arc welding and cutting. Fire prevention. Ventilation and protection In welding, cutting, and heating. Welding, cutting and heating m way of preservative rmt.<ng 192620 192621 192622 . 192623 182624 18262S General safety and health pro visions.- ' Safety training and education. Recording and reporting of in Juries. (Reserved! First aid and medical attention. Pile protection and prevention. Housekeeping. 1926.400 1626.401 1926.402 1926.403 Subport K--Electrical General requirements. Grounding and bonding. Equipment Installation and main tenance. Battery rooms and battery charg ing. Sec. 1926.404 1926.405 . Hazardous locations. Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart t ladders and Scaffolding 1926.450 1926.451 1926.452 Ladders. Scaffolding. .' Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subport M--Floors and Wall Openings, and Stairways 1925200 1626201 1926202 Guardrails, handrails, and covers. Stairways. Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart N--Cranes, Derrida, Holsts, Elevators, and Conveyers 1926250 1926251 1926252 1926253 1826254 1926255 1926256 Cranes and derricks. . Helicopters. Material hoists, personnel hoists and elevators. Base-mounted dram hoists. Overhead hoists. Conveyors. Aerial lifts. Subpart O--Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations 1926.600 1926.601 1926.602 1826.603 1926.604 1926.605 ' 1926.606 Equipment. Motor vehicles. Material handling equipment. Pile driving equipment. Site clearing. Marine operations and equip ment. Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpari P--Excavations, Trenching, end Shoring 1926.650 1926.651 1826252 1926.653 General'protection requirements. Specific excavation requirements. Specific trenching requirements. Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart Q--^Concrete, Concrete Forms, and ' ' Shoring * 1926.700 1926.701 1926.702 General provisions. Forms and shoring. Definitions applicable to this sob- part. 1926.750 1926.751 1926.752 Subpart K--Steel Erection Flooring requirements. Structural steel assembly. Bolting, riveting, fittlng-up, and plumbing-up'. . Subport S--Tunnels and Shafts, Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air 1926.800 1926.801 1926202 1926203 1926.804 Tunnels and shafts. - Caissons. Cofferdams. Compressed air. " Definitions applicable to this sub part. ' 1926250 1926251 1926252 1926253 1926254 1926255 1926255 1926257 1926.858 1926259 1926.860 Subpart T Demolition PreparatoryOperations. . Stairs, passageways, and ladders. Chutes. - Removal of materials through floor openings. Removal of walls, masonry aeotlons. and chimneys. Manual removal of floors. Removal of walls, floors, and material with equipment. Storage. Removal of steel construction. Mechanical demolition. Selective demolition by explosives. 2.05999 FEDBlAi. REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262541 AC&S 014095 22802 RULES AND REGULATIONS Subport U--Blading and Vn of Exptodvas Bee. 1 ' 1928.900 General provision*. - 1926.901 Blaster qualifications. 1926.902 Surface transportation of explo- slves. 1926.903 Underground transportation of - explosives.' - 1926.904 Storage of explosives and blasting agents. 1926905 Loading of explosives or bloating ' ' ' i agents. . : 1926906 Initiation of explosive charges-- ... electric blasting. . 1926907 Use of safety fuse. . . 1926908 Use of detonating cord. . 1926909 Firing the blast. 1926910 Inspection after blasting. 1926911 Misfires; ' 1926912 Underwater blasting. 1926913 Blasting . . In excavation work under compressed air. 1926914 Definitions applicable to this sub* ' _ port. ' . Subptnt V--^Power Transmission and Distribution 1926950 1926951 1926952 1926953 1926954 1926955 1926956 1926967 1926958 1926969 1926960 General requirements. Tools and protective equipment. Mechanical equipment. Material handling. Grounding for protection of em ployees. . Overhead lines. . Underground lines. Construction In energized substa tions. External load helicopters. Lineman's body belts, safety straps,-and lanyards. Definitions applicable to this subpart. (b) Subpart B of this part contains statements of general policy and In terpretations of section 107 of the Con tract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act having general applicability. 1926.2 Variance* from safety and health standards. (a) Variances from standards which are, or may be, published in this part may be granted under the same circum stances whereunder variances may be granted under, section '6(b)(A) or 6(d) of .the Willlams-Steiger Occupa tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 TJJ3.C. 65). Vhe procedures for the granting of variances and for related rev lief under this part are those published In Part 1905 of this title. ' (b) Any requests for variances-under this section shall also be considered re quests for variances under the WilllamsSteiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and any requests for vari ances under Willlams-Steiger Occupa tional Safety and Health Act with respect to construction safety or health stand ards shall be considered to be also vari ances under the Construction Safety Act. Any variance from a construction safety or health standard which is con tained in this part and which is Incor porated by reference In Part 1910 of this title shall be deemed a variance from the standard under both the Construc tion Safety Act and the Willlams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. Sobpart W--Rollover Protective Structures; Overhead Protection 1926.1000 ' 1926.1001 1928.1002 1928.1008 . Rollover protective structures (BOPS) for material handling equipment. Minimum performance criteria for rollover protective struc tures for designated scrapers, loaders, dozen, graders, and crawler tn^ton> Protective frame (BOPS) test procedures and performance requirements for wheel-type agricultural and industrial tractors used In construction. Overhead protection for opera tors of agricultural and lndustrial tractors. .Subpcut X--Effective Dates 1926.1050 Effective dates (general). 1926.1051 Effective dates (specific). Subject Index for Part 1926--Safety and Stealth Regulations for Construction. Appendix L * AUTHOsrrr: Sec. 1. 83 Btat. 96, 97. adding sec. 107 to Pub. L. 87-681, 76 Stat. 357; (40 UJS.C.333). , 1926.3 Inspection* right of entry. (a) It shall be a condition of each con tract which Is subject to section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act that the Secretary of Labor or any authorized representative shall have a right of entry to any site of contract performance for the following purposes: (1) To Inspect or investigate the mat ter of compliance with the safety and health standards contained In Subpart C of this part and following subparts; and (2) To carry out the duties of the Secretary under section 107(b) of the Act. , (b) For the purposed carrying out his Investigative duties under the Act, the Secretary of Labor may, by agreement, use with or without reimbursement the services, personnel, and facilities of any State or Federal agency. Any agreements with States under this section shall be similar to those provided for under the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act un der 41 CFR Part 50-205. Souses: 87 PB 27503 and 37 PR 27599, Dec. 16,197% unless otherwise noted. ' . 1926.4 Roles of practice for adminis trative adjudications for enforcement, . Subpart A---General of safety and health standards. 1926.1 Purpose and scope. (a) The rules of practice for adminis trative adjudications for the enforce (a) This part sets forth the safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The standards are pub lished In 8ubpart C of this part and fol lowing subparts. ~ ment of the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and the following subparts shall be the same as those published In Part 6 of this title with respect to safety and health violations of the Service Contract Act of 196a (69 Stat. 1035), except as pro vided in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) In the case of debarment, the find ings required by section 107(d) of the Act shall be made by the hearing exam iner or the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, as the case may be. Whenever, as provided In section 107(d) (2), a contractor re quests termination of debarment before* the end of the 3-year period prescribed In that section, the request shall be filed In writing with the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational-' Safety and Health who shall publish a notice In the Federal Register that the request has been received and afford Interested per sons an opportunity to be heard upon the request, and thereafter 'the pro visions of Part 6 of this title shall apply with respect to prehearing conferences, hearings and related matters, and deci sions and orders. .Subpart B--General Interpretations 1926.10 Scope of sobpart. (a) This subpart contains the general rules of the Secretary of Labor Inter preting and applying the construction safety , and health provisions of section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (83 Stat. 96). Sec tion 107 requires as a condition of each contract which Is entered Into under legislation subject to Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 <64 Stat. 1267). and which is for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating, that no con tractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work shall re quire any laborer or mechanic employed. In the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazard ous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary by regulation. 1926.11 Coverage under section 103 of the act distinguished. (a) Coverage under section 103. It is Important to note that the coverage of section 107 differs from that for the over time requirements of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The application of the overtime requirements Is governed by section 103, which, sub ject to specific exemptions, includes (1) Federal contracts requiring or Involving the employment of laborers or mechanics (thus Including, but not limited to, con tracts for construction), and (2) con tracts-assisted in whole or In part by Federal loans, grants, or guarantees under any statute "providing wage standards for such work." The statutes "providing wage standards for such work" Include statutes for construction which require the payment of minimum wages in accordance with . prevailing wage findings by the Secretary of Labor In accordance with the Davls-Bacon Act. A provision to section 103 excludes-from the overtime requirements work where the Federal assistance Is only In the form of a loan guarantee or Insurance. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 112--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262542 206000 AC&S 014096 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22803 (b> Coverage under section 107. To be (iv) Urban Renewal Housing--Section (xvill) Group Medical Practice Facili covered by section 107 ol the Contract 1715k provides mortgage insurance on ties--Subchapter LX-B authorizes mort Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, single family or multifamily' bowsing in gage Insurance for the financing of a contract must be one which (1) is en approved urban renewal areas. . construction and equipment, of. facilities tered into under a statute that is subject (v) Low or Moderate Income Hous for group practice of medicine, optome to Reorganization Flan No. 14 of 1950 ing-Section l715L(d) (3) and (4) in try. or dentistry. . (64 Stat. 1267); and (2) is for "construc sures mortgages on low-cost single family (xlx) Nonprofit Hospitals--1716Z-7 tion, alteration, and/or repair, including or multifamily housing. * authorizes mortgage insurance to cover painting and decorating.'* (vi) Housing for Elderly--Section new and rehabilitated hospitals, includ 1926.12 Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. . ,,- (a) General provisions. Reorganiza tion Flan No. 14 of 1950 relates to the prescribing by the Secretary of Labor of "appropriate standards, regulations, and procedures" with respectto the enforce ment of labor standards under Federal and federally assisted contracts which are subject-to various statutes subject to the Flan. The rules of the Secretary of labor implementing the Flan are pub lished in Part 5 of this title. Briefly, the statutes subject to the Plan include the Davis-Bacon Act. including its extension to Federal-aid highway legislation sub ject to 23 UJS.C. 113. and other statutes subject to the Plan by its original terms, 1715v provides mortgage insurance on rental - housing for elderly or handi capped persons. (vli) Nursing Homes--Section 1715w authorizes mortgage Insurance on nurs ing home facilities and major equipment. (vtii) Experimental Housing--Section 1715x provides mortgage Insurance on single family or multifamily housing with experimental design of materials. . (lx) War Housing Insurance--Section 1743 not active. (x) Yield Insurance--Section 1747 in sures investment returns on multifamily housing. (xl) Armed Services Housing--Section 1748b to assist in relieving acute short age and urgent need for family housing at or in areas adjacent to military instal ing initial equipment. (4) Hospital Survey and Construction Act, as amended by the Hospital and Medical Facilities Amendments of. 1964 (42 UJSX2. 291e). The provisions of this Act cover construction contracts made by State or local authorities or private Institutions under Federal *grant-in-aid programs for the construction of hospi tals and other medical facilities. , (5) Federal Airport Act (49 VJS.C. 1114(b)). The act provides grant-in-aid funds for airport construction limited to general site preparation runways, taxi- ways, aprons, lighting appurtenant thereto, and fire, rescue, and mainte nance buildings. The act excludes con struction intended for use as a public parking facility for passenger automo statutes by which the Flan is expressly lations. biles and the cost of construction of any applied, such as the Contract Work (xU) Defense Housing for Impacted part of an airport building except such Hours Standards Act by virtue of sec Areas--Section 1748h-2 provides mort of those buildings or parts of buildings tion 104(d) thereof. gage insurance on single family or multi to house facilities or activities directly (b) The Flan. (1) The statutes subject family bousing for sale or rent primarily related to the safety of persons at the to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 are to military or civilian personnel of the airport. . cited and briefly described in the remain Armed Services, National Aeronautics (6) Housing Act of 1949 (42 VX: ing subparagraphs of this paragraph. and Space Administration, or Atomic 1459). Construction contracts awarded These descriptions are general in nature Energy Commission. ' by local authorities financed with the as and not Intended to convey the full scope of the work to be performed under each statute. The individual statutes should be resorted to for a more detailed scope of the work. (2) Federal-Aid Highway Acts. The provisions codified In 23 U.S.C. 113 apply to the initial construction, reconstruc tion. or improvement work performed by contractors or subcontractors on high way projects on the Federal-aid systems, the primary and secondary, as well as their extensions in urban areas, and the Interstate System, authorized under the highway laws providing for the expendi ture of Federal funds upon the Federalaid system. As cited in 41 Op. A.G. 488, 496, the Attorney General ruled that the Federal-Aid Highway Acts are subject to Reorganization Flan No. 14 of 1950. (3) National Housing Act (12 OS.C. 1713, 1715a. 1715e. 1715k, 17151(d) (3) and (4) . 1715a. 1715m. 171Sx. 1743.1747, 1748, 174811-2, 17S0g. 17151(h)(1), 1715s (i)(l), 1715S-1, 171Sy(d). Subchapter lx-A and lx-B, 1715Z--7). This act covers construction which is financed with assistance by the Federal Government through programs of loan and mortgage insurance for the following purposes: (I) Rental Housing--Section 1713 pro vides mortgage and Insurance on rental housing of eight or more units and on mobile-home courts. (II) Section 1715a--Repealed. (ill) Cooperative Housing--Section 1715e authorizes mortgage insurance on (xili) Defense Rental Housing--Sec tion 1750g provides for mortgage insur ance in critical defense housing areas. (xiv) Rehabilitation--Section 1715L (h)(1) provides mortgage insurance for nonprofit organizations to finance the purchase and rehabilitation of deterio rating or substandard housing for sub sequent resale to low-income home pur chasers. There must be located on the property five or more single family dwell ings of detached, semidetached, or row construction. (xv) Homeowner Assistance--Section 1715Z(j)(l> authorizes mortgage insur ance to nonprofit organizations or pub lic bodies or agencies executed to finance sale of individual dwellings to lower In come Individuals or families. Also in cludes the rehabilitation of such housing if it is deteriorating or substandard for subsequent resale to lower home purchasers. -- (xvl) Rental Housing Arigfam<*>-- Section 1715Z-1 authorizes mortgage in surance and interest reduction payments on behalf of owners of rental bonidng projects designed for occupancy by lower Income families. Payments are also au thorized for certain State or locally aided projects. . (xvll) Condominium Housing--Sec tion 1715y(d) provides mortgage insur ance on property purchased for the de velopment of building sites. This includes waterlines and water supply installations, sewer lines and 6ewage disposal installa sistance of loans and grants from the Federal Government. The construction programs are for slum clearance and urban renewal which includes rehabilita tion grants, neighborhood development programs, neighborhood renewal plans, community renewal, demolition projects, and assistance for blighted areas. See the Housing Act of 1964, No. 21 below, concerning financial assistance for lowrent housing for domestic farm labor. (7) School Survey and Construction Act of 1959 (20 UJi.C. 636). This act pro vides for a Federal grant-in-aid program to assist in the construction of schools in federally affected areas. (8) Defense Housing dt Community Facilities A Services Act of 1951 (42 UB.C. 15921). Inactive Program. (9) United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 UJS.C. 1416). This statute covers the construction of low-rent public housing and slum clearance projects awarded by local authorities. These projects are fi nanced with the assistance of loans and grants from the Federal Government. The slum clearance is the demolition and removal of buildings from any slum area to be used for a low-rent housing project. (10) Federal Civil Defense Act of 1950 (50 UJS.C. App. 2281). This act provides for Federal assistance to the several States and their political subdivisions in the -field of civil defense which includes' procurement, construction, leasing, or renovating of materials and faculties.. (11) Delaware-River Basin Compact cooperative housing of five or more units as well as supplementary loans for Improvement of repair or resale of memberships. tions, steam, gas. and electrical Unw and Installations, roads, streets, curbs, gut ters. sidewalks, storm drainage facilities, and other installations or work. (sec. 15J, 75 Stat. 714). This joint res olution creates, by intergovernmental compact between the United States, Delaware, New Jersey, New York, and Pennsylvania, a regional agency for plan- 206001 FEOERAl REGISTER, VOl. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262543 AC&S 014097 22804 RULES AND REGULATIONS wing, conservation, utilization, develop mass transportation service in urban (24) Elementary and Secondary Edu ment, management and control of the areas and in coordinating such service cation Act of 1965 (20 UJS.C. 2411. 848). water and related sources of the Dela with highway and other transportation The purpose of the act Is to provide fi ware River. ' In such areas. ' nancial assistance to local educational ` (12) Cooperative Research Act (20 (20) ' Economic Opportunity Act of agencies serving areas with concentra UJ5JC. 332a(c)). This act provides Fed 1964 (42 UJSX!. 2947). This act covers tions of children from low-income fam eral grants to a university, college, or construction which is financed with as ilies for construction In connection with other appropriate public or nonprofit sistance of the Federal Government for the expansion or Improvement of their private agency or Institution for part or . the foUowlng purposes: ' educational programs,. all of the cost of constructing a facility (1) Authorizes Federal assistance for (25) Federal Water Pollution Control for research or for research and related construction of projects, buildings and Act, as amended by the Water Quality purposes. Research and related purposes works which will provide young men and Act of 1965 (3 UJS.C. 466e(g)). Provides means research, research training, sur women In rural and urban residential for financial assistance to States or veys, or demonstrations In the field of centers with education, vocational train municipalities for construction of facili education, or the dissemination of Infor ing, and useful work experience (Title I). ties In connection with the prevention mation derived therefrom, or all of such Ul) Authorizes financial assistance and control of water pollution. This in activities, Including (but-without limita for construction work planned and car- ' eludes projects that will control the dis tion) experimental-schools, except that tied out at the community level for anti charge Into any waters of untreated or such term does not include research, re poverty programs (Title ED: Inadequately treated sewage. . - search training, surveys, or demdnstra- (a) Authorizes loans to low Income (26) Appalachian Regional Develop tlons In the field of sectarian Instruction rural famllies by assisting them to ac ment Act Of 1965 (40 UJS.C. App. 402). or the dissemination of Information de quire or Improve real estate or'reduce.en Authorizes Federal assistance In the con rived therefrom. Construction includes cumbrances or erect Improvements struction of an Appalachian development new buildings, and the acquisition, ex thereon, and to participate In coopera- highway system; construction of multi pansion. remodeling, replacement, and tlve associations and/or to finance non- county demonstration health facilities, alteration of existing buildings and the agricultural enterprises which will en hospitals, regional health, diagnostic and equipping of new buildings and existing able such families to supplement their treatment centers, and other facilities far buildings. Income (Title HI); health; seal and fill voids In abandoned (13) Health Professions Educational (b) Authorizes loans to local coopera- mines and to rehabilitate strip mine Assistance Act of 1963 (42 US.C. 292d tlve associations furnishing essential areas; construction of school facilities (c) (4), 293a(c) (5)). The provisions of processing, purchasing, or marketing for vocational education; and to assist this act provide for grants to assist pub services, supplies, or facilities predomi in construction of sewage treatment lic and nonprofit medical, dental, and nantly to low-income rural famines works. . similar schools for the construction, ex (Title HD; (27) National Technical Institute for pansion, or renovation of teaching . (c) Authorizes financial assistance to the Deaf Act (20 UE.C. 684(b) (5) ). Pro facilities. States, political subdivisions of States, vides for financial assistance for institu (14) Mental Retardation Facilities public and nonprofit agencies. Institu tions of higher education for the Construction Act <42 UJS.C. 295(a)(2) tions, organizations, farm associations, establishment, construction. Including CD), 2662(5), 2675(a) (5)). This act au or Individuals, In establishing bousing, equipment and operation, of a National thorizes Federal financial assistance In sanitation, education, and child day-care Institution for the Deaf. the construction of centers for research programs for migrants and other sea (28) Housing Act of 1959 (12 UJ5XJ. on mental retardation and related as sonally employed agricultural employees 1701(g) (c)(3)). This act authorizes pects of human development, of univer and their families (Title-HD. loans to nonprofit corporations to be used sity-affiliated facilities for the mentally retarded and of faculties for the mentally retarded. _ (15) Community Mental Health Cen ters Act (42 UJS.C. 2665(d) IS))'. This act authorizes Federal grants for the con struction of pubUc and other nonprofit community mental health centers. (16) Higher Education Facilities Act of 1963 (20 UJ5.C. 753). This act author izes the grant or loan of Federal funds to assist public and other nonprofit institutlons of higher education in financ ing the construction, rehabilitation, or Improvement of academic and related faculties In undergraduate and graduate schools. (17) Vocational Educational Act of 1963 (20 UJSX!. 35f). This act provides for Federal grants to the various States for construction of area vocational edu cation school facilities. (18) library Services and Construc tion Act (20 UJSjC.J55e(a) (4)). This act provides for Federal assistance to the various States for the construction of public libraries. - ~ (10) Urban Mass Transportation Act of 1954 (49 UJSjC. 1609). This act pro vides for grants and loans to assist States and local public bodies and agencies thereof in financing the acquisition, con struction, reconstruction, and Improve ment of facilities and equipment for use, by operation or Tease or otherwise. In (ill) Authorizes loans or guarantees for the construction of housing and loans to small businesses for construc related facilities for elderly families. Also, tion work (Title IV). the provisions of the act provide for (iv) Authorizes the payment of the rehabilitation, alteration, conversion or cost of experimental, pilot, or demon Improvement of existing structures stration projects to foster State pro which are otherwise inadequate for pro grams providing construction work expe posed dwellings used by such families. rience or training for unemployed fathers and needy people (Title V). (20) College Housing Act of 1950. as amended (12 U.S.C. 1749a(f)). This act (21) Housing Act of 1964 (42 UJS.C. 1486(f); 42 USX!. 1452b(e)). Provides financial assistance for low-rent bousing for domestic farm labor. The Act fur ther provides for loans, through public or private agencies, where feasible,' to owners or tenants of properly In urban renewal areas to finance rehabilitation required to conform the property to appllcable code requirements or carry out the objectives of the urban renewal plan for the area. provides for Federal loans to assist edu cational Institutions In providing hous ing and other educational facilities for students and faculties. (30) Housing and Urban Development Act Of 1965 (42 USjC. ISOOc-3. 3107). This act provides for Federal assistance for the following purposes: , (I) Grants to States and local public bodies to assist in any construction work to be carried out under the open-space land and urban beautification provisions contained therein. It provides for parks (22) The Commercial Fisheries Re and recreation areas, conservation of search and Development Act of 1964 (16 UJS.C. 779eCb)). This act authorizes land and other natural resources, and historical and scenic purposes. -: financial assistance to State agencies for ~ (II) Grants to local public bodies and construction projects designed for the re agencies to finance specific projects far search and development of the com basic public water facilities (including mercial fisheries resources of the Rattan. works for the storage, treatment, purifi (23) The Nurse Training Act of 1964 cation, and distribution of water), -and (42 UJS.C. 296a(b) (5) ). This act provides for basic public sewer facilities (other for grants to assist In the construction them treatment works** as In of new facilities for collegiate, associate the Federal Water Pollution Control degree, and diploma schools of nursing, Act). ` or replacement or rehabilitation of exist (HI) Chants to any local public body ing facilities of such schools. or agency to assist In financing neigh- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262544 206002 AC&S 014098 * & RULES AND REGULATIONS 22805 borhood faculties. These facilities must be necessary for carrying out a program of health, recreational, social, or .similar community service and located so as to be available for the use of the area's low or moderate Income residents. . . (81) National Foundation on the Art* and the Humanities Act ot 1965 (20 VS.C. 954(k)). The act establishes the "National Foundation an the Arts and the Humanities'*' which may provide matching giants to groups (nonprofit organisations and State and other public organizations) and to Individuals en gaged In creative and performing arts for the. entire range of artistic activity. Including construction of necessary facilities. - (82) Public Works and Economic De velopment Act Of 196S (42 VJS.C. 3222). This act provides for Federal assistance for the following purposes: (1) Grants for the acquisition or development of land or improvements for public works or development facility usage in redevelopment areas. It author izes loans to assist In financing the pur chase or development of land for public works which will assist In the creation ot long-term employment opportunities tn the area. (H) Loans for the purchase or develop ment of land and facilities (Including machinery and equipment) for industrial or commercial usage within redevelop ment areas: guarantee of loans for work ing capital made to private borrowers by private lending Institutions in connection with direct loan projects: and to contract to pay to. or on behalf of, business enti tles locating In redevelopment areas, a portion of the interest costs which they Incur in financing their expansions from private sources. (Ill) Loans and grants to create eco nomic development centers within desig nated county economic development districts. ' (33) High-Speed Ground Transporta tion Study (40 TLS.C. 1530(b)). This act provides for financial assistance for con struction activities in connection with research and development of different forms of high-speed ground transporta tion and demonstration projects relating to Intercity rail passenger service. (34) Heart Disease, Cancer and Stroke Amendments of 1965 (42 UJSG. 290(b) (4)). This act provides for grants to public or nonprofit private universi ties, medical schools, research Institu tions, hospitals, and other public and nonprofit agencies and Institutions, or associations thereof to assist inconstruc tion and equipment of facilities in con nection,with research, training, demon stration of patient care, diagnostic and treatment related to heart disease, can cer, stroke, and other , major diseases. (36) liental Retardation Facilities and Community Mental Health Centers Con struction Act Amendments of 1965 (20 UjSjC. 616(g)). These provisions provide for grants to institutions of higher edu cation for construction of facilities for research or for research and related pur poses relating to education for mentally retarded, hard of hearing, deaf, speed! impaired, visually handicapped, seriously assistance to public or nonprofit agen emotionally disturbed, crippled, or other cies. Institutions, and organizations and health Impaired children who by reason, -to individuals, and contracts with public thereof require special education..,.' or private agencies, institutions,-, or per - (30) Vocational Rehabilitation Act sons for construction of research and de Amendments of . 1965.'. (29 VBjC. velopment facilities , ana- demonstration 41a(b) (4)). This act. authorizes grants plants relating to the application of pre to assist in meeting the. costs of con venting or eontrolllng'discharges Into the struction of public or other nonprofit air of various types of pollutants. workshops and rehabilitation facilities. (46) Elementary and Secondary Edu (37) Clean Air and Solid Waste Dis cation Amendments of 1967 (Title VII-- posal Acts (42 VJSjC. 3256). This act Bilingual Education Act) . (20 VJSJC. provides tor financial assistance to pub 880b-6). This act provides for^ Federal lic (Federal, State, interstate, or local) assistance to local educational agencies authorities, agencies, and. institutions, or to an Institution of higher education private agencies and institutions, and applying Jointly with a local educational individuals in the construction of facili agency for minor remodeling projects in ties for solid-waste disposal. The term connection with bilingual education pro construction includes the Installation of grams to meet the special needs of chil initial equipment. .. dren with limited English-speaking abil (38) Medical Library Assistance Act ity in the United States. - of 1965 (42 VR.C. 280b-3(b) (3)). This (47) Vocational Rehabilitation Amend act provides for grants to public or pri ments of 1967 (29 VJS.C. 42a(c) (3)). vate non-profit agencies or institutions Tills act authorizes Federal assistance to for the cost of construction of medical any public or nonprofit private agency library facilities. or organization for the construction of a (39) Veterans Nursing Home Care Act center for vocational rehabilitation of (38 VJSjC. 5035(a) (6)). The construction handicapped Individuals who are both industry health and safety standards do deaf and blind which shall be known as not apply to this act since it Is not sub the National' Center for Deaf-Blind ject to Reorganization Flan No. 14 of Youths and Adults. Construction .in 1950. cludes new buildings and expansion, re (40) National Capital Transportation modeling, alteration and renovation of Act of 1965 (40 VJS.C. 682(b)(4)). This existing buildings, and initial equipment act provides for Federal assistance to the of such new, newly acquired, expanded, National Capital Transportation Agency remodeled, altered, or renovated for construction of a rail rapid transit buildings. system and related facilities for the (48) National Visitor Center Faculties Nation's CapitaL (41) Alaska Centennial--1967 (80 Stat. 82). The program under this legis lation has expired. Act of 1966 (40 VS.C. 808). This act au thorizes agreements and leases with the owner of property in the District of Co lumbia known aa Union Station for the (42) Model Secondary School lor the use of all or a part of such property for Deaf Act (20 Stat. 1028). This act pro a national visitor center to be known as vides for funds to establish and operate. the National Visitor, Center. The agree Including construction and initial equip ments and leases shall provide for such ment of new buildings, expansion, re alterations of the Union Station Build modeling, and alteration of existing ing as necessary to provide adequate fa buildings and equipment thereof, a model cilities for visitors. They also provlde.for secondary school for the deaf to serve the the construction of a parking facility, in residents of the District of Columbia and cluding necessary approaches and ramps. nearby States. . (49) Juvenile DeBitquency Prevention (43) Allied Health Professions Per and Control Act of 1968 (42 TLS.C. 3243). sonnel Training Act of 1966 (42 VJSX2. This act provides for Federal grants to 295h(b)(2)(S)>. This act provides for State, county, municipal, or other public grants to assist in the construction of agency or combination thereof , for the new facilities for training centers for construction of faculties to be used in allied health professions, or replacement connection with rehabilitation services or rehabilitation of existing facilities for for the dlagndMs. treatment, and rehabil such centers. itation of delinquent youths mA youths (44) Demonstration Cities and Metro in danger of becoming delinquent. - politan Development Act of 1966 (42 (50) Housing and Vrban Development UJSG. 3310; 12 VJS.C. 1715c; 42 VJSJC. Act of 1968 (including New Communities 1416). This act provides for Federal as Act Of 1968) (42 VJS.C. 3909). This act sistance for the following purposes: provides for Federal assistance for the (I) . Grants to assist in the construc following purposes: ... - tion, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair (1) ..Guarantees, and commitments to of residential property only If such resi guarantee, the bonds, debentures, notes, dential property is designed for residen and other obligations Issued by new com tial use for eight or more families to munity developers to help finance new enable city demonstration agencies to community development projects. . carry-out comprehensive city demonstra - . (li) Amends section 212(a) of the Na tion programs (42 TLS.C. 3310). tional' Housing Act. adding section 236 (II) Amends the National Housing Act <12 TLS.C. 1715c) and the rtmvang Act of 1937 (42 TLS.C. 1418). See these acts for coverage. (45) Air Quality Act of 1967 (42 VJSjC. 18571-3) .This act provides for Federal for "Rental Housing for Lower Income Families" and section 242 "Mortgage In surance for Nonprofit Hospitals" thereto. (51) Public Health Service Act Amend ment (Alcoholic and Narcotic Addict Re habilitation Amendments of 1968) (42 206003 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO, ljj--MONDAY, JUNE 14, 1974 01262545 AC&S 014099 22806 RULES AND REGULATIONS UjSXZ. 2681. et seq.). This act provides section 107, It was recognized that sec be construction activity. If the goods or tor grants to a public and nonprofit pri tion 107 would not apply to housing con materials In question are ordinarily sold vate agency or organization for construc struction for which Insurance was Issued to other customers from regular Inven tion projects consisting of any facilities by the Federal Housing Authority and tory, the suppllerTs not a "subcontrac {Including post-hospltallzatlon treat Veterans* Administration for Individual tor." Generally, the furnishing of pre ment facilities for the prevention and home ownership. Concerning construc stressed concrete beams and prestressed treatment of alcoholism or treatment of tion under the National Housing Act, structural steel would be considered narcotic addicts./ Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 ap manufacturing; therefore a supplier (52) Vocational Education Amend plies to construction which Is subject to of such materials would not be con ments of 1968 (20 UJS.C. 12461. This act the minimum wage requirements of sec sidered a "subcontractor." An exam provides for grants to States for the con-, tion 212(a) thereof (12 U.S.C. 1715c). ple of material supplied "for the specific structlon of area vocational education school facilities. The act further pro vides grants to public educational agen g 1926.13 Interpretation terms. . of statutory - project on a customized basis" as that phrase Is used In this section would be ventilating ducts, fabricated In a shop cies, organizations, or Institutions for (a) The terms "construction." "alter away from the construction jobsite and construction of residential schools to ation,'* and "repair" used In section 107 > specifically cut for the project according provide vocational education for the pur of the Act are also used In section 1 of - to design specifications. On the other pose of demonstrating the feasibility and the Davls-Bacon Act (40 UJS.C. 276a), hand. If a contractor buys standard size desirability of such schools. The act still providing minimum wage protection on nails from a foundry, the foundry would further provides grants to State boards, Federal construction contracts, and sec not be a covered "subcontractor." Ordi to colleges and universities, to public tion 1 of the Miller Act (40 UJS.C. 270a). narily a contract for the supplying of educational agencies, organizations or providing performance and, payment construction equipment to a contractor Institutions to reduce the cost of borrow bond protection on Federal construction would not. in and of Itself, be considered ing funds for the construction of resi contracts. Similarly, the terms "contrac a "subcontractor" for purposes of this dential schools and dormitories. (53) Postal Reorganization Act (39 UJS.C. 410(d) (21). This Act provides for construction, modification, alteration, tor" and "subcontractor" are used In those statutes, as well as In Copeland (Anti-Kickbach) Act (40 UJ3.C. 276c) and the Contract Work Hours and Safety part. , 1926.14 'Federal contract for "mixed" types of performance. repair, and other improvements of postal Standards Act Itself, which apply con (a) It Is the Intent of the Congress facilities located in leased buildings. currently with the Miller Act and the to provide safety and health protection (54) Airport and Airway Development Davls-Bacon Act on Federal construction of Federal, federally financed, or fed Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-258. section' contracts and also apply to most fed erally assisted constructionrSee, for ex 52(b) (7)). This Act provides for Federal erally assisted construction contracts. ample. H. Report. No. 91-241. 91st Cong, financial assistance to States and locali The use.of the same or identical terms in first session, p. 1 (1969). Thus, It Is clear ties for the construction, improvement, these statutes which apply concurrently that when a Federal contract calls for or repair of public airports. with section 107 of the Act have consid mixed types of performance, such as (55) O) Public Law 91-230. This Act erable precedential value in ascertaining both manufacturing and construction, provides for federal financial assistance the coverage of section 107. ' section 107 would apply to the construc to Institutions of higher learning for the (b) It should be noted that section 1 tion. By Its express terms, section 107 construction of a National Center on of the Davls-Bacon Act limits minimum applies to a contract which is "for con Educational Media and Materials for the wage protection to laborers and me struction, alteration, and/or repair." Handicapped. The program under this chanics "employed directly" upon . the Such a contract is not required to be statute expirps on July 1, 1971. Public "site of the work." There is no compa exclusively for such services. The appli Law 91-230. section 662(1). rable limitation In section 107 of the Act. cation of the section Is not limited to (11) Education of the Handicapped Section 107 expressly requires as a self contracts which permit an overall char Act (20 UJS.C. 12326. 1404(a)). This Act executing condition of each covered con acterization as "construction contracts." provides for financial assistance to States tract that no contractor or subcontractor The text of section 107 is not so limited. for construction, expansion, remodeling, shall require "any laborer or mechanic (b) When the mixed types of per or alteration of facilities for the educa employed In the performance of the con formances Include both construction and tion of handicapped children at the pre tract to work in surroundings or under manufacturing, see also S 1926.15(b) school. elementary school, and secondary working conditions which are unsani concerning the relationship between the school levels. tary. hazardous, or dangerous to his Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act and (56) Housing and Urban Development health or safety" as these health and section 107. Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-609, section 707(b)). This Act provides for grants to States and local public agencies to help finance the development of open-space safety standards are applied In the rules of the Secretary of Labor. (c) The. term "subcontractor" under section 107 Is considered to mean a per 1926.15 Relationship to the Service - Contract Act; Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act. . or other land In urban areas for open- son who agrees to perform any part of (a) A contract for "construction" Is space uses. This Act becomes effective on the labor or material requirements of one for nonpersonal service. See, e.g, 41 July 1.1971. (57) Developmental Disabilities Serv ices and Facilities Construction Amend ments of 1970 (Public Law 91-517, section 135(a)(5)). This Act authorizes grants a contract for construction, alteration or repair. Cf. MacEvoy Co. vr United States, 322 UJ3. 102,108-9 (1944). A person who undertakes to perform a portion of a contract Involving the famishing of sup CFR 1-1.208. Section 2(e) of the Service Contract Act of 1965 requires as a con dition of every Federal contract (and bid specification therefor) exceeding $2,500. the "principal purpose" of which to States for construction of facilities for plies or materials will be considered a is to furnish services to the United States the provision of services to persons with "subcontractor" under this part and sec through the use of "service employees," developmental disabilities who are un tion 107 If the work in question involves that certain safety and health standards able to pay for sudh services. . the performance of construction work be met. See 29 CFR Part 1925, which (!>&) Rail Passenger Service Act of and Is to be performed: (1) Directly on contains the Department rules concern 1970 (Public Law 91-518. section 405(d)). or near the construction site, or (2) by ing these standards. Section 7 at, the This statute provides that the National the employer for the specific project on Service Contract Act provides that the Railroad Passenger Corporation may a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of Act shall not apply to "any contract of construct physical facilities necessary to intercity rail passenger operations within the basic national rail passenger sys tem designated by the Secretary of Transportation. . (c) VA and . FHA housing. In the materials which will become an Integral part of the construction Is a "subcontrac tor" If the supplier fabricates or assem bles the goods or materials In question specifically for the construction project the United States or District , of Colum bia for construction, alteration,^and/or repair, including painting and decorating of public buildings or public works." It Is clear from the legislative history of section 107 that no gaps In coverage course of the legislative development of and the work involved may be said to between the two statutes are Intended. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL" 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262546 200004 AC&S 014100 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22807 (b) The Walsh-Healey Public Con work, the prime contractor and any sub tracts Act requires that contracts en , contractor or subcontractors shall be tered Into by any Federal agency for the deemed to have joint responsibility. manufacture or furnishing of materials, <d> Where Joint responsibility exists, supplies, articles, and equipment In any both the prime contractor and his sub amount exceeding $10,000 must contain. contractor or subcontractors, regardless amnng other provisions, a requirement of tier, shall be considered subject to the that "no part of such contract will be enforcement provisions of the Act. performed nor will any of the mate rials. supplies, articles or equipment to be manufactured or furnished under said Subpart C--General Safety and Health Provisions contract be manufactured or fabricated S 192(30 General safety and health In any plants, factories, buildings, or provisions. surroundings or under working condi tions which are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health and safety of employees engaged In the perform ance of said contract.'* The rules of the Secretary concerning these stand ards are published In 41 CFR Part 50 304. and express the Secretaryof Labor's interpretation and application of section l(e> of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act to certain particular working conditions. None of the described work ing conditions are Intended to deal with construction activities, although such activities may conceivably be a part of a contract which Is subject to the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act. Neverthe less. such activities remain subject to the general statutory duty prescribed by sec tion 1(e). 8ectton 103 fb) of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act provides, among other things, that the Act shall not apply to any work required to be done In accordance with the pro visions of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act. (a) Contractor requirements. (1) Sec tion 107 of the Act requires that It shall be a condition of each contract which is entered Into under legislation subject to Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267). as defined in 1926.12. and Is for construction, alteration, and/ or repair, including painting and deeorating, that no contractor or subcontrac tor for any part of the contract work shall. require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con tract to work In surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to bis health or safety. (b) Accident prevention responsibili ties. (i) it shall be the responsibility of the employer to initiate and maintain such programs as may be necessary to comply with this part. (2) Such programs shall provide for frequent and regular inspections of the Job sites, materiala, and equipment to be made by competent persons desig nated by the employers. 8192656 Bales of eonstractiaa. (3) The use of any machinery, tool, material, or equipment which is not In (a) The prime contractor and any compliance with any applicable require subcontractors may make their own ment of this part Is prohibited. Such arrangements with respect to obligations machine, toed, material, or equipment which might be more appropriately shall either be Identified as unsafe by treated on a Jobsite basis rather than tagging or locking the controls to render Individually. Thus, for example, the them Inoperable or shall be physically prime contractor and his subcontractors removed from Its place of operation. may wish to make an express agreement (4) The employer shall permit only that the prime contractor or one of the those employees qualified by training or subcontractors win provide all required experience to operate equipment and flrst-ald or toilet facilities, thus relieving machinery. the subcontractors from the actual, but not any legal, responsibility (or. as the {192(31 Safety training and ednotiao. case may be. relieving the other subcon (a) General requirements. The Secre tractors from this responsibility). In no tary shall, pursuant to section 107(f) of case shall the. prime contractor be re the Act, establish and supervise programs lieved of overall responsibility for com toe the education and training of em pliance with the requirements of this part ployers and employees In the recognition, for an work to be performed under the avoidance and prevention of unsafe con contract. ditions In employments covered by the (b) By contracting for fuU perform act ance of a contract subject to section 107 (b) Bmplover responsibOUr: (1) The of the Act. the prime contractor assumes employer should avail himself of the an obligations prescribed as employer safety and health training programs the obligations under the standards con Secretary provides. . tained In this part, whether or not he (3> The employer shall instruct each subcontracts any part of the work. employee In the recognition and avoid (c) To the extent that a subcontractor ance of unsafe conditions and the regu of any tier agrees to perform any part of lations applicable to his work environ the contract, be also assumes responsi ment to control or eliminate any hazards bility for complying with the standards or other exposure to illness or injury. in this part with respect to that part. <3> Employees required to handle or Thus, the prime contractor assumes the use poisons, caustics, and other harmful entire responsibility under the contract and the subcontractor assumes responsi bility with respect to his portion of the work. With respect to subcontracted substances shall he instructed regarding the safe handling and use. and be made aware of the potential hazards, personal hygiene, and personal protective meas ures required. (4) In job site areas where harmful plants or animals are present, employees who may be exposed shall be Instructed regarding the potential hazards, and how to avoid Injury, and the first aid. proce dures to be used In the event of Injury. (5) Employees required to handle or use flammable liquids, .gases, or toxic materials shall be instructed In the safe handling and use of these materials and made aware of the specific-requirements contained in Subparts D. F. and other applicable subparts of this part. (6) (1) All employees required to en ter into confined or enclosed spaces shall be Instructed as to the nature of the hazards involved, the necessary precau tions to be taken, and in the use of pro tective and emergency equipment re quired. The employer shall comply with any specific regulations that apply to work In dangerous or potentially danger ous areas. . (11) For. purposes of paragraph (b) (6) (1) of this section, "confined or enclosed space" means any space having a limited means of egress, which is subject to the accumulation of tpvie. or con taminants or has an oxygen deficient at mosphere. Confined or enclosed spaces Include, but are not limited to. storage tanks, process vessels, bins, boilers, ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewera. underground utility vaults, tunnels, pipe lines. and open top spaces more than 4 feet In depth such as pits. tubs, vault* and vessels. S 1926.22 Recording end reporting f InJnries. [Reserved] 8192653 /First aid and medical at tention. . First aid services and provisions for medical care shall be made available fay the employer for every employee covered by these regulations. Regulations peescribing specific requirements for first aid. medical attention, and emergency facilities an contained In Subpart D of this part. 8 192(34 Fire pmtcrtlas and prevw don. The employer shall be responsible for the development and swintomw of an effective fin protection and prevention program at the Job site throughout all phases of the construction, repair, altera tion. or demolition work. The employer shall ensure the availability of the fin protection and suppression equipment required by Subpart F of this part. 192655 Housekeeping. (a) During the course of construction, alteration, or repairs, form and scrap lumber with protruding nails, rt other debris, shall be kept cleared from work areas, passageways, and stain. In and around buildings or other structures. (b) Combustible scrap and debris shall be removed at regular Intervals during the course of construction. Safe means shall be provided to facilitate each removal. - (c) Containers shall be provided far the collection and separation of waste, trash, ally and used rags, and other ref use. Containers used for garbage and FEDE1AL BEGUTEK, VOL 39, NO. 121--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262547 22808 RULES AND REGULATIONS other oily, flammable, or hazardous reference In this part, have the same wastes, such as caustics, acids, harmful . force and effect as other standards in dusts, etc. shall be equipped with covers. this part. The locations where these Garbage and other waste shall be dis specifications, standards, and codes may posed of intervals. 1926.26 at frequent Illumination. and 'reguhir be examined,are as follows: . . , ' <1) Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, US. Depart - ment of Labor, Railway Labor Building, Construction areas, aisles, stairs, Washington. DC 20210. ramps, runways, corridors, cilices, shops, (2) The Regional and Field Offices of and storage areas where work is In prog the Occupational Safety and Health Ad ress shall be lighted with either natural ministration which are listed in the US. or artificial illumination. The minimum Government Manual 1973-74, at page Illumination requirements for work areas 323. ; . are contained in Subpart D of this, part. (b) Any changes in the specifications, $ 1926.27 Sanitation. ' , ' ' Health and sanitation requirements for' drinking water are contained in standards and codes incorporated by reference In this part and an official his toric file of such changes are available at the offices referred to in paragraph Subpart D of this part. _ (a) of this section. All questions as to the 1926^8 Personal protective equip applicability of such changes should also ment. . . be referred to these offices. ' (a) The employer is responsible for 1926.32 ' Definitions. . requiring the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is an exposure to hazardous conditions or.where this part indicates the need for using such equipment to reduce the hasards to the employees. (b) Regulations governing the use, selection, and maintenance of personal protective and lifesaving equipment are described under Subpart B of this part. 1926.29 Acceptable certifications. (a) Pressure vessels. Current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority shall be deemed as acceptable evidence of safe Installation, inspection, and testing of pressure vessels provided by the employer. <b) Boilers. Boilers provided by the employer shall be deemed to be In com pliance with the requirements of this part when evidence of current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority attesting to the safe installation. Inspection, and testing is presented. . (c) Other requirements. Regulations prescribing specific requirements for other types of pressure vessels and simi lar equipment are contained in Subparts F and O of this part. 1926.30 Shipbuilding and ship re The following definitions shall apply in the application of the regulations in this part: ' (a) "Act" means section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand ards Act, commonly known as the Con struction Safety Act (86 Stat 96; 40 UJS.C. 333 >. (b) "ANSI" means American National Standards Institute. ' (c) "Approved" means sanctioned, en dorsed, accredited, certified, or accepted as satisfactory by a duly constituted and nationally recognized authority or agency. (d) "Authorized person" means a per son approved or assigned by the employer to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the jobsite. ; (el "Administration" means the Oc cupational Safety and Health Admlnis- tratlorC ' (f) "Competent person" means one who Is capable of Identifying existing and predictable hazards In the surround ings or working conditions which are un sanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to em ployees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. ' .. <g> "Defect" means any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken, or pairing. ' reduce the strength of the tool, object, (a) General. Shipbuilding, ship re or structure of which it Is a part. pairing. alterations, and maintenance (hi "Designated person" means "au performed on ships under Government thorized person" as defined In paragraph contract, except naval ship construction. (d) of this section. Is work subject to the Act. (b) Applicable safety and health , (1) "Employee" means every laborer or mechanic under the Act regardless of the standards. For the purpose of work car contractual relationship which may be ried out under this section, the safety alleged to exist between the laborer and 'and health regulations promulgated by mechanic and the contractor or subcon the Secretary of Labor shall apply: Part tractor who engaged him. "Laborer and 1915 of this title. Safety and Health ' mechanic" are not defined in the Act, but Regulations for Ship Repairing, and Part the identical terms are used in the Davis- 1916 of this title. Safety and Health Bacon Act (40 UjS.C. 276a), which pro Regulations for Shipbuilding. vides for minimum wage protection on 1926.31 Incorporation kf reference. (a) The specifications, standards and codes of agencies of the US. Govern ment and organizations which are not agencies of the US. Government, to the Federal and federally assisted construc tion contracts. The use of the same term in a statute which often applies concur rently with section 107 of the Act has considerable precedential value In ascer extent they are legally Incorporated by taining the meaning of "laborer and me chanic' as used in the Act. "Laborer" generally means one who performs man ual labor or who labors at an occupation requiring physical strength; "mechanic" generally means a worker skilled with tods. See 18 Comp. Gen. 341. ' '. (J) "Employer" means contractor or subcontractor within the meaning of the Act and of this part. (k> "Hazardous substance" means a substance which, by reason of being ex plosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harm ful, Is likely to cause death or Injury. (1) "Qualified" means one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certif icate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demon strated his. ability to . solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project. " <m> "Safety factor" means the ratio of the ultimate, breaking strength of a member or piece of material or equip ment to the actual working stress or safe load when In use. (n) "Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor. (o) "SAE" means Society of Auto motive Engineers. ' (p) '"Shall" means mandatory. (q) "Should" means recommended. (r) "Suitable" means that which fits, and has the qualities or qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion,-condi tion. function, or circumstance. Subpart D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls 1926.50 Medical services and first aid. (a) The employer shall insure the availabilitr of medical personnel for ad vice and consultation on matters of oc cupational health. (b) Provisions shall be made prior to commencement of the project for prompt medical attention in case of serious Injury. (e) In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, hospital, or physician, that is rea sonably accessible In terms of time and distance to the worksite, which Is avail able for the treatment of Injured em ployees, a person who has a valid certif icate in first-aid training from the UJB. Bureau of Mines, the American Red Cross, or equivalent training that can be verified by documentary evidence, shall be available at the worksite to render first aid. .- (d) (1) First-aid supplies approved by the consulting physician shall be easily accessible when required. (2) The first-aid kit shall consist of materials approved by the consulting phvsician In a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of item. The contents of the firstaid kit shall be checked by the employer before being sent out on each job and at least weekly on each job to ensure that the expended items are replaced. (e) Proper equipment for prompt transportation of the injured person to a physician or hospital, or a communica tion system for contacting necessary ambulance service, shall be provided. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 OA 01262548 AC&S 014102 1 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22809 (f) The telephone numbers of the physicians, hospitals, or ambulances fbnTi be conspicuously posted. S 1926J51 Sanitation. (a) Potable water. (1) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided In all places of employment. ' (2) Portable containers used to dls- pense drinking water shall be capable of being tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from containers. . (3) Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly marked as to the nature of its contents and hot used for any other purpose. (4) The common drinking cup is pro hibited. (5) Where single service cups (to be used but once) are supplied, both a sani tary container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the used cups shall be provided. (b) Nonpotable water. (1) Outlets for nonpotable water, such as water for In dustrial or firefighting purposes only, shall be Identified by signs meeting the requirements of Subpart G of this part, to indicate clearly that the water Is unsafe and is not to be used for drink ing, washing, or cooking purposes. (2) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system fur nishing potable water and a system fur nishing nonpotable water. (c) Toilets at construction jobsites. (1) Toilets shall be provided for em ployees according to the following table: Number of employees Tabu D-l Minimum number of facilities 30 or leas-- 30 or more. 200 or more. 1. . 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 40 workers. 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per SO workers. (2) Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure not less than one toilet facility Is available. (3) Job sites, not provided with a san itary sewer, shall be provided with one of the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local codes: .(1) Privies (where their use will not contaminate ground or surface water); (11) Chemical toilets: . (ill) Recirculating toilets; (lv) Combustion toilets. (4) The requirements of this para graph (c) for sanitation facilities shall not apply to mobile crews having trans portation readily available to nearby toilet facilities. (d) Food handling. All employees' food service facilities and operations shall meet the applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of the jurisdictions in which they are located. (e) Temporary sleeping Quarters. When temporary sleeping quarters are provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, and lighted. .(f) Washing facilities. The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities for employees engaged in the application of paints,-coating, herbicides, or insecti cides, or in other operations where con taminants may be harmful to. the em ployees. Such facilities shall be In near proximity to the worksite and shall he so equipped as to enable employees to re move such substances. ' (g) (Revoked! ' 1926.52 Occupational noise exposure, (a) Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when the .sound levels exceed those shown in ured on the A-scale of a standard sound Table D-2 of this section when measlevel meter at slow response. (b) When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding those listed in Table D-2 of this section, feasible ad ministrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal protective equipment as required in Subpart E, shall be pro vided and used to reduce sound levels within'the levels of the table. - (c) If the variations In noise level in volve maxima at intervals of 1 second or less, it is to be considered continuous. (d) (1) In all cases where the sound levels exceed the values shown herein, a continuing, effective hearing conserva tion program shall be administered. ' Zablb D-2--Pbbirssibu Noisb Erasures Sound level dBA slots Duration per day, hours: response 8:_______________________________ 90 4 :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 3 2 100 IV, -------------------------------------------------------------1 --_____________________________________ % -------------------------------------------------- or less__________________________________ 96 97 102 105 no 115 (2) (1) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. Exposure to different levels for various periods of time shall be computed ac cording to the formula set forth in sub division (11) of this subparagraph. (il) T. T, ,=--+--+ - Tm +-- where: A L. A. r.-Tho equivalent noise exposure factor. T=Tho period of noise exposure at any . essentially constant level. 1=The duration of the permissible noise exposure at the constant level (from Table D-2). If the value of F, exceeds unity (1) the exposure exceeds permissible levels. (ill) A sample computation showing an application of the formula In subdivi sion .(11) of this paragraph is as follows. An employee is exposed at these, levels for these periods: 110 dbA K hour. 100 dbA Si hour. 90 dbA l\i hours. r.= Vi H 1)4 --1----i------14 2 8 F=0.500+0.25+0.188 F.=0.938 Since the value of F. does not exceed unity, the exposure is within permissible limits. , (e) Exposure to Impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level. S 1926.53 Ionizing radiation. (a) In construction and related ac tivities involving the use of sources of ionizing radiation, the pertinent provi sions of the Atomic Energy Commis sion's Standards for Protection Against Radiation GO CFR Part 20), relating to protection against occupational radia tion exposure, shall apply. (b) Any activity which involves the use of radioactive materials or X-rays, whether or not under license from the Atomic Energy Commission, shall be per formed by competent persons specially trained in the proper and safe operation of such equipment. In the case of ma terials used under Commission license, only persons actually licensed, or compe tent persons under direction and super vision of the licensee, shall perform such work. 1926.54 Nonionizing radiation. (a) Only qualified and trained em ployees shall be assigned to install, ad just, and operate laser equipment. (b) Proof of qualification of the laser equipment operator shall be available and In possession of the operator at all times. ic) Employees, when working in areas in which a potential exposure to direct or reflected laser light greater than 0.005 watts (5 milliwatts) exists, shall be pro vided with antilaser eye protection de vices as specified In Subpart E of this part. (d) Areas in which lasers are used shall be posted with standard laser warning placards. (e) Beam shutters or caps shall be utilized, or the laser turned off. when laser transmission Is not actually re quired. When the laser is left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour, overnight, or at change of shifts, the laser shall be turned off. (f) Only mechanical or electronic means shall be used as a detector for guiding the.Internal alignment of the laser. (g) The laser beam shall not be di rected at employees. (h) When it is raining or snowing, or when there is dust or fog in the air. the operation of laser systems shall be pro hibited where practicable; in any event, employees shall be kept out of range of the area of source and target during such weather conditions. (I) Laser equipment shall bear a label to indicate maximum output. (J) Employees shall not be exposed to light intensities above: (1) Direct staring: 1 micro-watt per square centimeter; (2) Incidental observing: 1 milliwatt per square centimeter; (3) Diffused reflected light: 2% watts per square centimeter. 2?f- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262549 AC&S 014103 22810 RU' -S AND REGULATIONS (k) Laser unit in operation should be (b)Other areas. For areas or oper discharged from an exhaust system shall set up above the heads ol the employees, ations not covered above, refer to the be disposed of In such a manner that It when possible. American National Standard All.1-1965. will not result In harmful exposure to (l) Employees shall not be exposed to R1970, Practice for Industrial. Lighting, employees. microwave power densities in excess of 10 milliwatts per square centimeter. 1926.55 Cases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. (a) Exposure of employees to inhala tion, Ingestion, skin absorptipn, or con for recommended values of Illumination. g 1926.57 .Ventilation. (a) General. Whenever hazardous sub stances such as dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases exist or are produced In the course of construction work, their Subpart E--Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment 1926.100 ' Head protection. (a) Employees working In areas where there is a possible dangemf head Injury tact with any material or substance at a concentrations shall not exceed the lim from impact, or from falling or flying concentration above those specified In its specified in $ 1626.55(a). When venti objects, or from electrical shock and the "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants for 1970" of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, shall be avoided. (b) To achieve compliance with para graph (a) of this section, administrative or engineering controls must first be Im lation Is used as an engineering control method, the system shall be Installed and operated according to the requirements of this section. - . fb) Local' exhaust ventilation. Local exhau-t ventilation when used as de scribed in (a) shall be designed to pre burns, shall be protected by protective helmets. . (b) Helmets for the protection of em ployees against impact and penetration of falling and flying objects shall meet the specifications contained in American National Standards. Institute, Z89.1- plemented whenever feasible. When such vent dispersion into the air of dusts, 1969, Safety Requirements for Industrial controls are not feasible to achieve full fumes, mists, vapors, and gases in con Head Protection. compliance, protective, equipment or centrations causing harmful exposure. (c) Helmets for the head protection other protective measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air contaminants within the limits pre scribed In this section. Any equipment Such exhaust systems shall be so de signed that dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases are not drawn through the work area of employees. ~ of employees exposed to high voltage electrical shock and bums shall meet the specifications contained in American Na tional Standards Institute. Z89.2-1971. and technical measures used for this pur . (c) Design and operation. Exhaust pose must first be approved for each fans, jets, ducts, hoods, separators, and particular use by a competent Industrial all- necessary appurtenances, including hygienist or other technically qualified refuse receptacles, shall be so designed, 1926.101 Hearing projection. (a) Wherever it is not feasible to re duce the noise levels or duration of expo person. Whenever respirators are used, their use shall comply with $ 1926.103. (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec tion do not apply to the exposure of em ployees to airborne asbestos dust. When ever any employee Is exposed to airborne asbestos dust, the requirements of constructed, maintained and operated as to ensure the required protection by maintaining a volume and velocity of ex haust air sufficient to gather dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases from said equip ment or process, and to convey them to suitable points of safe disposal, thereby sures to those specified in Table D-2, Permissible Noise Exposures, in S 1926.52, ear protective devices shall be provided and used. (b) Ear protective devices Inserted in the ear shall be fitted or determined in dividually by competent persons. S 1910.93a of this title shall apply. preventing their dispersion in harmful (c) Plain cotton is not an acceptable 1926.56 Illumination. (a) General. Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimum Illumination In tensities listed in Table D-3 while any work Is In progress: . Table D-3--Minimum Illumination Intensities in Foot-Candles Foot-candles: Area or operation 6 General construction area lighting. S___________General construction areas, concrete placement, excava tion and waste areas, aceeasways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, quantities into the atmosphere where employees work. (d) Duration of operations. (1) The exhaust system shall be in operation con tinually during all operations which it is designed to serve. If the employee re mains in the contaminated zone, the sys tem shall continue to operate after the cessation of said operations, the length of time to depend upon the individual circumstances and effectiveness of the general ventilation system. . (2) Since dust capable of causing dis ability is, according to the best medical opinion, of microscopic size, tending to remain for hours in suspension in still air, it is essential that the exhaust sys protective device. 1926.102 Eye and face protection. (a) General. (1) Employees shall be provided with eye and face protection equipment when machines or operations present potential eye or face injury from physical, chemical, or radiation agents. (2) Eye and face protection equipment required by this Part shall meet the re quirements specified In American Na tional Standards Institute, ZBT.1-1968, Practice for Occupational and Educa tional Eye and Face Protection. (3) Employees whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses in spectacles, when required by this regulation to wear eye protection, shall be protected by gog . and field maintenance areas. 8Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exltways. 6Tunnels, shafts, and general tem be continued in operation for a time after the work process or equipment served by the same shall have ceased, in gles or spectacles of one of the following types: - ; (i) Spectacles whose protective lenses underground work areas: order to ensure the removal of the harm provide optical correction; - : > (Exception: minimum of 10 foot-candles is required at ful elements to the required extent. For (11) Goggles that can be worn over tunnel and shaft beading the same reason, employees wearing res corrective spectacles without disturbing during drilling, mucking, and scaling. Bureau of Mines approved cap Ughts shall be acceptable for use In the piratory equipment should not remove same Immediately until the atmosphere seems clear. the adjustment of the spectacles; Oil) Goggles that incorporate correc tive lenses mounted behind the protec tunnel beading.) - 10General construction plant and shops (e.g,, batch plants, screening plants, mechanical (e) Disposal of exhaust materials. The air.outlet from every dust separator, and the dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases tive lenses. ' (4) Face and eye protection equip ment shall be kept clean and in good re and electrical equipment rooms, carpenter shops,' rig ging lofts and active store rooms, barracks or living collected by an exhaust or ventilating system shall discharge to the outside at mosphere. Collecting systems which re pair. Tbie use of this type equipment with structural or optical defects shall be prohibited. quarters, locker or dressing rooms, mess halls, and in door toilets and workrooms). SO_________First aid stations, inBrnnHwi, turn air to work area may be used if concentrations which accumulate in the work area air do not result In harmful (5) Table E-l shall be used as a guide in the selection of face and eye protec tion for the hazards and operations and offices. exposure to employees. Dust and refuse noted. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 20GG08 01262550 AC&S 014104 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22811 Tabu E-l--Eye and Pack Protector Selection Gctxdb 4* (2) Laser protection, (i) Employees whose occupation or assignment requires exposure to laser beams shall be fur nished suitable laser safety goggles which Will protect for the specific wavelength of the laser and be of optical density' (OX).) adequate for the energy Involved. Table E-3 lists the mairimtmi power or energy density for which adequate pro tection Is afforded by glasses of optical densities from 6 through 8. '' Tabu *-*--Ssuciura Lint Sum Oua 1. 4044141. ntflwc epiUrei>4A,W,l A 444IH,flriM.niW>lll.4nlll4llllil A mni.cimiin4W.iMnr 4*. wCTmT.nutrnin.iBnimiii<W4 A 4ttWtUAB1fctl--A<WtHnHim A erasrACUAiMAMM^c ?>>**, smm* " A WIWI MBB.tmrlpcl)wIH4l III INTENSITY CW marlinon power density (w&tts/cm*) ATTENUATION Attenoetioa teetoc *d APPLICATIONS 1(H 8 us J0-* 6 10* 1JO 7 10* ioo 8 10* iraumoN "rarccnS? tji "' * '> vq "it 11ri m mm iccmcNi-iummt AcsmcMC-ctmiNo AOCmfMC-WU0MQ . iwumi. harmful wn, molten mctal. FLYING FMITKXCS eMWCH MJMDUNQ tllMFIMQ ' accrue imq waomo name opchatnms omwowo LIGHT QRINDtWC HOIVT UNRATORV mciiiiiin MOlTtN METRO voraanM SFLASM. AOO OUAN* FUMES avwQMmcui SPARKL MTcrtK MTL MOLItft MCTAL GLARE. HEAT, MOLTEN MCTAL FLVtNQ PARTKUS FLVINQ NJITKUS CHEMICAL MMH, Qftcnrnftf FLYiNO Mimaa HUr,LMLINLUM rUMBNimCULMM . 10 (Pm ................... ..... LULLTLM ................................................................................... ..... rtMfWIWR SNIWWINHI ULUU Him l(ttwh-- H fiiAlHiMliR mm 4.R.M LULLM U4LLM ' Non-aids ehlaid spectacles are available for limited hazard use requiring only frontal protection. . See Table S-3. In. paragraph (b) of this section. Filter liens Shade Numbers for Protec tion against Radiant Znargy. (b) Protection against radiant eaergv--(1) Selection of shade numbers for welding filter. Table E-2 shall be used as a guide for the selection of the proper shade numbers of Alter lenses or plates used in welding. Shades more dense than those listed may be used to suit the Individual 8 needs, Tabuc M-Rtm Ism Shads Nmcmsa ros nax Welding operation Shade number BMiAfi metal-are weldlwr iu. tu. ' K-. fo-lnch diameter electradeaJZT? 10 Oae shielded arc welding (nonferrous) Mr. Si*-. 14-. Ht-lnoh diameter alsotrade,-----------------------------------;--------- XI Shade Welding operation number Oae-ehielded are welding (ferrous) h*-. V4-. Kr-lnch diameter eleo- --JUT u *"5^ ^ a ... %-moh diameter electrodes._____ 14 Atornio hydrogen woMiwg _ _ 10-14 w1<Un*:---------------------- -------- ** Torch brazing8 or 4 Light cutting, up to 1 Inch8 or 4 Medium cutting. 1 Inch to 6 Inches--. 4 or S Heavy cutting, over 8 Inches__________S or 6 welding (light). up to tt-inch------4 or 5 Om welding (medium), tfc-lnch to, %-tnch_______________ 'S or 8 Gas welding (heavy), over %-lnoh___8 or 8 Output levels falling between lines In this table shall require the higher optical density. (11) All protective goggles shall bear a label identifying the following data: (a) The laser wavelengths for which use Is intended; <b) The optical density of those wave lengths; (c) The visible light transmission. 8 1926.103 Respiratory protection. - (a) General. (1) In emergencies, or when controls required by Subpart D of this part either fall or are Inadequate to prevent harmful exposure to employees, appropriate respiratory protective de vices shall be provided by the employer and shall be used. ' (2) Respiratory protective / devices shall be approved by the US. Bureau of Minna or acceptable to the UJ3. Depart ment of Labor for the specific contami nant to which the employee is exposed. (b) Respirator selection. (1) The chemical and physical properties of the contaminant, as well as the toxicity and concentration of the hazardous material, shall be consideredlh selecting the proper respirators. (2) The nature and extent of the hazard, work requirements, and condi tions, as well as the limitations and char acteristics of the available respirators, shall also be factors considered in mak ing the proper selection. (3) The following table lists the types of respirators required for protection In dangerous atmospheres: 20 GOt) 9 PEDERAl REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262551 AC&S 014105 22812 RULES AND REGULATIONS Tabu E-A--8njeenow or Ttmsrnuma Basplator (8m Koto ) OupBdrftehaey-., Self-contained breathing apparatus. Hoee mask with blower. Com bination atr-tlne respirator with auxiliary aelfoontaiaed air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. Gas and npor contaminants immediately Self-contained breathing apparatus. Hose maalr with blower. Air- dangerous to life and health. purifying, full facepiece respirator with chemical canister (gas mask), oof-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for eseape only). Com bination air-line respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with . Notimmediately dangerous toflifeand health. Air-Une respirator. Hose mask without Mower. ` .. Air-purifying, half-mask or xnonthptcea respirator with chemical cartridge. ' Fixtienlato contaminants dan Self-contained breathing apparatus. . geroos to life and health. Hose mask with blower. - Air-purifying, full facepiece respirator with appropriate filter. Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination air-line respirator with auxiliary. oaU-cantalned air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. Kotimm fliately dangerous to Hie andhealth* Air-purifying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with filter pad or cartridge. Air-Une respirator. :: Alr-Une abrasive-blasting respirator. Hoso-mask without blower. . Combination gas, rai and particulate Self-contained breathing apparatus. ' - contaminants I ` * dangerous to Hose mask wttb Mower. . Ufo and health. Air-purifying, fun facepiece respirator with chemical trmhrtsr and -appropriate filter (gas mask with filter). Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for eseape only). Combination air-line respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. HotImmediately dangerous toHfeand health. Alr-Une respirator. Hose mask without Mower. - Air-purifying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge and appropriate filter. . Non; For the purpose of this part, "Immediately dangerous to life and health** is defined as a condition t>*at either poses an immediate threat to Ufe and health or an immediate threat of severe exposure to contaminants, such as radioactive materials, which are likely to have advene delayed effect con health. (c) Selection, issuance, use and care o/ respirators. (1) Employees required to use respiratory protective equipment approved for use In atmospheres immedi ately dangerous to life shall be thorough ly trained in Its use. Employees required to use other types of respiratory protec tive equipment shall be Instructed In the use and limitations of such equipment (2) Respiratory protective equipment shall be Inspected regularly and main tained In good condition. Oas mask canisters and chemical cartridges shall be replaced as necessary so as to provide complete protection. Mechanical filters shall be cleaned or replaced as necessary so as to avoid undue resistance to breathing. (3) Respiratory protective equipment which has been previously used shall be cleaned and disinfected before It is issued by the employer to another employee. Emergency rescue equipment shaU be cleaned and disinfected Immediately after each use. - . 1926.104 Safety belts, lifelines, and lanyards. 1 (a) Lifelines, safety belts, and lan yards shall be used only for employee safeguarding. Any lifeline, safety belt, or lanyard actually subjected to in-service loading, as distinguished from static load testing, shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used again for employee safeguarding. <b) Lifelines shall be secured above the paint of operation to an anchorage or structural member capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5,400 pounds. (c) lifelines used on rock-scaling operations, or In areas where the lifeline may be subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be a minimum of %-lnch wire core manila rope. For all other lifeline appli cations, a minimum of %-Inch manila or equivalent, with a minimum breaking strength of 5,400 pounds, shall be used. (d) Safety belt lanyard shall be a minimum of %-inch nylon, or eqr'.va lent, with a maximum length to provide for a fall of'no greater than 6 feet. The rope shall have a nominal breaking strength of 5,400 .pounds. (e) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware shall be drop forged or pressed steel, cadmium plated in accordance with type 1, Class B plating specified in Fed eral Specification QQ-P-416. . Surface shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. (f) An safety belt and lanyard hard ware, except'rivets, shall be capable of withstanding a tensile loading of 4,000 pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation. 1926.105 Safety nets. <a) Safety nets shall be provided when workplaces are more than 25 feet, above the ground or water surface, or other surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch- platforms, temporary floors, safety lines, - or safety belts is Impractical. (b) Where safety net protection Is re quired by this part, operations shall not be undertaken until the net Is In place and has been tested. (c) (1) Nets shall extend 8 feet beyond the edge of the work surface where em ployees are exposed and shall be installed as close under the work surface as prac tical but In no case more than 25 feet below such work surface. Nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent user's contact with the surfaces or struc tures below. Such clearances shall be determined by Impact load testing. (2) It Is intended that only one level of nets be required for bridge construc tion. (d) The mesh size of nets shall not exceed 6 inches by 6 inches. All new nets shall meet accepted performance stand ards of 17,500 foot-pounds minimum im pact resistance. as determined and cer tified by the manufacturers, and shall bear a label of proof test. Edge ropes shall provide a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds. - (e) Forged steel safety hooks or shackles shall be used to fasten the net to its supports. (f) Connections between net panels shari develop the full strength of the net. 1926.106 Working over or near water. (a) Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with UJ3. Coast Guard-approved life Jacket or buoyant work vests. <b) Prior to and after each use, the buoyant work vests or life preservers shall be Inspected for defects which would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used. (c) Ring buoys with at least 90 feet of line shall be provided and readily avail able for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet. (d) At least one lifesaving skiff shall be immediately available at locations where employees are working over or adjacent to water. 1926.107 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) "Contaminant" means any mate rial which by reason of its action upon, within, or to a person is likely to cause physical harm. (b) "Lanyard" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person. One end is fastened to a safety belt or harness and the other end is secured to a substantial object or a safety line. (c) "Lifeline" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person, to which a lanyard or safety belt (or harness) is attached. (d) "OX)." means optical density and refers to the light refractive characteris tics of a lens. (e) "Radiant energy" means energy that travels outward In all directions from Its sources. (f) "Safety belt" means a device, usually worn around the waist which, by reason of its attachment to a lanyard and lifeline or a structure, will prevent a worker from falling. Subpart F--Fire Protection and ' Prevention g 1926.150 Fite protection. (a) General requirements. (1) The employer shall be responsible far the de velopment of a fire protection program to be followed throughout an phases of the construction and demolition work, and he shall provide for the firefighting equipment as specified in this subpart. As fire hazards occur, there shall be no delay In providing the necessary equip ment. (2) Access to an available firefighting equipment shall be maintained at all times. ' (3) An firefighting equipment, pro vided by the employer, shaU be con spicuously located. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 206010 01262552 AC&S 014106 RULES AND REGULATION* 22813 (4) All firefighting equipment shall Table F-l FIRE EXTINGUISHERS DATA be periodically Inspected and maintained In operating condition. Defective equip `saihuaTS wi omcM ment shall be Immediately replaced. (5) As warranted by the project, the employer shall provide a trained and 0 equipped firefighting organization (Fire Brigade) to assure adequate protection tollfe. ,' (b) Water supply. (1) A temporary or permanent water supply, of sufficient YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO YES YES volume, duration, and pressure, required < to properly operate the firefighting equipment shall be made available NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES as soon as combustible materials NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES accumulate. (2) Where underground water mains are to be provided, they shall be In &OJttl -- SKC1AI EXTMOIMSHMQ AOB4T1 AFHtOVtO ST MCOONIZiD TISTINO LAOIATOAIlf stalled, completed, and made available for use as soon as practicable. (c) Portable firefighting equipment-- (1) Fire 'extinguishers and small hose lines. (1) A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 2A. shall be provided for each 3,000 square feet of the protected build ing area, or major fraction thereof. Travel distance from any point of the protected area to the nearest fire ex tinguisher shall not exceed 100 feet. (11) One 55-gallon open drum of water with two fire palls may be substituted for a fire extinguisher having a 2A rating. _ (Hi) A %-lnch diameter garden-type hose line, not to exceed 100 feet in length and equipped with a nozzle, may be sub stituted for a 2A-rated fire extinguisher, provided it is capable of discharging a minimum of 5 gallons per minute with a minimum hose stream range of 30 feet # horizontally. The garden-type hose lines shall be mounted cm conventional racks or reels. The number and location of hose racks or reels shall be such that at least one hose stream can be applied to all points in the area. (iv) One or more lire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be provided on each floor. In multistory buildings, at least one fire extinguisher shall be lo cated adjacent to stairway. ' (v> Extinguishers and water drums, subject to freezing, shall be protected from freezing. (vl) A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 10B, shall be provided within 60 feet of wherever more than 5 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids or 5 pounds of flammable gas are being used on the jobsite. This requirement does not # apply to the Integral fuel tanks of motor vehicles. , (2) Fire hose and connections. (1> One hundred feet, or less, of 1%-lnch hose, with a nozzle capable of discharg ing water at 25 gallons or more per minute, may be substituted for a fire extinguisher rated not more than 2A in the designated area provided that the hose line can reach all paints In the area. (II) If fire hose connections are not compatible with local firefighting equip ment, the contractor shall provide adapt ers, or equivalent, to permit connections. (III) During demolition Involving com bustible materials, charged hose lines, supplied by hydrants, water tank trucks with pumps, or equivalent, shall be made available. (d) Fixed firefighting equipment--(1) Sprinkler protection. Cl) If the facility being constructed Includes the Installa tion of automatic sprinkler protection, the Installation shall closely follow the construction and be placed In service as soon as applicable laws permit following completion of each story. (11) During demolition or alterations, existing automatic sprinkler Installa tions shall be retained In service as long as reasonable. The operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized persons. Modification of sprinkler systems to permit alterations or additional demolition should be ex pedited so that the automatic protection may be returned to service as quickly as possible. Sprinkler control valves shall (e) Fire alarm devices. (!) An alarm system, eg, telephone system, siren, etc, shall be established by the employer whereby employees on the site and the local fire department can be alerted for an emergency. (2) The alarm code and reporting In structions shall be conspicuously posted at phones and at employee entrances. (f) Fire cutoffs. (1) Fire walls and exit stairways, required for the com pleted buildings, shall be given construc tion priority. Fire doors, with automatic closing devices, shall be hung on openings as soon as practicable. (2) Fire cutoffs shall be retained In buildings undergoing alterations or dem olition until operations necessitate their removal. 1926.151 Fire prevention. (a) Ignition hazards. (1) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat, or power purposes shall be Installed In compliance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. NFPA 70 1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968). and tiie requirements of Subpart K of this part. (2) Internal combustion engine pow ered equipment shall be so located that the exhausts are well away from com bustible materials. When the exhausts are piped to outside the building under construction, a clearance of at least 6 Inches shall be maintained between such piping and combustible material. (vU) Carbon tetrachloride and other be checked daily at dose of work to ascer (3) Smoking shall be prohibited at or toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers tain that the protection Is In service. In the vicinity of operations which con are prohibited. (2) Standpipes. In all structures In stitute a fire hazard, and shall be con (viil) Portable fire extinguishers shall which standpipes are required, or where spicuously posted: "No Smoking or Open be Inspected periodically and maintained standpipes exist In structures being Flame." in accordance with Maintenance and altered, they shall be brought up as soon (4) Portable battery powered lighting Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, NFPA as applicable laws permit, and hnii be equipment, used In connection with the No. 10A-1970. maintained as construction progresses In storage, handling, or use of flammable (lx) Fire extinguishers which have such a manner that they are always gases or liquids, shall be of the type ap been listed or approved by a nationally ready for fire protection use. The stand proved for the hazardous locations. recognized testing laboratory, shall be used to meet the requirements of this subpart. ' ' (x> Table F-l may be used as a guide for selecting the appropriate portable fire extinguishers. -- pipes shall be provided with Siamese fire department connections on the out side of the structure, at the street level, which shall be conspicuously marked. There shall be at least one standard hose outlet at each floor. (5) The nozzle of air. Inert gas, anj steam lines or hoses, when used In the cleaning or ventilation of tanka and vessels that contain hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel O t\ r. J- i FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. Ill--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262553 AC&S 014107 22814 RULES AT!- REGULATIONS shell. Bonding devices shall not be at (5) Clearance of at least 36 Inches tached or detached in hazardous con shall be maintained between the top ' centrations of flammable gases or 'level of the stored material and the vapors. sprinkler deflectors. (b) Temporary buildings. (1) No tem (6) Clearance shall be maintained porary building shall be erected where around lights and heating units to pre it will adversely affect any means of exit. vent ignition of combustible materials. (2) Temporarybuildings, when located (7) A clearance of 24 inches shall be within another building or structure, maintained around-'the path of travel tehall be . of either noncombustible con of fire doors unless a barricade is pro struction of of combustible construction vided. in which case no clearance is having a fire resistance of not less than needed. Material shall not be stored 1 hour. within 36 inches of a fire door opening. (3) Temporary buildings, located other than inside another building and not 1926.152 Flammable and combustible used for the storage, handling, or use of liquids. ' flammable or combustible liquids, flam (a) General requirements. (1) Only mable gases, explosives, or blasting approved containers and portable tanks agents, or similar hazardous occupancies, . shall be used for storage and handling of shall be located at a distance of not less flammable and combustible liquids. Ap than 10 feet from another building or' proved metal safety cans shall be used structure. Groups of temporary build for the handling and use of flammable ings. not exceeding 2,000 square feet in liquids in quantities greater than one gal aggregate, shall, for the purposes of this lon, except that this shall not apply to part, be considered a single temporary those flammable liquid materials which building. are highly viscid (extremely hard to (c) Open yard storage.- (1) Combusti pour), which may be used and handled ble materials shall be piled with due re in original shipping containers. For gard to the stability of piles and in no quantities of one gallon or less, only the case higher than 20 feet. - original container or approved metal (2) Driveways between and around safety cans shall be used for storage, use, combustible storage piles shall be at least and handling of flammable liquids. 15 feet wide and maintained free from (2) Flammable or combustible liquids accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or shall not be stored in areas used for other articles or materials. Driveways exits, stairways, or normally used for shall be so spaced that a maximum grid the safe passage of people. system unit of 50 feet by 150 feet is (b) indoor storage of flammable and produced. combustible liquids. (1) No more than 25 (3) The entire storage site shall be gallons of flammable or combustible liq kept free from accumulation of unnec uids shall be stored in a room outside essary combustible materials. Weeds and of an approved storage cabinet. For grass shall be kept down and a regular storage of liquefied petroleum gas, see procedure provided for the periodic S 1926.153. cleanup of the entire area. (2) Quantities of flammable and com (4) When there is a danger of an un bustible liquid in excess of 25 gallons derground fire, that land shall not be shall be stored in an acceptable or ap used for combustible or flammable proved cabinet meeting the following re storage. ' quirements: (5) Method of piling shall be solid (i) Acceptable wooden storage cabi wherever possible and in orderly and nets shall be constructed in the following regular piles. No combustible material manner, or equivalent: The., bottom, shall be stored outdoors within 10 feet sides, and top shall be constructed of an of a building or structure. exterior grade of plywood at least 1 inch (6) Portable fire extinguishing equip in thickness, which shall not break down ment, suitable for the fire hazard in or delaminate under standard fire test volved, shall be provided at convenient, conditions. All Joints shall be rabbeted conspicuously accessible locations in the and shall be fastened in two directions yard'area. Portable fire extinguishers, with flathead wood screws. When more rated not less than 2A, shall be placed so than one door is used, there shall be a that maximum travel distance to the rabbeted overlap of not less than 1 inch. nearest unit shall not exceed 100 feet. Steel hinges shall be mounted in such a (d) Indoor storage. (1) Storage shall manner as to not lose their holding ca not obstruct, or adversely affect, means pacity due to loosening or burning out of exit. ` of the screws when subjected to fire. (2) All materials shall be stored, han Such cabinets shall be painted inside dled. and piled with due regard to their and out with fire retardant paint. fire characteristics. (11) Approved metal storage cabinets (3) Noncompatible materials,' which will be acceptable. may create a fire hazard, shall be segre (ill) Cabinets shall be labeled in con gated by a barrier having a fire resist spicuous lettering, "Flammable--Keep ance of at least 1 hour. . Fire Away." " ; (4) Material shall be piled to minimize - (3) Not more than 60 gallons of flam the spread of fire internally and to per mable or 120 gallons of combustible mit convenient access for firefighting. Stable piling shall be maintained at all times. Aisle space shall be maintained to safely accommodate the widest ve hicle that may be used within the build liquids shall be stored in any one storage cabinet. Not more than three such cabi nets may be located in a single storage area. Quantities in excess of this shall ing for firefighting purposes. be stored in an inside storage room. (4) (1) Inside storage rooms shall be constructed to meet the required fire- resistive rating for their use. Such con struction shall comply with the test specifications set forth in Standard Methods of Fire Test of Building Con struction and Material? NFPA 251-1969. (11)' Where an automatic extinguish ing system is provided, the system shall be designed and installed in an approved manner. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with non combustible liquid-tight raised sills or ramps at least 4 inches in height, or the floor in the storage area shall be at least 4 inches below the surrounding floor. Openings shall be provided with ap proved self-closing fire doors. The room shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor. A permissible alternate to the sill or ramp is an open-grated trench, inside of the room, which drains to a safe location. Where other portions of the building or other buildings are exposed, windows shall be protected as set forth in the Standard for Fire Doors and Win dows. NFPA No. 80-1970. for Class E or F openings. Wood of at least 1-inch nomi nal thickness may .be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, scuffboards, floor over lay, and similar installations. (ill) Materials which will react with water and. create a fire hazard shall not be stored in the same room with flam mable or combustible liquids. - (lv) Storage in Inside storage rooms shall comply with Table P-2 following: Tabu F-2 Fir protection Fire Mfixlmnni provided resistance size Total allowable qnanttUco gaU./sq. ttV floor an* Yes.................... 2 hrs 500 eq. ft___ No 2 hrs_____ 600 sq. ft___ Yes lhr 160 sq.ft___ No____________ 1 hr______ 160 sq. ft___ 10 4 5 2 Notk: Fire protection system Shall be sprinkler, water spray, carbon dioxide or other system approved by a nationally recog nized testing laboratory for this purpose. (v) Electrical wiring and equipment located in inside storage rooms shall be approved for Class 1, Division 1, Haz ardous Locations. For definition of Class 1, Division 1, Hazardous Locations, see S 1926.404. (vi) Every inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhausting system. Such sys tem shall commence not more than 12 inches above the floor and be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the room at least 6 times per hour. If a mechanical exhausting system is used, it shall be controlled by a switch located outside of the door. The venti lating equipment and any lighting! fix tures shall be operatea by the same switch. An electric pilot light shall be installed adjacent to the switch if flam mable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation is pro vided, the fresh air intake, as well as the exhausting outlet from the'room, shall be on the exterior of the building in which the room is located. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 206012 01262554 141Q8 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22815 - (vil) In every inside storage room there shall be maintained one clear aisle at least 3 feet wide. Containers over 30 gallons capacity shall not be stacked one upon the other. (viil) Flammable and combustible liq uids In excess of that permitted in In side storage rooms shall be stored outside of buildings In accordance with para graph (c) of this section. tc) Storage outside buddings. (1) Storage of containers (not more than 60 gallons each) shall not exceed 1,100 gallons In any one pile or area. Piles or groups of containers shall be separated by a 5-foot clearance. Piles or groups of containers shall not be nearer than 20 feet to a building. (2) Within 200 feet of each pile of containers, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of fire control apparatus. (3) The storage area shall be graded In a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures, or shall be surrounded by a curb or earth dike at least 12 inches high. When curbs or dikes are used, provisions shall be made for draining off accumulations of ground or rain water, or spills of flam mable or combustible liquids. Drains, shall terminate at a safe location and shall be accessible to operation under fire conditions. (4) Outdoor portable tank storage: (D Portable tanks shall not be nearer than 20 feet from any building. Two or more portable tanks, grouped together, having a combined capacity in excess of 2.200 gallons, shall be separated by a 5-foot-clear area. Individual portable tanks exceeding 1,100 gallons shall be separated by a 5-foot-clear area. (li) Within 200 feet of each portable tank, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of fire control apparatus. (5) Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris, and other combustible material not necessary to the storage. (6) Portable tanks, not exceeding 660 gallons, shall be provided with emergency venting and other devices, as required by chapters III and IV of NFPA 30-1969, The Flammable and Combustible Liquids .Code. (7) Portable tanks, in excess of 660 gallons, shall have emergency venting and other devices, as required by chap ters n and HI of . The Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30 1969. (d) Fire control for flammable or combustible liquid storage. (1) At least one portable fire extinguisher, having a rating of not less than 20-B units, shall be located outside of, but not more than 10 feet from, the door opening Into any room used for storage of more than 60 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids. (2) At least one portable Are extin guisher having a rating of not less than 20-B units shall be located not less than 25 feet, nor more than 75 feet, from any flammable liquid storage area located outside. (3) When sprinklers are provided, they shall be Installed in accordance with the Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. NFPA 13-1969. - (4) At least one portable fire extin guisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C units shall be provided on all tank trucks or other vehicles used for transporting and/or dispensing flam mable or combustible liquids. (e) Dispensing liquids. (1) Areas In which flammable or combustible liquids are transferred at one time,' in quantities greater than' 5 gallons from one tank or container to another tank or container, shall be separated from other operations by 25-feet distance or by construction having a fire resistance of at least 1 hour. Drainage or other means shall be pro vided to control spills. Adequate natural or mechanical ventilation shall be pro vided to maintain the concentration of flammable vapor at or below 10 percent of the lower flammable limit. (2) Transfer of flammable liquids from one container to another shall be done only when containers are electrically Interconnected (bonded). (3) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be drawn from or transferred into vessels, containers, or tanks within a building or outside only through a closed piping system, from safety cans, by means of a device drawing through the top, or from a container, or portable tanks, by gravity or pump, through an approved self-closing valve. Transferring by means of air pressure on the con tainer or portable tanks is prohibited. (4) The dispensing units shall be pro tected against collision damage. . (5) Dispensing devices and nozzles for flammable liquids shall be of an approved type. (f) Handling liquids at point of final use. (1) Flammable liquids shall be kept in closed containers when not actually in use. (2) Leakage or spillage of flammable or combustible liquids shall be disposed of promptly and safely. (3) Flammable liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of Ignition within 50 feet of the operation, unless conditions war rant greater clearance. (g) Service and refueling areas. (1) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in approved closed containers, in tanks located underground, or in aboveground portable tanks. (2) The tank trucks shall comply with the requirements covered In the Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flam mable "and Combustible Liquids, NFPA No. 385-1966. (3) The dispensing hose shall be an approved type. (4) The dispensing nozzle shall be an approved automatic-closing type with out a latch-open device. (5) Underground tanks shall not be abandoned. (6) Clearly Identified and easily acces sible switch(es) shall be provided at a location remote from dispensing devices to shut off the power to all dispensing de vices in the event of an emergency. (7) (1) Heating equipment of an ap proved type may be Installed in the lubri cation or service area where there Is no dispensing or transferring of flammable liquids, provided the bottom of the heat ing unit Is at least 18 inches above the floor and Is protected from physical dam age. (ii) Heating equipment Installed' In lubrication or service areas, where flam mable liquids are dispensed, shall be of an approved type for garages, and shall be Installed at least 8 feet above the floor. <8) There shall be no smoking or open flames In the areas used for fueling, serv icing fuel systems for internal combus tion engines, receiving or dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids. - (9) Conspicuous and legible signs pro hibiting smoking shall be posted. (10) The motors of all equipment being fueled shall be shut off during the fueling operation. (11) Each service or fueling area shall be provided with at least one fire ex tinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C located so that an extin guisher will be within 75 feet of each pump, dispenser, underground fill pipe opening, and lubrication or service area. 1926.153 Liquefied petroleum gaa (LP-Gas). (a) Approval of equipment and sys tems. (1) Each system shall have con tainers, valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies, and regulators of an approved type. (2) All cylinders shall meet the De partment of Transportation specifica tion Identification requirements pub lished in 49 CFR Part 178, Shipping Container Specifications. (b) Welding on LP-Cas containers. Welding Is prohibited on containers. (c) Container valves and container accessories. (1) Valves, fittings, and ac cessories connected directly to the con tainer, including primary shut off valves, shall have a rated working pressure of at least 250 p-si.g. and shall be of mate rial and design suitable for LP-Gas service. (2) Connections to containers, except safety relief connections, liquid level gauging devices, and plugged openings, shall have shutoff valves located as close to the container as practicable. (d) Safety devices. (1) Every con tainer and every vaporizer shall be pro vided with one or more approved safety relief valves or devices. These valves shall be arranged to afford free vent to the outer air with discharge not less than 5 feet horizontally away from any open ing Into a building which Is below such discharge. ' (2) Shutoff valves shall not be In stalled between the safety relief device and the container, or the equipment or piping to which the safety Telief device Is connected, except that a shutoff valve may be used where the arrangement of this valve is such that full required ca pacity flow through the safety relief de vice is always afforded. (3) Container safety relief devices and regulator relief vents shall be located not less than 5 feet In any direction from air openings into sealed combustion system appliances or mechanical ventilation air intakes. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262555 AC&S 014109 22816 RULES AND REGULATIONS (e) Dispensing. (1) Pilling of fuel con tainers for trucks or motor vehicles from bulk storage containers shall be per formed not less than 10 feet from the nearest masonry-walled building, or not less than 25 feet from the nearest build ing or other construction and. in any event, not less than 25 feet from any building opening. . (2) Filling of portable containers or containers mounted on skids from stor age containers shall be performed not less than 50 feet from the. nearest building. (f) Requirements jar appliances. (1) LP-Gas consuming appliances shall be approved types. (2) Any appliance that was originally manufactured for operation with a gas eous fuel other than LP-Gas. and is in good condition, may be used with LP-Gas only after It Is properly converted, adapted, and tested for performance with LP-Gas before the appliance Is placed In use. (g) Containers and regulating equip ment installed outside of buildings or structures. Containers shall be upright upon firm foundations or otherwise firmly secured. The possible effect on the outlet piping of settling shall be guarded against by a flexible connection or spe cial fitting. (h) Containers and equipment used inside of buildings or structures. (1) When operational requirements make portable use of containers necessary, and their location outside of buildings or structures Is Impracticable, containers and equipment shall be permitted to be used Inside of buildings or structures In accordance with subparagraphs (2) through (11) of this paragraph. (2) "Containers in use" means con nected for use. (3) Systems utilizing containers hav ing a water capacity greater than 2% pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capac ity) shall be equipped with excess Sow valves. Such excess flow valves shall be either Integral with the container valves or In the connections to the container valve outlets. . .. (4) Regulators shall be either directly connected to the container valves or to manifolds connected to the container valves. The regulator shall be suitable for use with LP-Gas. Manifolds and fittings connecting containers to pres sure regulator Inlets shall be designed for at least 250 ps.l.g. service pressure. (5) Valves on containers having water capacity greater than 50 pounds (nomi nal 20 pounds LP-Gas capacity) shall be protected from damage while In use or storage. (6) Aluminum piping or tubing shall not be used. (7) Hose shall be designed for a work ing pressure of at least 250 psig. Design, construction, and performance of hose, and hose connections shall -have their suitability determined by listing by a nationally recognized testing agency. The hose length shall be as short as practica ble. Hoses shall be long enough to permit compliance with spacing provisions of subparagraphs (1)-(13) of this para graph, without kinking or straining, or causing hose to be so close to a burner as to be damaged by heat. (8) Portable heaters, including sala manders. shall be equipped with an approved automatic device to shut'off the flow of gas to the main burner, and pilot If used, in the event of flame failure. Such heaters, having inputs above 50,000 B.Lu. per hour, shall be equipped with either a pilot, which must be lighted and proved before the main burner can be turned on, or an electrical ignition system. Non: The provisions of this subparagraph do not apply to portable heaters under 7400 B.t.u. per hour Input when used with con tainers having a '".Timnm water capacity of 3% pounds. (9) Container valves, connectors, reg ulators, manifolds, piping, and tubing shall not be used as structural supports for heaters. ' (10) Containers, regulating equip ment, manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall be located to minimize exposure to high temperatures or physical damage. (11) Containers, having a water ca pacity greater than 2 >6 pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for use shall stand on a firm and substan tially level, surface and, when necessary, shall be secured in an upright position. (12) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity). (13) For temporary heating, heaters (other than integral heater-container units) shall be located at least 6 feet from any LP-Gas container. This shall not prohibit the use of heaters specifi cally designed for attachment to the container or to a supporting standard, provided they are designed and Installed so as to prevent direct or radiant heat application from the heater onto the con tainers. Blower and radiant type heaters shall not be directed toward any LP-Gas container within 20 feet. (14) If two or more heater-container units, of either the integral or nonin tegral type, are located in an unparti tioned area on the same floor, the container or containers of each unit shall be separated from the container or containers of any other unit by at least 20 feet. (15) When heaters are connected to containers for use In an unpartitioned area on the same floor, the total water capacity of containers, manifolded .to gether for connection to a heater or heaters, shall not be greater than 735 pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity). Such manifolds shall be separated by at least 20 feet. (16) Storage of containers awaiting use shall be In accordance with para graphs (]) and (k) of this section. (1) Multiple container systems. (1) Valves In the assembly of multiple con tainer systems shall be arranged so that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off the flow of gas In the system. This provision Is not to be construed as requiring an automatic changeover device. (2) Heaters shall be equipped with an approved regulator in the supply line between the fuel cylinder and the heater unit. Cylinder connectors shall be pro vided with an excess flow valve to mini mize the flow of gas in the event the fuel line becomes ruptured. ' (3) Regulators and low-pressure re lief devices shall be rigidly attached to the cylinder valves, cylinders, supporting standards, the building walls, or other wise rigidly secured, and shall be so Installed or protected from the elements. (J> Storage of LPG containers. Stor age of LPG within buildings Is prohibited. (k) Storage outside of buildings. (1) Storage outside of buildings, for con tainers awaiting use, shall be located from the nearest building or group of buildings. In accordance with the following: ' Tabu F-3 instance Quantity of LP-Gas stored: (feet) 500 lbs; or less 0 501 to 6.000 lbs 10 6,001 to 10.000 lbs_________________________ Over 10,000 lbs_______________ 35 30 (2) Containers shall be in a suitable ventilated enclosure or otherwise pro tected against tampering. . (l) Fire protection. Storage locations shall be provided with at least one ap proved portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C. ' 1926.154 Temporary heating devices, (a) Ventilation. (1) Fresh air shall be supplied in sufficient quantities to maintain the health and safety of work men. Where natural means of fresh air supply is inadequate, mechanical ventila tion shall be provided. (2) When heaters are used in confined spaces, special care shall be taken to provide sufficient ventilation in order to ensure proper combustion, maintain the health and safety of workmen, and limit temperature rise in the area. (b) Clearance and mounting. (1) Temporary heating devices shall be In stalled to provide clearance to combusti ble material not less than the amount shown In Table F-4. (2) Temporary heating devices, which are listed for installation with lesser clearances than specified In Table F-4,. may be installed In accordance with their approval. Tablx F-4 Minimum clearance, (Inches) Chimney Sides Rear conneo- tor Room beater, circulating type........................................ Room heater, radiant type... 12 86 12 86 18 18 (3) Heaters not suitable for use on wood floors shall not be set directly upon them or other combustible materials. When such heaters are used, they shall rest on suitable heat insulating material or at least 1-inch concrete, or equivalent. The Insulating material shall extend beyond the heater 2 feet or more in all directions. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 206014 01262556 AC&S 014110 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22817 (4) Heaters used In the vicinity of (g) "Flammable" means capable of black outline on the borders: and a white combustible tarpaulins, canvas, or simi being easily Ignited, burning intensely, lower panel for additional sign wording. lar coverings shall be located at least or having a .rapid rate of flame spread.' (c) -CautioH signs. (1) 'Caution signs 10 feet from the coverings, The cover (h) "Flammable liquids" means any (see Figure G-2) shall be used only to ings shall be securely fastened to pre liquid having a flash point below 140* F. warn against potential hazards or to vent ignition or upsetting of the heater and having a vapor pressure not exceed caution against unsafe practices. due to wind action on the covering or ing. 40 pounds per square inch (absolute) (2) Caution signs shall have yellow Us other material at 100* F. the predominating color; black upper (c) Stability. Heaters, when In use, (1) "Flash point" of the liquid means panel and borders; yellow lettering of shall be set horizontally level, unless the temperature at which it gives off "caution" on the black panel; and the otherwise- permitted by the manufac vapor sufficient to form an lgnitable mix lower yellow panel for additional sign' turer's markings. ture with the air near the surface of the wording. Black lettering shall be used for " (d) Solid fuel salamanders. Solid fuel liquid or within the vessel used as deter additional wording. salamanders are prohibited In buildings . mined by appropriate test procedure and and on scaffolds. apparatus as specified below. Figure G-1 (e) Oil-fired heaters. (1) Flammable (1) The flash point of liquids having liquid-fired heaters shall be equipped a viscosity less than 45 Saybolt Universal with a primary safety control to stop Second(s) at 100 F. (37.8* C.) and a WHITE the flow of fuel in the event of flame flash point below 175* F. (79.4* C.) shall failure. Barometric or gravity oil feed be determined In accordance with the shall not be considered a primary safety Standard Method of Test for - Flash control. Point by the Tag Closed Tester, ASTM (2) Heaters designed for barometric 33-56-69. * or gravity oil feed shall be used only (2) The flash point of liquids having a Figure G-2 with the Integral tanks. ' viscosity of 45 Saybplt Universal Sec (3) [Revoked!. (4) Heaters specifically designed and approved for use with separate supply tanks may be directly connected for ond (s> or more at 175* F. (79.4* C.) or higher shall be determined in accord ance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Pensky Martens BLACK- IL&UiilTO YELLOW gravity feed, or an automatic pump, Closed Tester, ASTM D-93-69. from a supply tank. . (J) "Liquefied petroleum gases," 1926.155 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) "Approved", for the purpose of this subpart, means equipment that has been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory such as Factory Mutual Engineering Corp,, or Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, or US. Coast Guard, which Issue approvals for such equipment. . (b) "Closed container" means a con tainer so sealed by means of a lid or other device that neither liquid nor vapor will escape from it at ordinary temperatures. (c) "Combustible liquids" mean any liquid having a flash point at or above 140* F. (60* C.). and below 200* F. (93.4* C.). (d) "Combustion" means any chem ical process that involves oxidation suffi cient to produce light or heat. <e) "Fire brigade" means an orga "LPG" and "LP Gas" mean and include any material .which is composed pre dominantly of any of the following hy drocarbons,- or mixtures of them, such as propane, propylene, butane (normal butane or iso-butane). and butylenes. (k) "Portable tank" means a closed container having, a liquid capacity more than 60 U.S. gallons, and not intended for. fixed Installation. (l) "Safety can" means an approved closed container, of not more than 5 gal lons capacity, having a flash-arresting screen, spring-closing lid and spout cover And so designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure. . (m) "Vapor pressure" means the pres sure, measured in pounds per square Inch (absolute)., exerted by a volatile liquid as determined by the "Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method)." (ASTM D-323-58). (d) Exit signs. Exit signs, when re quired. shall be lettered in legible red letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a white field and the principal stroke of the letters shall be at least three-fourths inch in width. . (e> Safety instruction signs. Safety instruction signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey the principal message. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (f) Directional signs. Directional signs, other than, automotive traffic signs specified in paragraph (g) of this section, shall be white with a black panel and a white directional symbol. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (g) Traffic signs. (1) Construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic signs at points of hazard. (2) All traffic control signs or devices used for protection of-constructian work nized group of employees that are knowl ' Subpart G--Signs, Signals, and men shall conform to American National edgeable, trained, and skilled in the safe evacuation of employees during emer gency situations and in assisting In fire fighting operations. (f) "Fire resistance" means so re sistant to fire that, for specified time and under conditions of a standard heat Intensity, it will not fall structurally and will not permit the side away from fhe fire to become hotter than a specified temperature. For purposes of this part, fire resistance shall be determined by the Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Barricades 1926.200 Accident prevention signs and tags. (a) General. Signs and symbols re quired by this subpart shall be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be removed or covered promptly when the hazards no longer exist. -(b) Danger signs. (1) Danger signs (see Figure G-l) shall be used only where an immediate hazard exists. Standards institute D6.1-1971,. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (h) Accident prevention tags. (1) Acci dent prevention-tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning employees of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used in place_ of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. - (2) Specifications for accident preven Building Construction and Materials, ' (2) Danger signs shall have red as the tion tags similar to those in Table G-l NFPA 251-1969. predominating color for the upper panel: shall apply. 00025 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262557 AC&S 014111 22818 RULES AND REGULATIONS \X OUT CF ORDER DO MOT USE Write tag - Write latters on red square Write tagWrite letters on red -oval with a black square Tallow tagXellow letters on a black background Write tag -- Write letters on black back ground Basie Stock (Background) Safety Colors (Me) Copy Specification (Letters) Write ) Write Bed Black, and Red Do Not Operate Banger Tallow Black Caution Write Black Out of Order Do Not Use (1) Additional rules. American Na tional Standards Institute (ANSI) Z35.11968, Specifications for Accident Preven tion Signs, and Z35.2-1968, Specifications for Accident Prevention Tags, contain rules which are additional to the rules prescribed in this section. The employer filial) comply with ANSI Z35.1-1968 and Z35.2-1968 with respect to rules not spe cifically prescribed in this subpart. 1926.201 Signaling. ' (a) Flagmen. (1) When operations are such that signs, signals, and barricades do not provide the necessary protection on or adjacent to a highway or street, flagmen or other appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. (2) Signaling directions by flagmen shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6.1-1971, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (3) Hand signaling by flagmen shall be by use of red flags at least 18 Inches square or sign paddles, and in periods of darkness, red lights. (4) Flagmen shall be provided with and shall wear a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning gar ments worn at night shall be of reflec- torized material. (b) Crane and hoist signals. Regula tions for crane and hoist signaling will be found in applicable American Na tional Standards Institute standards. 1926.202 Barricades. Barricades for protection of employees shall conform to the portions of the American National Standards Institute D6.1-1971, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and High ways, relating to barricades. 1926.203 Definitions applicable to this Subpart. (a) "Barricade'' means an obstruction to deter the passage of persons or vehicles. ', . ' (b) "Signs" are the warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently affixed or placed, at locations where hazards exist. (c) "Signals" are moving signs, pro vided by workers, such as flagmen, or by devices, such as flashing lights, to warn of possible or existing hazards. (d) "Tags" are temporary signs, usually attached to a piece of equipment or part of a structure, to warn of existing or immediate hazards. Subpart H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1926.250 General requirements for . storage. (a) General. (1) All materials stored In tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to pre vent sliding, falling or collapse. (2) Maximum safe load limits of floors within buildings and structures, in pounds per square foot, shall be con spicuously posted in all storage areas, except for floor or slab on grade. Maximum safe loads shall not be exceeded. (3) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equip ment or employees. Such areas shall be kept in good repair. (4) When a difference in road or work ing levels exist, means such as ramps, blocking, or grading shall be used to en sure the safe movement of vehicles be tween the two levels. (b) Material storage. (1) Material stored inside buildings under construc tion shall not be placed within 6 feet of any hoistway or inside floor openings, nor within 10 feet of an exterior wall which does not extend above the top of the material stored. (2) Employees required to work on stored material in silos, hoppers, tanks, and similar storage areas shall be equipped with lifelines and safety belts meeting the requirements of Subpart E of this part. (3) Noncompatible materials shall be segregated in storage. . (4) Bagged materials shall be stacked by stepping back the layers and cross keying the bags at least every 10 bags high. (5) Materials shall not be stored on scaffolds or runways in excess ol supplies needed for immediate operations. (6) Brick stacks shall not be more than 7 feet in height. When a loose brick stack reaches a height of 4 feet, it shall be tapered back 2 inches in every foot of height above the 4-foot level. (7) When masonry blocks are stacked higher than 6 feet, the stack shall be tapered back one-half block per tier above the 6-foot level. (8) Lumber: (i) Used lumber shall have all nails withdrawn before stacking. (ii> Lumber shall be stacked on level and solidly supported sills. ' . (iii) Lumber shall be so stacked as to be stable and self-supporting, (iv) Lumber piles shall not exceed 20 feet in height provided that lumber to be handled manually shall not be stacked more than 16 feet high. (9) Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar stock, and other cylindrical materials, unless racked, shall be stacked and blocked so as to prevent spreading or tilting. 1926.251 Rigging equipment for ma terial handling. (a) General. (1) Rigging equipment for material handling shall be Inspected prior to use on each shift and as nec- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262558 2060: 6 AC&S 014112 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22819 essary during Its use to ensure that It Is not operate to preclude the use of an safe. Defective rigging equipment shall other form of splice or connection which be removed from service. can be shown to be as efficient and which (2) Rigging equipment shall not be Is not otherwise prohibited. loaded in: excess of Its recommended safe (ID Except for eye splices in the ends working load, as prescribed in Tables of wires and for endless rope slings, each H-i through H-20 In this subpart, fol wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, lowing S 1926.252(e) for the specific or in pulling loads, shall consist of one equipment. continuous piece without knot or splice. (3) Rigging equipment, when not in -(ill) Ryes in wire rope bridles, slings, use, shall be removed from the imme or bull wires shall not be formed by wire diate work area so as not to present a rope clips or knots. hazard to employees. (iv) Wire rope shall not be used If. in (4) Special custom design grabs, any length of eight diameters,' the total hooks, clamps, or other lifting accesso number of visible broken wires exceeds ries, for such units as modular panels, 10 percent of the total number of wires, prefabricated structures and'stmilar ma or If the rope shows other signs of ex terials, shall be marked to Indicate the cessive wear, corrosion, or defect. safe working loads and 6hall be proof- (5) When u-bolt wire rope clips are tested prior to use to 125 percent of their used to form eyes. Table H-20 shall be rated load. used to determine the number and spac <b) Alloy steel chains. (1) Welded al ing of clips. . loy steel chain slings shall have perma (1) When used for eye splices, the nently affixed durable identification stat U-bolt shall be applied so that the "u" ing size, grade, rated capacity, and sling section is in contact with the dead end manufacturer. of the rope. (2) Hooks, rings, oblong links, pear (d) Natural rope, and synthetic fiber-- shaped links, welded or mechanical cou (1) General. When using natural or syn pling links, or other attachments, when thetic fiber rope slings. Tables H-15, 16, used with alloy steel chains, shall have 17, and 16 shall apply. - a rated capacity at least equal to that (2) All splices in rope slings provided of the chain. ' by the employer shall be made in. accord (3) Job or shop hooks and links, or ance with fiber rope manufacturers makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, recommendations. rods, etc., or other such attachments, (I) In manlla rope, eye splices shall shall not be used. . contain at least three full tucks, and (4) Rated capacity (working load short splices shall contain at least six full limit) for alloy steel chain slings shall tucks (three on each side of the center conform to the values shown in Table line of the splice). H-l. (II) In layed synthetic fiber rope, eye (5) Whenever wear at any point of splices shall contain at least four full any chain link exceeds that shown in tucks, and short splices shall contain Table H-2, the assembly shall be removed at least eight full tucks (four on each from service. side of the centerline of the splice). (c) Wire rope. (1) Tables H-3 through (ill) Strand end tails shall not be H-l4 shall be used to determine the safe trimmed short (flush with.the surface working loads of various sizes and clas of the rope) immediately adjacent to the sifications of Improved plow steel wire full tucks. This precaution applies to rope and wire rope slings with various both eye and short splices and all types types of terminals. For sizes, classifica of fiber rope. For fiber ropes under 1-inch tions, and grades not Included in these diameter, the tails shall project at least tables, the safe working load recom six rope diameters beyond the last full mended by the manufacturer for spe tuck. For fiber ropes 1-lnch diameter and cific, identifiable products shall be fol larger, the tails 6hall project at least 6 lowed, provided that a safety factor of Inches beyond the last full tuck. In ap not less than 5 is maintained. plications where the projecting tails may (2) Protruding ends of strands in be objectionable, the tails shall be ta splices on slings and bridles shall be cov pered and spliced into the body of the ered or blunted. , rope using at least two additional tucks (3) Wire rope shall not be secured by ' (which will require a tail length of ap knots, except on haul back lines on proximately six rope diameters beyond scrapers. the last full tuck). (4) The following limitations shall (lv> For all eye splices, the eye shall apply to the use of wire rope: be sufficiently large to provide an in (i) An eye splice made in any wire cluded angle of not greater than 60* at rope shall have not less than three full the splice when the eye is placed over the tucks. However, this requirement shall load or support. (v) Knots shall not be used in lieu of splices. (e) Synthetic webbing (nylon, poly ester. and polypropylene). (1) The em ployer shall have each synthetic web sling marked or coded to show: (1) Name or trademark of manufac turer. '(ii) Rated capacities for the type of hitch. . (ill) Type of material. (2) Rated capacity shall not be ex ceeded. (f) Shackles and hooks. (1) Table H-l9 shall be used to determine the safe working loads of various sizes of shack les, except that higher safe working loads are permissible when recommended by the manufacturer for specific, identifia ble products, provided that a safety fac tor of not less than 5 is maintained. . (2) The manufacturer's recommenda tions shall be followed in determining the safe working loads of the various sizes and types of specific and identifiable hooks. All hooks for which no applicable manufacturer's recommendations are available shall be tested to twice the in tended safe working load before they are initially put into use. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and re sults of such tests. 1926.252 Disposal of waste materials. (a) Whenever materials are dropped more than 20 feet to any point lying out side the exterior walls of the building, an enclosed chute of wood, or equivalent material, shall be used. For the purpose of this paragraph, an enclosed chute is a slide, closed in on all sides, through which material is moved from a high place to a lower one. (b) When debris is dropped through holes in the floor without the use of chutes, the area onto which the material is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 inches high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. ' (c) All scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish shall be removed from the immediate work area as the work, progresses. (d> Disposal of waste material or de bris by burning shall comply with, local fire regulations. (e) All solvent waste, oily rags, and flammable liquids shall be kept in fire resistant covered containers until re moved from worksite. (BMtAL REGISISt, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262559 AC&S 014113 22820 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-l RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD LIMIT). FOR ALLOY STEEL CHAIM SUNOS* RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD UNIT). POUNDS QmIm SUf . Iwcli-- 1/4 */ in *n V4 / s 14/S M/4 1-3/B 1*4/2 1-3/4 Slaftl* Rwkfth Sltaft -- 90 4*ffN Locftlnft J.2SO <,600 11,250 16.500 23,*000 23.750 23.750 44.500 57.500 67,000 60,000 100^00 Om*M Sllftf Vortical Atfli (Q -Mfegn*. 45 A(in *0 li|m lUHiowttl Aagl* (2) SO ligrM 45 4*pr** 90 ftpgr-- S.S60 11,400 19,500 23,500 29,300 49.400 67,100 77,000 99,500 116,000 138,000 172,000 4,550 9.300 15,900 23,300 32,500 40Ada 54,400 63,000 61.000 94/M0 112,500 140,000 2^50 6,600 11,250 16.500 . 23/K)0 28.750 28,750 44,500 57/M0 67.000 60,000 100,000 Titfttft 4 Giilkfth Slluft VwHul Aftftl* (0 20 jiyw 45 lifrii 50 L|fM HtiiaMUl Acsftl* (2 60 5*ftrp 45 4|fM 20 Ap-- 6,400 17,000 29.000 43/MO 59,500 74,500 101.000 115,500 149.000 174.000 207.000 256.000 6,400 14,000 24,000 25,000 48,500 61.000 82/M0 94,500 121/00 141.000 169.000 210.000 4,900 9.900 17.000 34.500 34.500 43,000 53.000 66.500 96.000 100,500 119,500 150.000 (1) Rating of multtleg slings adjusted for angle of loading measured aa the Included angle between the Inclined leg and the vertical. (3) Hating of znultllbg slings adjusted for angle of loading between the Inclined leg and the horizontal plane of the load. ' 'Other grades of proof tested steel Chain Include Proof Coll. BBB Coll and Hl-Teet Chain. These grades are not recommended for overhead lifting and therefore are not oovered by this code. Table H-2--Uizaimi Allowable Wsab at ant Point of Link Chain size {incites) Maximum allowable wear {inch) %----------------------%----------------------------------------------%----------------------------------------------- %4 y %----------------------- Vt------------------------------------ Chain Maximum size {inches) allowable wear (inch) ----------------------------------------------- 1%4 1_____________________ 1%---------------------------- ................... ---------1%--------------------------------------------- 1%---------------------------1V4---------------------------- ---------------- %J Vi tts 1% ............................. ---------------- % Tablo H-3 BATED CAPACITIES POft SINGLE LEG SLINGS Exit AND I x V CLASSIFICATION IMPEOVED PLOV STEEL GRADE ROPE . WITH FIBER CORE (PCI _______________________ Rapa 0h cfr VMtktl (le.h.0 HT MS S Rated CawtHiN. Tdm (2,000 H) ----- Vertical BmM* M.T MS t HT MS 6 1/4 5/16 2/3 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/S 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/3 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 6x19 6x19 6X19 6x19 6x19 6 X 19 6X19 6x19 6x19 6X19 6x19 6x37 6x37 6X37 6x37 6X37 6x37 0.40 0.76 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.1 2.8 3.9 5.1 6.7 5.4 9.4 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 1 25.0 0.51 0.79 LI l.S 2.0 2.5 2.1 4.4 5.9 7.7 9.S 11.0 13.0 16.0 16.0 21.0 28.0 0.55 0.45 1.2 1.6 XI X7 13 4.6 6.4 14 10.0 12.0 15.0 27.0 21.0 24.0 31.0 0.37 0.57 0.80 1.1 1.4 1.7 XI X9 3.9 X0 6.3 7.4 6.9 10.0 1X0 14.0 1X0 0.38 0.59 0.45 1.1 1.5 1.9 X5 3.3 4.5 X6 t.l 0.41 0l64 G.91 2.2 2.6 a.o XI x< 4J 6.3 7.9 6.3 W 9.2 10/3 SL0 12/) 34/) 16.0 210 1X0 25.0 1X0 2X0 0.99 1.S XI xt 3.7 4.6 16 7.8 txo 1X0 17.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 3X9 3X0 49.0 1.0 1.6 X2 3.0 X9 6.0 6.2 X8 22.0 25.0 19.0 22.0 27.0 2X0 37.0 43.0 55.0 XI 3.7 X4 X3 4.3 X4 6.7 9.S 13.0 17.0 31.0 2X0 2X0 25.0 41.0 4X0 6X0 NT Hm4 Tnekaft ftplie* --ft Hidden Tads flpUc* F*r hlddM track gllc (HBC) iu wlM UHT NS Msthsalcsl Spite* ft n ftfp^^oft if ftctf ket Dm, V(|mi pair Nmr ft. D/ft iftk tm NT fthgt UUw piftir^ MilWMftl kUkft* |ft M 1 RNlN DlMMlsr *4 sarvUgl mtmi 4Q1irw f r*p*. iTiNiNi It N* 6 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262560 2m018 AC&S 014114 9 # # RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-4 bated capacities FOR SINGLE leg SLINCS * X It ANO * x ST CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRO Rjr* Dio C*mh (Iwchoa) 1/4 S/16 *3/6 7/16 m 9/16 S/S 3/4 7/1 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/3 l-S/S 1-3/4 2 6x 19 6 x 19 6x 19 6 x 19 6X19 6x 19 6x19 6X19 6x19 6 x 19 6x 19 6x37 6X37 6X37 6x37 6X37 6X37 " VirtJcoF HT MS S 0.53 0.61 l.l I.S 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 S.S 7.2 9.0 0.S6 0.87 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.4 4.9 6.6 8.5 10.0 0.S9 0.92 1.3 1.6 2.3 2.9 3.6 S.l 6.9 9.0 11.0 10.0 13.0 ts.o 16.0 20.0 36.0 12.0 1S.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 30.0 13.0 16*0 19.0 22.0 26.0 33.0 Rated CoMelttai Cheker HT MS 0.40 0.61 0.66 1.2 1.5 1.6 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.4 6.8 0.42 0.S5 0.93 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.S 3.6 4.9 6.4 7.8 Tana 12.000 lb) --------Vertical Boaaat* S HT MS s 0.44 0.69 0.98 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.6 5.2 6.7 8.5 LO 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.9 4.9 6.0 8.4 11.0 14.0 18.0 1.1 1.7 r:s 3.4 4.4 S.S 6.8 9.7 13.0 17.0 21.0 L2 1.6 2.6 3.5 4.6 5.6 7.2 10.0 14.0 16.0 23.0 7.9 9.6 11.0 13.0 15.0 20.0 9.2 11.0 13.0 1S.0 18.0 23.0 9.9 12.0 14.0 17.0 19.0 2S.0 21.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 4L0 53.0 24.0 29.0 35.0 41.0 47.0 61.0 26.0 32.0 38.0 44.0 51.0 66.0 f*T ** NN TwLtd flfllct ,,* , . . _____ r*p mao* iwi mu< fiwc> *t Twt H-3 values In HT column* m * Mocfcoolcol ptlc*. p w 2Irc Ptond ftcktli *Tkttt waits** o*lr tpplr *4m Uk D/d rolls /or HT atlega la 10 or graeUr. a*d for MS and I Slli^t la 20 or grootar ohm O r DUotlrr of cwr*(ur oraLtd which Uw body of the atlog I* boat* d * Dlaorltf of row*. . Table H-5 RATED CAPACITIES FOR SMGCE LEG SUNGS CABLE LAID ROPE - MECHANICAL SPUCE ONLY . * 7x7x717x7x19 CONSTRUCTIONSGALVAMZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7x6xtf f*RC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOV STEEL GRADE ROPE _ _______ Rcp*______ Dl (Inchtf) Cert air 1/4 7x7x7 3/8 7x7x7 1/2 7x7x7 5/8 7x7x7 3/4 7x7x7 5/8 '3/4 7/8 1 1-1/6 1-1/4 7x7x19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7x7x19 7 x 7 x 19 7x7x19 3/4 7/8 1 i-j/ 1-1/4 f-S/16 1-3/8 i-i n 7 X 6 x 19 IVRC 7x6xl9lWRC 7x6x19 IVRC 7 x 6 x 19 IVRC 7 X 6 x 19 IVRC 7x6x19 IVRC 7 X 6 K 19 IWRC 7x6x19 IVRC Reled Ceeaclllea. Terta (2j000 lb) Vertical Cheker Vortical Boakel" 0.50 l.t 1.8 2.8 3.8 0.38 0.81 1.4 2.1 2.9 1.0 2.2 3.7 S.S 7.6 2.9 2.2 S3 4.1 3.0 8.1 5.4 4.0 11.0 6.9 5.1 14.0 8.2 6.2 16.0 9.9 7.4 20.0 3.6 5.0 6.4 7.7 9.2 10.0 11.0 13.0 3.8 7.6 3.8 10.0 4.8 13.0 5.8 15.0 6.9 18.0 7.5 20.0 8.2 22.6 9.6 26.0 *Tb#*o wlooa o*ly apply adtao the D/d ratio 1* or groater ahwar D * Dloaator of oorootoro otoood aNeh Iho body a4 lb* all*g lo boat. 4 a PlataRlor of tope. Table H-6 RATED CAPACITIES FOR SIHCLE LEO SLINGS 8-PART AND 6-PART BRAIDED ROPE A x 7 AND 4x19 CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZEO AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE _Cocaeenaftt Ropoa Diameter (Inckdl) *lf 3/32 1/8 3/16 6x7 6x7 6x7 3/32 1/8 3/16 7x7 7x7 7x7 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 s/s 3/4 7/S 1 (X 19 6x 19 6x19 6 x 19 6x 19 6x 19 6x19 6x19 6x19 6x19 6x 19 Rated Capoeitlat, Tm. (3.000 Ik) Vortical CKoker Beakat Vortical to 3<ldaaroe* 8-Port 6-Port e-Pori | 6-Porf 8.Por f 6-Pati 0.42 0.76 1.7 0.32 0.S7 1.3 0.32 0.S7 1.3 0.24 0.42 0.94 0.74 1.3 2.9 6.55 0.98 2.2 0.51 0.9S 2.1 0.39 0.71 l.S 0.38 0.71 1.5 0.29 0.53 1.2 0.89 1.6 3.6 0.67 1.2 2.7 1.7 3.1 4.8 6,8 9.3 X2.0 1S.0 19.0 27.0 36.0 47.0 1.3 2.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 35.0 1.3 3.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 35.0 * 0.98 1.7 2.7 3.8 5.2 6.7 8.5 10.0 15.0 20.0 26.0 3.0 5.3 8.3 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 32.0 46.0 62.0 81.0 2.2 4-0 6.2 8.9 12.0 15.0 20.0 24.0 35.0 47.0 61.0 That* votoao o*ly apply Mm tho D/d nUa I* N or greater efcaral O a DioMitt of curvature waaif whlpb *ha body of Ibo aUag (a boat* 4 * PioMQtac of OMfMOd ropi 20GC-19 FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 22821 01262561 AC&S 014115 ? 22822 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-7 HATED CAPACITIES FOR 24.CC A 24.EC BRIDLE SLINGS 4 x 19 AMO x 27 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED FLO* STEEL CRAOE ROPE ' WITH FIBER CORE (FC) V*rt JU lagtM W* . Consfr Hers 60 d*or* HT MS , 1/4 6 x 19 ass S/16 6x 19 1.3 3/8 6x 19 1.8 7/16 6x 19 2.S 1/2 6 x 19 3.2 9/16 6x 19 4.0 " 5/8 6x 19 4.S 3/4 6x 19 6.S 7/8 6 X 19; 8.9 1 6x 19 11.0 l-l/B 6 x 19 14.0 0.88 1.4 1.9 24 3.4 4.3 S.3 7.6 10.0 13.0 16.0 dl* il/A 3>L* Bridia 51 In*IS____ _________ 43 d*gr#a Vart 60 dagraa Vart 30 degr** 45 dagraa V*r 60 dagr*a Anal* Hot* 30_d*ar** Hors ftO d*or** Anal* Hors 30 d*araa HT MS HT MS HT MS HT MS HT M5 0.70 1.1 l.S 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.5 7.3 9.4 ` 12.0 0.72 1.1 " 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.4 6.2 8.4 11.0 13.0 0.49 0.76 1.1 1.4 1.6 24 2.8 3.9 S.l 6.7 8.4 0.51 0.79 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.1 4.4 5.9 7.7 9.5 1.3 2.0 2.8 3.7 4.8 6.0 7.3 10.0 13.0 17.0 22.0 14 2.0 2.9 4.0 S.l 6.5 - 8.0 12.0 15.0 20.0 24.0 1.0 *1.6 24 3.0 3.9 4.9 S.9 8.3 11.0 14.0 16.0 . 14 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.2 54 6.5 9.3 13.0 16.0 20.0 0.74 14 l* 24 2.8 3.4 4.2 5.6 7.7 10.0 13.0 0.7 1.2 1.7 24 3.0 3.7 4.6 6.6 8.9 11,0 14.0 1.1/4 1-3/8 14/2 1*5/8 14/4 2 6x37 6x37 6x37 6x37 6x 37 6x37 17.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 33.0 43.0 . 19.0 23.0 27.0 32.0 37.0 48.0 14.0 17.0 20.0 23.0 27.0 3S.0 16.0 19.0 22.0 26.0 30.0 39.0 9.6 12.0 14.0 . 16.0 19.0 25.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.0 J1.0 26.0 25.0 31.0 36.0 43.0 49.0 64.0 29.0 35.0 41.0 48.0 56.0 72.0 21.0 25.0 30.0 3S.0 40.0 S2.0 23.0 28.0 33.0 39.0 4S.0 59.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 2S.0 28.0 37.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 41.0 MT Had Ttsckwd Spile*. ItS m M*cbMlc*l Splic* Table H-8 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2.LEG & 3.LEG BRIDLE SLIHCS 6 k 19 *nd 6 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRC) Rl V*r1 30 d*gr* 1 Did Isdin) Canstr Hers 60 dagraa ~RTr 1C 45 4* Anal* HT MS 1 Vart 60 4t>H VWt 30 dagra* 45 4*froo Hers 30 dtorct Hors 60 dsaraa Anal* HT US HT Ms --HT----- MS 1/4 6x19 5/16 6x19 3/8 6x19 7/16 6x 19 1/2 6x19 9/16 6x19 s/a 6x19 3/4 6x19 7/8 6x 19 1 6x19 1-1/8 6x 19 0.92 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.4 44 5.2 74 9.6 12.0 16.0 a9? 1.5 24 2.9 3.8 4.8 5.9 8.4 11.0 15.0 18.0 0.75 1.1 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.S 4.2 5.9 7.8 10.0 13.0 0.79 14 1.8 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.8 6.9 94 12.0 15.0 0.53 1.81 14 1.5 2.0 2.S 3.0 44 5.5 74 9.0 0.56 0.87 14 1.7 24 2.7 3.4 4.9 6.6 8.5 10.0 . 1.4 24 3.0 4.0 54 6.4 7.8 11.0 14.0 19.0 23.0 1.4 2.3 34 4.4 5.7 74 84 13.0 17.0 22.0 27.0 14 1.7 2.4 3.3 44 5.2 6.4 8.9 12.0 15.0 19.0 1.2 14 2.6 3.6 4.6 5.8 7.2 10.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 14/4 1-3/8 14/2 1.5/8 14/4 2. 6 x 37 ! 18.0 6x37 1 22.0 6x37 [26.0 6x37 [31.0 6x37 | 35.0 6x37 46.0 21.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 41.0 S3.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 2S.0 29.0 37.0 17.0 21.0 25.0 29.0 33.0 43.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 48.0 20.0 26.0 12.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 30.0 27.0 33.0 39.0 <.0 33.0 63.0 32.0 38.0 45.0 S3.0 61.0 79.0 22.0 27.0 32.0 38.0 43.0 56.0 26.0 31.0 37.0 43.0 50.0 65.0 Vart 60 dagraa Hers 30 d*er*a HT MS 0.79 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.0 3.7 4.5 6.3 8.3 11.0 13.0 044 1.3 1.9* 2.5 3.3 4.1 54 7.3 9.9 13.0 16.0 16.0 19.0 23.0 27.0 31.0 40.0 18.0 22.0 26.0 31.9 3S.0 46.0 Hm4 T*ck*d Spile* M*c*Uc*( Splic* Table H-9 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG A 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS . CABLE LAID ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLY 7x7x7 AND 7 x 7 X l CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7 x6 X 19 IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE Dia 1/4 8/8 1/2 5/8 8/4 5/8 8/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 3/4 T/B 1 1-1/8 1*1/4 1-5/16 1-3/8 1-1/2 Ratad Capodtlas . Tons (2.000 tb) 2-L*a Brldla Sling 3-Lag Bridia Sitng Constr Ymri 30 iff Hors 60 dag 7X7X7 7*7*7 7X7X7 7X7X7 7X7X7 0.87 1.9 3.2 4.8 6.6 7 X 7 x 19 7 x7 X 19 7 X 7 X 19 7X7X19 7 x 7 x 19 7x7x19 5.0 7.0 9.3 12.0 14.0 17.0 7x6x19 IWRC 7X6X19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7)6X19 IWRC 7)6X19 IWRC 7>6xl9 XWRC 1 6.6 8.7 11.0 13.0 16.0 17.0 19.0 22.0 45 A*. Angt* 0.7L l.S 2.6 3.9 5.4 4.1 5.7 7.6 9.7 12.0 14.0 5.4 7.1 9.0 11.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 18.0 Ymri 0 4*g V.rt 30 dag Hers 30 dag Hart 60 dag 0.50 1.1 1.8 24 3.8 1.3 2.8 4.8 7.2 9.9 2.9 7.S 4.1 10.0 5.4 14.0 6.9 18.0 8.2 21.0 9.9 26.0 3.8 5.0 6.4 7.7 9.2 10.0 11.0 13.0 9.9 13.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 26.0 | 28.0 1 33.0 45 dagraa Angta 1.1 2.3 3.9 5.9 8.1 6.1 8.6 11.0 14.0 17.0 21.0 8.0 21.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 21.0 23.0 27.0 Vart 60 dag Hors 30 dag 0.75 1.6 2.8 5.7 4.3 6.1 8.1 10.0 12.0 1S.0 5.7 7.5 9.6 11.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 19.0 i i FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262562 206020 AC&S 014116 # * m RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-10 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AMD 9-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS -PART AND 6-FART BRAIOEO ROPE *X7 AND 4 x It CONSTRUCTION IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7 x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE Com sweet Rated Caeocitiet . Tews (2.000 Ik) . Rope 2-Leo Brjd Stings 3-Lee bridle Slings V*t 39 degree Coast* Hers 60-degree 45AfdeQgtoree Vsvt 60 degree Vert 30 degree Hors 30 degree Hors 60 degree 45Adrefgltroee Vert 60 degree Hors 30 degree 6-Port 6-Port 0-Part 6-Part 6-Port 6-Porl B-Port 6-Parl 8-Perl 6-Pert 0-Pert 6-Pet 3/32 6X7 0.74 1/4 6x7 , 1.3 3/16 6x7 2.9 `3i//a32 7x7 7x7 3/16 7x7 0.89 1.6 3.6 3/16 6 x 19 1/4 6 x 19 5/16 6 x 19 3/8 6 x 19 7/16 6 x 19 1/2 6 x 19 9/16 6 x 19 S/8 6 x 19 3/4 6 x 19 7/8 6x 19 1 6 X 19 3.0 S.3 8.3 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.032.0 46.0 62.0 81.0 0.55 0.60 0.98 1.1 2.2 2.4 0.67 0.72 1.2 1.3 2.7 2.9 2.2 2.4 4.0 4.3 6.2 8.9 69..77 12.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 21.0 24.0 26.0 35.0 38.0 47.0 si.o 61.0 66.0 0.45 0.42 0.80 0.76 1.8 1.7 0.55 0.51 1.0 0.9S 2.2 2.1 1.8 1.7 3.2 . 3.1 5.0 4.8 7.2 e:8 9.8 9.3 13.0 12.0 16.0 15.0 20l0 19.0 28.0 27.0 38.0 36.0 50.0 47.0 0.32 0.S7 1.3 0.39 0.71 l.S 1.3 2.3 3.6 S.l .6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 35.0 l.l 2.0 4.4 1.3 2.5 S.4 4.5 6.0 12.0 16.0 24.0 31.0 39.0 48.0 69.0 94.0 22.0 0.83 0.90 l.S 1.6 3.3 3.6 t.O 1.1 1.8 2.0 4.0 4.4 3.4 3.7 6.0 6.5 9.3 10.0 13.0 14.0 18.0 20.0 23.0 25.0 29.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 52.0 S6.0 70.0 76.0 91.0 99.0 0.68 0.64 1.2 1.1 2.7 2.S 0.82 0.77 1.5 1.4 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 4.9 4.6 7.6 7.1 11.0 10.0 15.0 14.0 19.0 18.0 24.0 23.0 30.0 26.0 42.0 40.0 57.0 54.0 74.0 70.0 0.48 0.85 1.9 0. SB 1.1 2.3 1.9 X4 S.4 7.7 10.0 13.0 17.0 21.0 30.0 40.0 53.0 Table H-ll RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAIO GROMMET - HANO TUCKED IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BODY RATED CAPACITIES. TONS (2.000 lb) DU (Inches) Censtr 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 7x19 7 x 19 7 x 19 V x 19 7x19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7x19 7 x 19 7x 19 7x19 7 x 37 7 x 37 7x37 0.65 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.3 4.2 5.2 7.4 10.0 13.0 16.0 18.0 22.0 26.0 Tim* nlwt Mlf tpfl)- rhm tto D/4 nil* U S er D * Oiirtr ( mwiiiii DltMitr of kodjr. wktic: wf Is Uab ____ 1 >* 6 Choker 0.64 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.9 5.6 7.5 9.7 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 0 Vertical Basket* 1.7 2-6 3.8 5.2 6.7 8.4 10.00 15.0 20.0 26.0 32.0 37.0 44.0 52.0 Table H-12 RATED CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID GROMMET - HAND TUCKED 7x4x7 AND 7 x4 x 19 CONSTRUCTIONS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE CABLE BOOT RATED CAPACITIES. TONS (2.000 lb) Dig (Inches) 3/8 9/16 5/8 3/6 9/16 5/8 5/8 3/4 1S/1S . 1-1/8 1-5/16 1-1/2 i-n/t6 1-7/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 * TWm Ctnilr | 0 6 Vertical Choker 7x6x7 7x6x7 7 x6x7 1.3 2.6 3.8 0.95 2.1 2.8 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 1.6 3.5 4.5 1.2 2.6 3.4 7 x 6 x 19 7x6x19 7 x 6 X 19 7 x 6 X 19 7 x 6 x 19 7 X 6 x 19 7 x 6 X 19 7x6x19 7 x 6 X 19 7 x 6 x 19 3.9 S.1 7.9 11.0 15.0 19.0 24.0 30.0 42.0 56.0 3.0 3.8 5.9 8.4 11.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 31.0 - 42.0 mI| mpply sins lb* D/d ratio is 9 er greeter where: D - Diameter el cwrabm sraeod which cebU body to Wsb a Dlsmtw el coble body. 0 Vertical Bosket* 2-5 5.6 7.6 3.2 6.9 9.0 7.9 10.0 16.0 22.0 30.0 39.0 49.0 60.0 84.0 112.0 22823 I FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 1 01262563 AC&S 014117 I 22824 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-13 RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID ENDLESS SUNGS-MECHAHICAl. JOINT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BOOt *' RATEO CAPACITIES. TONS C1,000 IS) Ole (IncHeal 1/4 3S//62 s/s S/4 7/a 1 1-t/8 1-1/4 t-s/s 1-1/2 CoAilr 6 X 19 IWRC 6X19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6 x 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6 <37 IWRC 6 X 37 tWRC 6X37 IWRC 0 Vertjcsf 02..092 . 3.6 5.6 161..00 14.0 1X0 . 21.0 25.0 29.0 6 OieVer 0.69 l.S 2.7 4.2 6.0 6.1 10.0 U.0 15.0 19.0 22.0 0 Vertical BasVat* 1.8 4.1 171..20 16.0 21.0 2S.0 35.0 41.0 50.0 IX* TIipsp nlap* wtr apply tlM 0/4 nil* Ulot iiuuf rIwiH . pwPISRlUMl mwl wMcl WH l> fc--ta 4 " niMMlirD(ip Mp. Table H-l* RATED CAPAQTIES FOR CABLE LAID ENDLESS SUNOS-MECHANICAL JOINT 7x7x7 AND 7 x 7 x l CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7 x 4 X l IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE CABLE BODT 1 . RATED CAPACITIES, TONS 0.000 lb) Did (Inches) 1/4 3/6 1/2 5/8 3/4 s/s 3/4 7/6 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 3/4 7/6 1 J.t/B 1-1/4 i-i/a J-t/2 Conttf 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 X 7 x 19 7 X 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 6 x 19 tWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 7 X 6 x 19 IWRC 7 X 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x6 x 19 IWRC 7 X 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 X 19 IWRC 1 | 0 Vertical 0.83 1.8 3.0 4.S 6.3 4.7 6.7 0.9 Sl.o 14.0 17.0 6.2 6.3 10.0 13.0 16.0 18.0 ,210 & Oiolier 0.62 1.3 2.3 3.4 4.7 3.5 5.0 6.6 8.5 iao 12.0 4.7 6.2 7.9 9.7 12.0 14.0 16.0 0 Vertical 8e*Vel* 1.4 X5 6.1 9.1 12.0 9.S 1X0 1X0 22.0 2X0 3X0 12.0 1X0 21.0 2X0 31.0 37.0 4X3 Tfctae vthwionly apply kn ib D/dIi* liNtftafcm* D OlMMitr el cwmiwd areuad which cable bedf to bMb daSlMMltr ef cable My. V i FEDBtAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262564 9 n- c- AC&S 014118 m <# m RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-15 MANILA ROPE.SLINGS 22825 ROPE DIA METER Nominal .'n Indira Nominal Weight Por 100 ft In Pounds Minlmam Brooking Strength In Pounds VERTICAL HITCH Ch o k e r HITCH ERTICAL HITCH .1 RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Salary FacMr - S) EYE AND EYE SLING - ENDLESS SUNG BASKET HITCH Angl of Ropa to Horizontal 90 dag 60 dag 45 dog 30 dog Angla of Rop to Vortical > til X ot 5* BASKET HITCH ' Angl of Ropo to Horizontal 90 dog 60 dog 45 dog - 30 dag Anglo of Ropo to Vortical 0 dag 30 deg 45 dog 60 dog 0 dog 30 dog 45 dog 60 dog 1/2 74 2,650 550 250 1,100 900 750 550 950 9/16 10.4 3,450 700 350 1,400 1,200 1.000 700 1.200 s/a 13.3 4,400 900 450 1,800 1,500 1.200 900 1.600 3/4 16.7 5,400 1.100 550 2.200 1,900 1,500 1.100 2,000 500 1.900 1,700 - 1,400 950- 600 2.500 2,200 1,800 1.200 800 3,200 2,700 2,200 1.600, 9S0 3,900 3,400 2.800 2,000 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/16 19.S 22.8 27.0 31.3. 6,500 7,700 9,000 10,500 1.300 1,500 1.800 2.100 650 750 900 1,100 2,600 3,100 3;600 4,200 2.300 2,700 3.100 3,600 1,800 2.200 2,600" 3,000 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 2.300 2,800 3,200 '3,800 1.200 1,400 1,600 1.900 4,700" 5.600 6,500 7,600 4.100 4,800 5,600' 6,600 3,300 3.900 4.600 5.400 2.300 2,800 3,200 3.800 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 S/16 1 1/2- 36.0 41.7 47.9 59.9 12,t>00 13,500 15,000. 18,500 2.400 2,700 3,000 3.700 1.200 1,400 1,500 1,8S0 4,800 5,400 6.000 7.400 4,200 4.700 5.200 6.400 3,400 3,800 4,300 5,200 2,400 2.700 3,000 3,700 4,300 4,900. 5,400 6.700 2,200 2.400 2,700 3,300 8,600 9,700 11,000 13,500 7,500 8,400 9.400 11.S0O 6.100 6.900 7,700 9,400 4.300 4,900 5.400 6.700 1 S/8 1 3/4 2 2 1/3 74.6 89.3 107.5 125.0 22,500 26,500 31,000 36,000 4,500 5.300 6,200 7.200 2.300 2,700 3,100 3.600 9,000* 10,500 12.50& 14,500 7,800 9,200 10.500 12,500 6,400 7,500 8,800 10,000 4.500 5,300 6,200 7,200' 8,100 9,500 11,000 13,000 4,100 4,800 5,600 6,500 16.000 19,000 22,500 26,000 14.000 16,500 19.S00 22.S00 11,500 13.500 16.000 18.500 8,000 9,500 11,000 13.000 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 S/8 146.0 166.7 190.8 41,000 46.500 52.000 8.200 9,300. 10,500 4.100 4,700 5,200 16.500 18,500 21.000 14:000 16.000 18,000 11,500 13.000 14.SOO 8,200 9,300 10,500 15,000 16.S00 18,500 7,400 29,500 8,400 33.500 9.500 37,500 25,500 29,000' 32,500 21.000 23,500 26.S00 15,000 16,500 18,500 Table H-16 NYLON ROPE SLINGS ROPE DIA-* METER "Nominal In Inches- Nominal Waight Minimum Brooking Por WO ft In Pounds Strangtk In Pounds VERTICAL HITCH choker HITCH VERTICAL HITCH CHOKER HITCH RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Safety Factor => 9) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Angla of Ropa to Horizontal Angl a of Ropa to Horisontol .90 deg 60 dag 45 dag 30 dag 90 dag 60 dag 45 dag 30 dag Angla of Ropa to Vertical Angle of Ropa to Vertical 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 60 dag 0 deg 30 dag . 45 dag. 60 dag 1/2 9/l6 S/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 1 1 1A6 6.5 8.3 las 14.5 17.0 20.0 26.0 29.0" 6^080 7,600 "9.880 13.490 700 850 . i.ioo 1,500 16,150 19.000 23.750 27,360 1,800 2,100 2,600 3,000 350 400 550 750 900 1,100 1,300 3400 1,400 1,700 2400 3.000 3,600 4.200 5,300 6,100 1,200 1.500 1,900 2,600 950 1.200 1,600 2,100 3,100 3,700 4400 5,300 2,600 3,000 3.700 4,300 700 850 1,100 1.500 1,206 1.500 2,000 2,700 600 750 1,000 1.400 1,800 2,100 2,600 3.000 3,200 3,800 -4,800 5,500 1,600 1,900 2,400 2,700 2.400 3,000 4,00a 5,400 2,100 2,600 3,400 4.700 1,700 2,200 2,800 3.800 1,200 1400 2.000 2,700 6,400 7400 9,500 11.000 5,600 '6,600 8,200. 9,500 4,600 ' 5,400. 6,700 7,70(7 3,200 3,800 4,800 5,500 - .11/8 11/4 1 5/16 1 1/2 34.0 40.0 45.0 55.0 31450 35.62S 40,850 50,350 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,600 1,700 2,000 2,300 2,800 7,000 7,900' 9.100 11.000 6,000 6.900 7.900 9,700 . 5,000 5,600 6,406 7,900 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,600 6.300 7,100 8,200 10.000 3,100 3400 4.100 5,000 12,500 14,500 16,500 20,000 11,000 12.500 .14,000 17,500 0,900 10,000 12,000 14,000 '6,300 7.100 8,200 .10,000- 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 21/8 68.0 83.0 95.0 109.0 61.750 6,900 74,100 8,200 87.400 - 9.700 100,700 11,000 3.400 4,100 4,900 5,600 13,500 16,500 19,500 22,500 12.000 14.500 17.000 19,500 9.700 11,500 13.500 16,000 6,900 8.200 *9.700 11.000 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 6.200 7.400 8,700 10,000 24400 29,500 35,000 40.500 21.500 27.500 30,500 35,000 17,500 21,000 24,500 28400 12400 15,000 17,500 20,000 21/4 2 1/2 2 S/8 129.0 149.0 168.0 118,750 13.000 6,600 133.000 15,000 7,400 153.906 17,100 *8.600 26400 29,500 34,000 23.600 25.500 29,S0 18,500 *1.000 uxeo 13.000 13.000 17.000 24,000 2,30* 31,008 12.090 13,300 15400 47.500 41,000 83.000 46,000 61,500 53*500 33.500 37,S00 43,500 24.000 26,500 31,000 206023 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 132--MONDAY, JUNE 34, 1974 . 01262565 AC&S 014119 22826 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-17 POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS ROPE OIA* METER Nomlnat- Waight Per Neminol In Inches 100 ft In Pound* Minimum Breaking Strength In Pounds VERTICAL HITCH CHOKER HITCH CHOKER HITCH RATED CAPACITY.IN POUNDS (Safoy Factor - 9) EYE AND EYE SLING ENOLESS SLING BASKET HITCH Angl e of Rope to Haritontal 5 BASKET HITCH Angle of Rapa to Haritontal 90 dag 60 dag'' 45 dag *30 deg Angle of Rop<to Vortical Si > 90 <1., 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle of Rap to Vertical 0 deg 30 d.g 45 dag 60 deg 0 deg 30 <j.g 45 dag 60 deg in 9flr s/s 3/4 13/16 7/ 1 11/16 1 1/8 11/4 1 SA6 tin 15/8 13/4 2 21/8 21/4 21/2 2 5/8 8.0 10.2 13.0 17.5- 21.0 2S.0 30.5 34.5 40.0 46.3 52.5 66.fi 82.0 98.0 118.0 135.0 157.0 181.0 205.0 6,080 7.600 9.500 11.875 14,725 17.100 20,900 24,225 28,025 31.540 35,625 44,460 54,150 64,410 76,000 87,400 101,650 115,900 130.150 700 850 1,100 1,300 1,600 1,900 2,300 2.700 3,100 3,500. 4,000 4,900 6,000' 7,200 8.400 9,700 11,500 13,000 14,500 350 400 550 650 800 9S0 1,200 1,300 1,600 1,800 2.000 2.500 3.000 3.600 4,200 4,900 5,700 6,400 7,200 1.400 1.700 2,100 2,600 3,300 3,800 4,600 5,400 6,200 7.000 7.900 9,900 12,000 14,500 17,000 19,500 22,500 6,000 29,000 1.200 1.500 Moo 2,300 2.800 3.300 4,000 4,700 5,400 6,100 6,900 8,600 10,400 12,500 14.500 17,000 19,500 22,500 25,000 950 1,200 1,500 1,900 2.300 2,700 3,300 3400 4.400 5.000 5.600 7,000 8,500 10,000 12,060 13,500 16.000 18.000 20.500 700 850 1.100 1,300 1,200 1,500 1,900 2.400 1.650 1.900 2,300 2,700 2,9p0 0.400 4,200 - 4.800 3.100 3.500 4,000 4.900 5,600 6,500 7,100 8,900 6,000 7.200 8.400 9,700 11.000 13.000 15,000 17,500 ll,50r 20,500 15.000 23.000 14.500 26,000 600 '750 950 1,200 1.500 1.700 2.100 2.400 2,800 3,200 3.600 4,400 5,400 6,400 7400 8,700 10.000 11.S00 13,000 2,400 3,000 3,800 4,800 5,900 6,800 8.400 9,700 11.000 12.500 14.500 18,000 21,500 26,000 30.500 35,000 40,500 46,500 52,000 2,100 2,600 3,300 4,100 5,100 5,900 7.200 8,400 9,700 11,000 12,500 15.500 19,000 22.S00 26,500 30,500 35.000 40,000 45.000 1,700 2.200 2,700 3,400 4,200 *4,800 5,900 6.900 7,900 8.900 10.000 12.500 15,500 18,000 21.500 24,500 29,000 33,000 37.000 1,200 1,500 1,900 2,400 2,900* 3,400 4,200 4,800 5,600 6,300 7,100 8,900 11,000 13,000 15,000 17.S00 20.S00 23,000 26,000 . Table H-18 POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS ROPE DIA METER Nominal In Inch,* Nominal Minimum Weight Per Breaking Strength 100 ft In Pounds In Pounds VERTICAL HITCH 1 CHOKER HITCH VERTICAL HITCH ' RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Saf.ty Factor = 6) EYE AND EYE SLING BASKET HITCH Angle of Rope to Horisonlat 90 deg 60 deg 45 dag 30 dag Angl of Rope to Vertica 0 deg 30 deg 45 dag 60 deg x St 5X ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH Angl e of Rope to Horizontal 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 .dog Angle of Rope to Vortical 0 deg 30 deg 45 dag '60 dag in 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 l 11/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/16 1 1/2 15/8 1 5/4 2 71/8 21/4 21/2 2 5/8 4.7 6.1 7.S* 10.7 12.7 15.0 18.0 20.4 23.7 27.0 30.5 38.5 47.5 57.0 69.0 80.0 92.0 107.0 120.0 3,990 4,845 5,890 8,075 9,405 10.925 13,300 15,200 17,385 19,950 22,325 28,2X5 34,200 40.8S0 49,400 57,950 65,550 76.000 85,500 650 800 1,000 1,300 1.600 1,600 2,200 2,500 2,900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5.700 6,800 8,200 9,700. 11,000 12,500 14,500 350 400 500 700 800 900 1,100 1,300 1,500 1,700 1;900 2,400 2,900 3,400 4,100 4.800 5/500 6.300 7.100 1,300 1,600 2,000 2,700 1,200 1.400 1,700 2,300 950 1,100 1,400 1,900 3,1^0 3,600 4,400 5,100 2,700 3,200 3,800 4,400 2,200 2,600 3.100 3,600 5,800 - 5.000 6,700 5.800 7,400 6,400 9,400 8,100 4,100 . 4.700 5,300 6,700 11,500 13,500 16,500 19,500 9,900 12.000 14,500 16,500 8,100 9,600 11,500 13,500 22,000 25,500 38,500 19,000 22,000 24,560 15,500 18,000 40.064 650 800 1,000 1,300 1,600 1,800 2,200 2.500 2.900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5,700 6,800 8.280 9,700 11,000 12,500 14,500 '1,200 1.500* 1,600 2.400 600 750 900 1,200 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,600 2,400 1,600 2,000 2,300 5,200 6,000' 6.700 -8,800 2,600 3,000 3,400 4,200 10,500 12.500 16,000 17.500 5,100 6,100 7,400 8,700 19,500 23.000 2S.900 9,900 11,500 13,000 2,400 2,900 3.500 4,900 2,100 2,500 3,100 4,200 5,600 6,600 8.000 9,100 4,900 5,700 6,900 7,900 10,500 12,000 13,500 17,000 " 9.000 10.500 11,500 14,500 20,500 24,500 29,500 35.090 18,000 21,000 25,500 30,100 39.500 34,000 45,500 39.500 51.500 44,500 1,700 2,100 2,500 3,400 1,200 1,500 1,800 2.400 4,000 4,600 5,600 6,500 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,600 7.400 8,500 9,500 12,000 5,200 6,000 6,700 8,500 14,500 17,500 21.000 24,500 10,500 12,500 19,000 17.500 28,000 19,800 32.500 23,000 36.800 25,500 01262566 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 2PG024 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22827 Table n-1#--Sate WoRXmo Loads sob Shackles [In tons of 20to pounds] Material site (inches) Pin diame Safe work ter (inches) ing load ........... . 0 i ... iff* iff ........... iff iff ........ i......................................... ........... H u iff iff M 1# 2 SH L4 2.2 3.2 4.3 6.6 6.7 6.2 lw.0 11.9 16.2 21.2 -20--Table H Number and Spacdhi or U-Bolt Wise BorE Curs Improred plow steel, rope diameter Inches Namber of clips Drop Other forged material Minimum (Inches) 343 5 4 3*4 4 4 4 5 5J* 666 6 W.' 6 7 7M 7 7 8!i 78 Subpart I--Tools--Hand and Power 1926.300 General requirements. (a) Condition of tools. All hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the employer or the employee, shall be maintained in a safe condition. (b) Guarding. (1) When power oper ated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use. (2) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating or moving parts of equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to con tact by employees or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the require ments as set forth in American National Standards Institute, B15.1-1953 (R1958), Safety Code for Mechanical PowerTransmission Apparatus. (c) Personal protective equipment. Employees using hand and power tools and exposed to the hazard of falling, fly ing, abrasive, and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases shall be provided with the particular personal protective equip ment necessary to protect them from the hazard. All personal protective. equip ment shall meet the requirements and be maintained according to Subparts D and E of this part. <d) Switches: (1) All hand-held powered platen senders, grinders with wheels 2-lnch diameter or less, routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nlbblers, shears, scroll saws, and Jigsaws with blade shanks one-fourth of an inch wide or less may be equipped with only a posi tive "on-off" control. (2) All hand-held powered drills, tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical, and angle grinders with wheels greater than 2 inches in diameter, disc senders, belt sanders, reciprocating saws. saber saws, and other similar operating powered tools shall be equipped with a momentary contact "on-off" control and may have a lock-on control provided that turnoff can be accomplished by a single motion of the same finger or fingers that turn it on. (3) All other hand-held powered tools, such as circular saws, chain saws, and percussion tools without positive acces sory holding means, shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch thaf will shut off the power when the pressure is released. (4) The requirements of this para graph shall become effective on July 15, 1972. . (5) Exception: This paragraph does not apply to concrete vibrators, concrete breakers, powered tampers. Jack ham mers, rock drills, and similar hand oper ated power tools. 1926.301 Hand tools. (a) Employers shall not issue or per mit the use of unsafe hand tools. (b) Wrenches, including adjustable, pipe, end, and socket wrenches shall not be used when Jaws are sprung to the point that slippage occurs. (c) Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads. (d) The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight in the tool. 1926.302 Power-operated hand tool). (a) Electric power-operated tools. (1) Electric power operated tools shall either be of the approved double-insulated type or grounded in accordance with Subpart K of this part. (2) The use of electric cords for hoist ing or lowering tools shall not be permitted. (b) Pneumatic power tools. (1) Pneu matic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to prevent the tool from becoming ac cidentally disconnected. (2) Safety clips or retainers shall be securely installed and maintained on pneumatic Impact (percussion) tools to prevent attachments from being acci dentally expelled. (3) All pneumatically driven nailers, staplers, and other similar equipment provided with automatic fastener feed, which operate at more than 100 psX pressure at the tool shall have a safety device on the muzzle to prevent the tool from ejecting fasteners, unless the muz zle is in contact with the work surface. (4) Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where re duced to less than 30 psX and then only with effective chip guarding and per sonal protective equipment which meets the requirements of Subpart E of this part. The 30 p^J. requirement does not apply for concrete form, mill scale and similar cleaning purposes. (5) The manufacturer's safe operating pressure for hoses, pipes, valves, filters, and other fittings shall not be exceeded. (6) The use of hoses for hoisting or lowering tools shall not be permitted. (7) All hoses exceeding %-inch inside diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure. (8) Airless spray guns of the type which atomize paints and fluids at high pressures (1,000 pounds or more per square inch) shall be equipped with automatic or visible manual safety de vices which will prevent pulling of the trigger to prevent release of the paint or fluid until the safety device is manually released. - - (9) In lieu of the above, a diffuser nut which will prevent high pressure, high velocity release, while the nozzle tip is removed, plus a nozzle tip guard which will prevent the tip from coming into .contact with the operator, or other - equivalent protection, shall be provided. (c) Fuel powered tools. (1) All fuel powered tools shall be stopped while be ing refueled, serviced, or maintained, and fuel shall be transported, handled, and stored in accordance with Subpart F of this part. . (2) When fuel powered tools are used in enclosed spaces, the applicable re quirements for concentrations of toxic gases and use of personal protective equipment, as outlined' in Subparts D and E of this part, shall apply. (d) Hydraulic power tools. (1) the fluid used in hydraulic powered tools shall be fire-resistant fluids approved under Schedule 30 of the U.S. Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior, and shall retain its operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed. (2) The manufacturer's safe operat ing pressures for hoses, valves, pipes, filters, and other fittings shall not be exceeded. " <e) Powder-actuated tools. (1) Only employees who have been trained in the operation of the particular tool in use shall be allowed to operate a powder- actuated tqol. (2) The tool shall be tested each day before loading to see that safety devices are in proper working condition. The method of testing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure. (3) Any tool found not in proper working order, or that develops a defect during use, shall be immediately re moved from service and not used until properly repaired. (4) Personal protective equipment shall be in accordance with Subpart E of this part. (5) Tools shall not be loaded until Just prior to the Intended firing time. Neither loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed at any employees. Hands shall be kept clear of the open barrel end. (8) Loaded tools shall not be left unattended. (7) Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard or brittle materials including, but not limited to, cast iron, glazed tile, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live rock, face brick, or hollow tile. (8) Driving into materials easily pene trated shall be avoided unless such ma terials are backed by a substance that 2061525 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262567 AC&S 014121 22828 RULES AND REGULATIONS 'will prevent the pin or fastener from passing completely through and creating a flying missile hazard on the other side. (9) No fastener shan be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening. . (iO) Tools shall not be used tn an ex plosive or flammable atmosphere. (11) AU tools shall be used with the correct shield, guard, or attachment recommended by the manufacturer. (12) Powder-actuated tools used by employees Khali meet an other appli cable requirements of American National Standards Institute, A10.3-1970, Safety Requirements for Explosive-Actuated Fastening Tools. 1926303 Abrasive wheels and tools. (a) Power. An grinding machines shan be supplied with sufficient power to maintain the spindle speed at safe levels under aU conditions of normal operation. (b) Guarding. Grinding machines shan be equipped with safety guards In con formance with the requirements of American National Standards Institute, B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, and paragraph (d) of this section. (c) Use of abrastve wheels. (1) Floor stand and bench mounted abrasive wheels, used for external grinding, shaU be provided with safety guards (protec tion hoods). The mnyimum angular ex posure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall be not more than 90', ex cept that when work requires contact with the wheel below the horizontal plane of the spindle, the angular exposure shall not exceed 125*. In either case, the expo sure shall begin not more than 65* above the horizontal plane of the spindle Safety guards shall be strong enough to withstand the effect of a bursting wheel. (2) Floor and bench-mounted grind ers shall be provided with work rests which are rigidly supported and readily adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept at a distance not to exceed one-eighth Inch from the surface of the wheel. (3) Cup type wheels used for external grinding shall be protected by either a revolving cup guard or a band type guard In accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, B7.1-1970 Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. All other portable abrasive wheels used for external grinding, shall be provided with safety guards (protection hoods) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (5) of this paragraph, except as follows: (1) When the work location makes It Impossible, a wheel equipped with safety flanges, as described in paragraph (c) (6) of this section, shall be used; (li> -When wheels 2 Inches or less In diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used. (4) Portable abrasive wheels used for Internal grinding Shall be provided with safety flanges (protection flanges) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, except as follows: U) When wheels 2 inches or less In diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used; (11) If the wheel Is entirely within the work being ground while In use. (5) When safety guards are required, they shall be so mounted as to maintain proper alignment with the wheel, and the guard and Its fastenings shall be of sufficient strength to retain fragments of the wheel In case of accidental break age. The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall not exceed 180*. . (6) When safety flanges are required, they shall be used only with wheels de signed to fit the flanges. Only safety flanges, of a type and design and properly assembled so as to ensure that the pieces of the wheel will be retained in case of accidental breakage, shall be used. (7) All abrasive wheels shall be closely Inspected.and ring-tested before mount ing to ensure that they are . free from cracks or defects. (8) Grinding wheels shall fit freely on the spindle and shall not be forced on. The spindle nut shall be tightened only enough to hold the wheel in place. (9) All employees using abrasive wheels shall be protected by eye protec tion equipment in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, except when adequate eye protection Is afforded by eye shields which are perma nently attached to the bench or floor stand. (d) Other requirements. All abrasive wheels and tools used by employees shall fheet other applicable requirements of American National Standards Institute, B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. 1926.304 Woodworking tools. (a) Disconnect switches. All fixed power driven woodworking tools shall be provided with a disconnect switch that can either be locked or tagged in the off position. (b) Speeds. The operating speed shall be etched or otherwise permanently marked on all circular saws over 20 Inches In diameter or operating at over 10,000 peripheral feet per minute. Any saw so marked shall not be operated at a speed other than that marked on the blade. When a marked saw Is retensloned for a different speed, the marking shall be corrected to show the new speed. (c) Self-feed. Automatic feeding de vices shall be Installed on machines whenever the nature of the work will permit. Feeder attachments shall have the feed rolls or other moving parts covered or guarded so as to protect the operator from hazardous points. (d) Guarding. All portable, powerdriven circular saws shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cuts. The lower guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool Is withdrawn from the work, the lower guard shall automatically and Instantly return to the covering position. <e) Personal protective equipment. All personal protective equipment provided for use shall conform to Subpart E of this part. (f) Other requirements. All wood working tools and machinery shall meet other applicable requirements of Ameri can National Standards Institute. 01.1 1961, Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery. . 1926.305 Jacks--lever and ratchet, screw, and hydraulic. (a) General requirements. (1) The manufacturer's rated capacity shall be legibly marked on all jacks and shall not be exceeded. (2) All jades shall have a positive 6top to prevent overtravel. ' (b) lift slab construction. (1) Hy draulic jacks used in lift slab construc tion shall have a safety device which will cause the jacks to support the load In any position In the event the jack mal functions. (2) If lift slabs are automatically con trolled. a device 6hall be Installed which will stop the operation when the &-lnch leveling tolerance is exceeded. (c) Blocking. When It Is necessary to provide a firm foundation, the base of the jack shall be blocked or cribbed. Where there Is a possibility of slippage of the metal cap of the jack, a wood block shall be placed between the cap and the load. Subparf J--Welding and Cutting 1926.350 Css welding and cutting. () Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. (1) Valve pro tection caps shall be in place and secured. (2) When cylinders are hoisted, they shall be secured on a cradle, slingboard, or pallet. They shall not be hoisted or transported by means of magnets or choker slings. (3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilt ing and rolling them on their bottom edges. They shall not be Intentionally dropped, struck, or permitted to strike each other violently. (4) When cylinders are transported by powered vehicles, they shall be secured In a vertical position. (5) Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting cylinders from one verti cal position to another. Bars shall not be used under valves or valve protection caps to pry cylinders loose when frozen. Warm, not boiling, water shall be used to thaw cylinders loose. - - () Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special carrier intended for this purpose, regulators shall be removed and valve protection caps put In place before cylinders are moved. (7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, or other steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders from being. knocked over while In use. .. . (8) When work Is finished, when cylinders are empty, or when cylinders are moved at any time, the cylinder valve shall be closed. (9) Compressed gas cylinders shaU be secured in an upright posit!an at all times except, If necessary, for short pe- FEDERAl REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 123--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262568 AC&S 014122 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22829 riods of time while cylinders ar actually shall always be closed and the gas re being.holsted or carried. - leased from the regulator. (b) Placing cylinders. (1) Cylinders (8) If, when the valve on a fuel gas shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag, or flame will not reach them. When this is impractical. Are resistant shields shall be provided. cylinder Is opened, there Is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be (2) Cylinders shall be placed where discontinued, and it shall be properly they cannot become part of an electrical tagged and removed from the work area. circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck In the event that fuel gas should leak against a cylinder to strike an arc. from the cylinder valve, rather than from (3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed the.valve stein, and the gas cannot be with valve end up whenever they are in shut off, the cylinder shall be properly use. They shall not be placed In a loca tagged and removed from the work area. tion where they would be subject to open If a regulator attached to a cylinder flame, hot metal, or other sources of valve will effectively stop a leak through artificial heat. the valve seat, the cylinder need not oe (4) Cylinders containing oxygen or ' removed from the work area. acetylene or other fuel gas shall not be (6) If a leak &hould develop at a fuse taken Into confined spaces. plug or other safety device, the cylinder (c) Treatment of cylinders. (1) Cylin shall be removed from the work area. ders. whether full or empty, shall not be (e) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds. used as rollers or supports. (1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall (2) No person other than the gas bear the name of the substance they supplier shall attempt to mix gases in a contain in letters at least 1-inch high cylinder. No one except the owner of the which shall be either painted on the man cylinder or person authorized by him, ifold or on a sign permanently attached shall refill a cylinder. No one shall use to It a cylinder's contents for purposes other (2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds than those Intended by the supplier. shall be placed in safe, well ventilated, All cylinders used shall meet the Depart and accessible locations. They shall not ment of Transportation requirements be located within enclosed spaces. published in 49 CFR Part 178, Subpart C, (3) Manifold hose connections. In Specification for Cylinders. cluding both ends of the supply hose (3) No damaged or defective cylinder that lead to the manifold, shall be such shall be used. that the hose cannot be interchanged (d) Use of fuel gas. The employer shall between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds thoroughly Instruct employees In the and supply header connections. Adapters safe use of fuel gas, as follows: shall not be used to permit the inter (1) Before a regulator to a cylinder change of hose. Hose connections shall valve Is connected, the valve shall be be kept free of grease and oil. opened slightly and closed Immediately. (4) When not In use, manifold and (This action is generally termed "crack header hose connections shall be capped. ing" and Is Intended to clear the valve (5) Nothing shall be placed on top of of dust, or dirt that might otherwise a manifold, when In use, which will dam enter the regulator.) The person crack age the manifold or interfere with the ing the valve shall stand to one side of quick closing of the valves. the outlet, not In front of It. The valve of (f) Hose. (1) Fuel gas hose and oxy a fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked gen hose shall be easily distinguishable where the gas would reach welding work, from each other. The contrast may be sparks, flame, or other possible sources made by different colors or by surface of Ignition. characteristics readily distinguishable by (2) The cylinder valve shall always the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas be opened slowly to prevent damage to hoses shall not be interchangeable. A sin the regulator. For quick closing, valves on gle hose having more than one gas pas fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened sage shall not be used. more than turns.. When a special (2) When parallel sections of oxygen wrench Is required. It shall be left In and fuel gas hose are taped together, not position on the stem of the valve while more than 4 inches out of 12 inches shall the'cylinder Is In use so that the fuel be covered by tape. gas flow can be shut off quickly In case (3) All hose in use, carrying acetylene, of an emergency. In the case of mani oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel folded or coupled cylinders, at least one gas, or any gas or substance which may such wrench shall always be available Ignite or enter into combustion, or be in for Immediate use. Nothing shall be any way harmful to employees, shall be placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder, when Inspected at the beginning of each work In use, which may damage the safely ing shift. Defective hose shall be re device or Interfere with the quick Closing moved from service. of the valve. ' (4) Hose which has been subject to (3) Fuel gas shall not be used from cylinders through torches or other de vices which are equipped with shutoff valves without reducing the pressure through a suitable regulator attached to the cylinder valve or manifold. flashback, or which shows evidence of severe wear or damage, shall be tested to twice the normal pressure to which It Is subject, but in no case less than 300 p.sX Defective hose, or hose in doubtful condition, shall not be used.' (4) Before a regulator Is removed (8) Hose couplings shall be of the type from a cylinder valve, the cylinder valve that cannot be unlocked or disconnected by means of a straight pull without ro tary motion. . (6) Boxes used for the storage of gas hose shall be ventilated. (7) Hoses, cables, and other equipment shall be kept clear of passageways, lad ders and stairs. (g) Torches. (1) Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitably cleaning wires, drills, or other devices designed for such purpose. (2) Torches In use shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shutoff valves, hose' cou plings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used. . (3> Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters or other approved devices, and not by matches or from hot work. (b) Regulators and gauges. Oxygen' and fuel gas pressure regulators. Includ ing their related gauges, shall be In proper working order while in use. (1) Oil and grease hazards. Oxygen cylinders and fittings shall be kept away from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder caps and valves, couplings, regulators, hose, and apparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasy substances and shall not be handled with oily hands or gloves. Oxygen shall not be directed at oily sur faces. gTeasy clothes, or within a fuel oil or other storage tank or vessel. (J) Additional rules. For additional details not covered in this subpart, ap plicable technical portions of American National - Standards Institute, Z49.1- 1967, Safety in Welding and Cutting, shall apply. 1926.351' Arc welding and catting. (a) Manual electrode holders. (1) Only manual electrode holders which are specifically designed for arc welding and cutting, and are of a capacity capable of safely handling the maximum rated cur rent required by the electrodes, shall be used. (2) Any current-carrying parts pass ing through the portion of the holder which the arc welder or cutter grips in his hand, and the outer surfaces of the Jaws of the holder, 6hall be fully Insu lated against the maximum voltage en countered to ground. (b) Welding cables and connectors. (1) All arc welding and cutting cables shall be of the completely insulated, flexible type, capable of handling the maximum current requirements of the work in progress, taking Into account the duty cycle under which the arc welder or cut ter is working. (2) Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet from the cable end to which the electrode holder Is connected shall be used, except that cables with standard Insulated con nectors or with splices whose insulating quality Is equal to that of the cable are permitted. . (3) When it becomes necessary to con- nect or splice lengths of cable one to an other, substantial insulated connectors of a capacity at least equivalent to that of the cable shall be used. If connections are effected by means of cable lugs, they shall be securely fastened together to give good electrical contact, and the exposed i 2Q&Q27 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 112--MONDAT, JUNE 24, 1974 01262569 if-i 4 AC&S 014123 22830 RULES AND REGULATIONS metal parts oX the lugs shall be com or when the arc welding or cutting ma (h) Except when the contents are be pletely Insulated. - chine is to be moved, the power supply ing removed or transferred, drums, pails, (4) Cables In need of repair shall not switch to the equipment shall be opened. and other containers, which contain or be used When a cable, other than the (4) Any faulty or defective equipment have contained flammable liquids, shall cable lead referred to In subparagraph shall be reported to the supervisor. be kept closed. Empty containers shall be (2) of this paragraph, becomes worn to - (S) Other requirements, as outlined removed to a safe area apart from hot the extent of exposing bare conductors, in Article 630, National Electrical Code, work operations ,or open flames. the portion thus exposed shall be pro NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 <Rev. of (i) Drums, containers, or hollow struc tected by means of. rubber and friction 1963), Electric Welders, shall be used tures which have contained toxic or flam tape or other equivalent insulation. . when applicable. mable substances shall, before welding, (c) Ground returns and machine (e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, cutting, or heating is undertaken on grounding. (1) A ground return cable all arc welding and cutting operations them, either be filled with water or thor shall have a safe current carrying capac shall be shielded by noncombustible or oughly cleaned of such substances and ity equal to or exceeding the specified flameproof screens which will protect ventilated and tested. For welding, cut maximum output capacity of the arc employees and other persons working in ting and heating on steel pipelines con welding or cutting unit which it services. the vicinity from the direct rays of the taining natural gas, the pertinent por When a single ground return cable serv arc. tions of regulations issued by the ices more than one unit, its safe current carrying capacity shall equal or exceed 1926.352 Fire prevention. Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety. 49 CFR Part 192, Mini the total specified maximum output ca (a) . When practical, objects to be mum Federal Safety Standards for Gas pacities of all the units which it serv welded, cut, or heated shall be moved to Pipelines, shall apply. ices. _ . a designated safe location or. If the ob (j) Before heat is applied to a drum, (2) Pipelines containing gases or flam jects to be welded, cut, or heated cannot container, or hollow structure, a vent mable liquids, or conduits containing be readily moved, all movable fire haz or opening shall be provided for the electrical circuits, shall not be used as a ards in the vicinity shall be taken to a release of any built-up pressure during ground return. For welding on natural safe place, or otherwise protected. the application of heat. gas pipelines, the technical portions of (b) If the object to be welded, cut, or regulations issued by the Department of heated cannot be moved and if all the Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, fire hazards cannot be removed, positive 49 CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal means shall be taken to confine the heat, Safety Standards for Gas Pipelines, shall sparks, and slag, and to protect the lm- apply. - movable fire hazards from them. 1926.353 Ventilation and protection - in welding, catting, and heating. (a) Mechanical ventilation. For pur poses of this section, mechanical ventila tion shall meet the following require (3) When a structure or pipeline is (c) No welding, cutting, or heating ments: employed as a ground return circuit, it shall be done where the application of (1) Mechanical ventilation shall con shall be determined that the required flammable paints, or the presence of sist of either general mechanical ventila electrical contact exists at all joints. The other flammable compounds, or heavy tion systems or local exhaust systems. -generation of an arc, sparks, or heat at dust concentrations creates a hazard. (2) General mechanical ventilation any point shall cause rejection of the (d) Suitable fire extinguishing equip shall be of sufficient capacity and so ar structures as a ground circuit. ment shall be immediately available in ranged as to produce the number of air (4) When a structure or pipeline is the work area and shall be maintained changes necessary to maintain welding continuously employed as a ground re in a state of readiness for instant use. fumes and smoke within safe limits, as turn circuit, all joints shall be bonded, (e) When the welding, cutting, or heat defined in Subpart D of this part. and periodic Inspections shall be con ing operation is such that normal fire (3) Local exhaust ventilation shall ducted to ensure that no condition of prevention precautions are not sufficient, consist of freely movable hoods intended electrolysis or fire hazard exists by vir additional personnel shall be assigned to to be placed by the welder or burner as tue of such use. . guard against fire while the actual weld close as practicable to the work. This sys (5) The frames of all arc welding and ing, cutting, or heating operation is being tem shall be of sufficient capacity and so cutting machines shall be grounded performed, and for a sufficient period arranged as to remove fumes and smoke either through a third wire in the cable of time after completion of the work at the source and keep the concentration containing the circuit conductor or to ensure that no possibility of fire of them in the breathing zone within through a separate wire which is ground exists. Such personnel shall be instructed safe limits as defined in Subpart D of this ed at the source of the current. Ground as to the specific anticipated fire hazards part. ing circuits, other than by means of the and how the firefighting equipment pro (4) Contaminated air exhausted from structure, shall be checked to ensure that vided is to be used. a working space shall be discharged into the circuit between the ground and the (f) When welding, cutting, or heating the open air or otherwise clear of the grounded power conductor has resistance is performed on walls, floors, and ceil source of Intake air. low enough to permit sufficient current ings, since direct penetration of sparks (5) All air replacing that withdrawn to flow to cause the fuse or circuit break or heat transfer may Introduce a fire shall be clean and respirable. er to interrupt the current. - hazard to cm adjacent area, the-same (6) Oxygen shall not be used for ven (6) All ground connections shall be precautions shall be taken on the oppo tilation purposes, comfort cooling, blow inspected to ensure that they are meT chanlcally strong and electrically ade quate for the required current. - (d) Operating instructions. Employ ers shall instruct employees in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as fol lows: (1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the -holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees or conducting objects. <2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water; to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock. (3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to-leave his work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time. site side as are taken on the side on which the welding is being performed. (g) For the elimination of possible fire In enclosed spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or improperly closed torch valves, the gas supply to the torch shall be positively shut off at some point outside the enclosed space Whenever the torch is not to be used or whenever the torch is left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during the lunch period. Overnight and at the change of shifts, the torch and hose shall be removed from the con fined space. Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately re moved from enclosed spaces when they are disconnected from the torch or other gas-consuming device. ing dust from clothing, or for cleaning the work area. (b) Welding, cutting, and heating in confined spaces. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and paragraph (c) (2) of this section, either general mechanical or looal ex haust ventilation meeting the require ments of paragraph (a) of thin section shall be provided whenever welding, cut ting, or heating is performed In a con fined space. (2) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the means of access, employees in the confined space 6hall be protected by air line respirators in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, and an employee on the outside of such a confined space FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262570 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22831 hoii be assigned to maintain communi to each other's are, filter lens goggles of cation with those working within-It and a suitable type, meeting the require to aid them In an emergency. ments of Subpart E trf this part, shall be (c) Welding, cutting, or heating of warn under welding helmets. Hand metals of toxic significance. (1) Welding, shields to protect the welder against cutting, or heating In any enclosed spaces flashes and radiant energy shall be used involving the metals specified In this sub- when either the helmet Is lifted or the .paragraph shah be performed with either shield Is removed. general mechanical or local exhaust ven (ill) Welders and other employees who tilation meeting the requirements of are exposed to radiation Shall be suitably paragraph (a) of this section: .protected so that the skin Is covered (I) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals 'completely to prevent burns and other or metals coated with zinc-bearing damage by. ultraviolet rays. Welding materials; (II) Lead base metals; helmets and hand shields shall be free of leaks and openings, and free of highly (III) Cadmium-bearing filler mate reflective surfaces. rials; (lv) When Inert-gas metal-arc weld (lv) Chromium-bearing metals or ing Is being performed on stainless steel, metals coated with chromium-bearing materials. (3) Welding,- cutting, or heating In any enclosed spaces Involving the metals specified In this subparagraph shall be performed with local exhaust ventilation In accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, or em ployees shall be protected by air line res pirators In accordance with the require ments of Subpart E of this part: (I) Metals containing lead, other than as an Impurity, or metals coated with lead-bearing materials; the requirements of paragraph (c) (2) of this section shall be met to protect against dangerous concentrations of nitrogen dioxide. (e) General welding, cutting, and heating. (1) Welding, cutting, and heat ing, not Involving conditions or materials described In paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, may normally be done without mechanical ventilation or respi ratory protective equipment, but where, because of unusual physical or atmos pheric conditions, an unsafe accumula tion of contaminants exists,, suitable (II) Cadmium-bearing or cadmium- coated base metals; (III) Metals coated with mercury bearing metals; . (lv) Beryllium-containing, base or mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment shall be provided. (2) Employees performing any type of welding, cutting, or heating shall be protected by suitable eye protective filler metals. Because, of Its high toxicity, equipment In accordance with the re work Involving beryllium shall be done quirements of Bubpart B of this part. with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators. (3) Employees performing such opera 1926.354 Welding, catting, and beat ing in way of preservative costings. tions In the open air shall be protected by filter-type respirators in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this , part, except that employees per forming such operations bn berylliumcontaining base or filler metals shall be protected by air line respirators In ac cordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part. (a) Before welding, cutting, dr heat ing is commenced on any surface cov ered by a preservative coating- whose flammhblllty is not known, a test shall be made by a competent person to deter mine its flammability. Preservative coat ings shall be considered to be highly flammable when scrapings burn with extreme rapidity. (4) Other employees exposed to the (b) Precautions shall be taken to pre same atmosphere as the welders - or vent Ignition of highly flammable hard burners shall be protected In the same ened preservative coatings. When coat manner as the welder or burner. ings are determined to be highly flam (d) Inert-gas metal-arc welding. (1) mable, they Shall be stripped from the Since the inert-gas metal-arc welding area to be heated to prevent Ignition. process Involves the production of ultra (c) Protection agalnsttoxic preserva violet radiation of intensities -of 6 to 30 tive coatings: (1) In enclosed spaces, all times that produced during shielded surfaces covered with toxic preservatives metal-arc welding, the decomposition of shall be stripped of all toxic coatings chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, for a distance of at least 4 Inches from and. the liberation of toxic fumes and the area of heat application, or the em gases, employees shall not be permitted ployees shall be protected by air line to engage In, or be exposed to the process respirators, meeting the requirements of until the following special precautions Subpart E of this part. have beenjtaken: (2) In the open air, employees Shall (I) The use of chlorinated solvents be protected by a respirator. In accord shall be kept at least 200 feet, unless ance with requirements of Subpart E of shielded, from the exposed, arc, and this part. surfaces prepared with chlorinated sol (d) The preservative coatings shall be vents shall be thoroughly dry before removed a sufficient distance from the welding is permitted on such surfaces. area to be heated to ensure that the (II) Employees In the area not pro temperature of the unstripped metal will tected from the arc by screening not be appreciably raised. Artificial cool be protected by filter lenses meeting the ing of the metal surrounding the heating requirements of Sifbpart E of this part. area may be used to limit the size of the When two or more welders are exposed area required to be cleaned. Subpart K--Electrical 1926.400 General requirement*. (a) All electrical work. Installation, end wire capacities shall be hi accord ance with the pertinent provisions of the National Electrical Code,<NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. Of Cl--1908). unless otherwise-provided by regulations of this part. (b) AppUcabtUtg. These regulations apply only to electrical Installations used on the Jobsite, both temporary and per manent. For power distribution and transmission lines, see Subpart V of this park (c) Protection of emptopees. (1) No employer 6hall permit an employee to work in such proximity to any part of an electric power circuit that he may con tact the same In the course of his work unless the employee Is protected against electric shock by deenergizing the circuit and grounding It or by guarding It by effective insulation or other means. In work areas where the exact location of underground electric power lines is un known, workmen using Jack-hammers, bars, or other hand tools which may con tact a line shall be provided with Insu lated protective gloves. (2) Before work is begun the employer shall ascertain by Inquiry or direct ob servation. or lv Instruments, whether any part of an electrio power circuit, ex posed or concealed, is so located that the performance of the work may bring any person, tool, or machine into physical or electrical contact therewith. The em ployer shall post and maintain proper warning signs where such a circuit exists. He shall advise his employees of the lo cation of such lines, the hazards Involved and the protective measures to be taken. (d) Passageways and open spaces. Suitable banters or other means shall be provided to ensure that workspace for electrical equipment will not be used as a passageway during periods when energized parts of electrical equipment are exposed. <e) Workspace around equipment. Sufficient space shall be provided arid maintained in the- area of electrical equipment to permit ready and safe operation and - maintenance of such equipment. When parts are exposed, the minimum -clearance for the workspace shall be not lea than 6% feet high, nor lea than a radius of 3 feet wide, and there shall be clearance sufficient to per mit at least a 90* opening of all doors or hinged panels. All working clearances shall be maintained in accordance with Article 1X0-14, National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of Cl--1968). - -- . . (f) toad ratings. In existibg installa tions no changes in circuit protection shall be made to increase the load In ex cess of the load rating of the circuit wiring, as specified In National Electric wiring, as specified In National Electric Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. pf Cl-1968), Article 310. (g) Lockout and tagging of circuits. (1) Equipment or circuits that are de energized shall be rendered Inoperative . 202-599 O -Tfe FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 2DGG29 01262571 AC&S 014125 22832 RULE5 AND REFLATIONS and have tags attached at all points where such equipment or circuits can be energized. (2) Controls that are to be deactivated during the course of work on energized or deenergized equipment or circuits shall be tagged. (3) Tags shall be placed to identify plainly the equipment or circuits being worked on. .. (h) Notwithstanding any other pro visions of this part, the effective date of the requirement in section 210-7 of the National Electrical Code, that all 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets on single phase circuits for construction sites shall have approved ground-fault circuit pro tection for personnel, is postponed pend ing reconsideration of the requirement. 1926:401 Grounding and bonding. Ca) Portable and/or cord and plug- connected equipment. (1) *1116 noncur rent-carrying metal parts of portable and/or plug-connected equipment shall be grounded. (2) Portable tools and appliances pro tected by an approved system of double insulation, or its equivalent, need not be grounded. Where such an approved sys tem is employed! the equipment shall be distinctively marked. ' (b) Fixed equipment. Exposed noncur rent-carrying metal parts of fixed elec trical equipment, including motors, gen erators, frames and tracks of electrically operated cranes, electrically driven ma chinery, etc., shall be grounded. . (c) Effective grounding. The path from circuits, equipment, structures, and conduit or enclosures to ground shall be permanent and continuous; have ample carrying capacity to conduct safely the currents liable to be Imposed on it; and have impedance sufficiently low to limit the potential above ground and to result in the operation of the overcur rent devices in the circuit. . <d) Ground resistance. Driven rod electrodes shall, where practicable, have a resistance to ground not to exceed 25 ohms. Where the resistance is not as low as 25 ohms, two or more electrodes con nected in parallel shall be used. (e) Testing of grounds. Grounding circuits shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has a resist ance which is low. enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current. (f) Extension cords. Extension cords used with portable electric tools and ap pliances shall be of three-wire type. (g) Bonding. (1) Conductors used for bonding and grounding stationary and moveable equipment shall be of ample size to carry the anticipated current. (2) When attaching bonding and grounding clamps or clips, a secure and positive metal-to-metal contact shall be made. Such attachments shall be made before closures are opened and material movements are started and shall not be broken until after material move ments arustopped and closures are made. (h) Taltporary wiring. All temporary wiring shall be effectively grounded in shall not be used. Handlamps shall be accordance with the National Electrical equipped with a handle and a substantial Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 guard over the bulb and attached to the (Rev. of Cl-1968), Articles 305 and 310. lampholder or the handle. (1) Construction site. Precautions shall . (10) Worn or. frayed electric cables be taken to make any necessary open shall not be used. wiring inaccessible to unauthorized per (11) Extension cords shall be pro sonnel. tected against accidental damage as may (j) Temporary lighting. (1) Tempo be caused by traffic, sharp corners, or rary lights shall be equipped with guards projections .and pinching In doors or to prevent accidental contact with the elsewhere. bulb, except that guards are not required (12) Extension cords shall not be fast when the construction of the reflector .is ened with staples, hung from nails, or such that the bulb is deeply recessed. suspended by wire. (2) Temporary lights shall be equip <b) Overcurrent protection. .(1) Over ped with heavy duty electric cords with current protection shall be provided by connections and insulation maintained in fuses or circuit breakers for each feeder safe condition. Temporary lights shall and branch circuit, and shall be based on not be suspended by their electric cords the current-carrying capacity of the con unless cords and lights are designed for ductors supplied and the power load this means of suspension. Splices shall being used. have insulation equal to that of the cable. (2) No overcurrent device shall be (3) Working spaces, walkways, and placed in any permanently grounded similar locations shall be kept clear of conductor, except where the overcurrent cords so as not to create a hazard to device simultaneously opens all conduc employees. tors of the circuit or for motor running (4) Portable electric lighting used in protection. moist and/or other hazardous locations, (3) When fuses are installed or re as for example, drums, tanks, and vessels moved with one or both terminals ener shall be operated at a maximum of 12 gized, special tools Insulated for the volt volts. age shall be used. 1926.402 Equipment installation and maintenance. (c) Switches, circuit breakers, and disconnecting means. '(1) Each discon necting means for motors and appliances, () Flexible cable and cords. (1) Re and each service feeder or branch circuit ceptacles for attachment plugs shall be at the point where it originates, shall be of approved, concealed contact type with legibly marked to Indicate its purpose a contact for extending ground continu unless located and arranged so the pur ity and shall be so designed and con pose is evident. . structed that the plug may be pulled out. (2) Disconnecting means shall be lo without leaving any live parts exposed to cated or shielded so that employees will accidental contact. not be injured. (2) Where different voltages, frequen (3) Boxes for disconnecting means cies, or types of current (a.c.~or d.c.) are shall be securely and rigidly fastened to to be supplied by portable cords, recep the surface upon which they are tacles shall be of such design that attach mounted and fitted with covers. ment plugs used on such circuits are not Interchangeable. (3) Attachment plugs or other con nectors supplying equipment at more (4) Boxes and disconnecting means in stalled in damp or wet locations shall be waterproof to the extent that water does not enter or accumulate. than 300 volts shall be of the skirted type or otherwise so designed that arcs will be confined. (4) Attachment plugs for use in work areas shall be so constructed that they will endure rough use and be equipped with a suitable cord grip to prevent strain on the terminal screws. (5) Flexible cord shall be used only in continuous lengths without splice, except suitable molded or vulcanized splices may be used where properly made, and the insulation shall be equal to the cable being spliced and wire connections soldered. () Trailing cables shall be protected from damage. (7) Splices in trailing cable shall be mechanically strong components and in sulated to retain the mechanical and dielectric strength of the original cable. (8) 'Cable passing through work areas (d) Transformers. (1) Energized transformers and other related electri cally energized equipment over 150 volts to ground shall be protected so as to pre vent accidental contact with any person. Protection shall be provided by individual Integrated housing or by an enclosure, such as an electrical substation fence, which accommodates a group of such equipment. Metallic enclosures shall be grounded. (2) Access to energized equipment covered by paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be secured by lock or other fasteners requiring the use of tools to open them. (3) Signs indicating danger and pro hibiting unauthorized access shall be conspicuously displayed on the housing or other enclosure around the equipment. (4) Transformers mounted on utility shall be covered or elevated to protect it poles at a height of more than 12 feet from damage which would create a haz from the ground are exempt from the ard to employees. requirements of this paragraph. (9) Handlamps of the portable type (e) Welding and cutting equipment. shall be of the molded composition or Welding and cutting equipment shall other type approved for the purpose. meet the requirements specified in Sub Brass-shell, paper-lined lampholders parts F and J of this part. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 206030 01262572 AC&S 014126 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22833 g 1926.403 Battery rooms and battery fiber tight as contemplated by their ap subpart shall be used to give safe access charging. ' : . ... provals. There shall be no loose or miss to all elevations. . t. . (a) General requirements. Cl) Bat teries of the nonseal type shall be located In enclosures with outside vents or In ing screws, gaskets, threaded connec tions, or other Impairments to this .tight condition. (2) The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs or steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or defective well ventilated rooms, so arranged as to 1926.405 Definitions applicable to this construction Is prohibited. When ladders prevent the escape of fumes, gases, or subpart. with such defects are discovered, they electrolyte spray into other areas. (2) Ventilation shall be provided to ensure diffusion of- the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. (3). Racks and trays shall be substan tial and treated to be resistant to the electrolyte. ........................... (4) Floors shall be of add resistant construction or be protected from add accumulations. (5) Face shields, aprons, and rubber gloves shall be provided for workmen handling adds or batteries. (6) Facilities for quick drenching of the eyes and body shall be provided within 25 feet of the work area for emergency use. (7) Facilities shall be provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electro lyte, for Are protection, for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. (b) Charging. (1) Battery charging Installations shall be located In areas designated for that purpose. (2) When charging batteries, the vent caps shall be kept in place to avoid elec trolyte spray. Care shall be taken to as sure that vent caps are functioning. 1926.404 Hazardous locations. (a) General: For the purpose of this section, hazardous locations are defined as follows: (1) Class I locations--Class I Loca tions are those in which flammable gases or vapors are or may be present In quan tities sufficient to produce explosive or lgnltable mixtures. (2) Class H Locations--Class,H Loca tions are those which are hazardous be cause of the presence of combustible dust. (3) Class HI Locations--Class HI Locations are those which are hazardous because of the presence of easily lgnltr eble fibers or flyings, but In whlcji such fibers or flyings are not likely to be In suspension In air In quantities sufficient to produce lgnltable mixtures. (4) See the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971: ANSI C1-197I (Rev. of Cl-1968) for further definition of divi sions 1 and 2 for each class. . (b) All components and utilization equipment used In a hazardous location shall be chosen from among those listed by a nationally recognized testing lab oratory, such as Underwriters' Labora (a) Hie definition of "approved" as set forth'In 5 1910.308(d) of this chapter Shall apply. .. (b) "Bonding Jumper"--a conductor to assure the required electrical conduc tivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. (c) "Branch circuits"--that portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit. (A device not approved /: for branch circuit protection, such as ther mal cutout or motor overload protective device. Is not considered as' the overcur rent device protecting the circuit.) (d) "Circuit breaker"--a device de signed to open and close a circuit by manual means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined over load of current, without Injury to Itself when properly applied within its rating. (e) "Exposed" ins applied to live parts)--means that a live part can be Inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a person. This term applies to parts not suitably guarded. Isolated, or insulated. CD "Ground"--a conducting connec tion, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or equip ment and earth, or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth. (g) "Grounded"--connected to earth or to some conducting body which serves In place of the earth. (h) "Hazard" Is considered to In clude casualty, fire, and shock when applicable. (I) "Isolated" means not readily ac cessible to person unless special means of access are used. - (J) "Raceway"--any channel for loosely holding wires or cables in interior work which is designed expressly and used solely for this purpose. Raceways may be of metal, wood, or Insulating ma terial, and the term Includes wood and metal moldings consisting of a backing and capping, and also metal ducts into which wires are to be pulled. (k) "Shock hazard"--considered to exist at an accessible part In a circuit between the part and ground, or other accessible parts if the potential Is more than 42.4 volts peak and the current through a 1,500-ohm load Is more than 5 mllllamperes. .1 (l) "Weatherproof"--so constructed shall be Immediately withdrawn from service. Inspection of metal ladders shall Include checking for corrosion of In teriors of open end hollow rungs. . (3) Manufactured portable wood lad ders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions dl the American National Standards Institute, A 14.1-1968, Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders.- - ' - (4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength equivalent to that of wood ladders. Manufactured portable metal ladders provided by the employer.shall be In accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Insti tute, A 14.2-1956, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. <5) Fixed ladders shall be In accord ance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.3 1956, Safety Code for Fixed Ladders. (6) Portable ladder feet shall be placed on a substantial base, and the area around the top and bottom of the ladder shall be kept clear. (7) Portable ladders shall be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder Is about one-quarter of the work ing length of the ladder (the length along the ladder between the foot and the top support). Ladders shall not be used in a horizontal position as plat forms, runways, or scaffolds. (8) Ladders shall not be placed In passageways, doorways, driveways, or any location where they may be dis placed by activities being conducted an. any other work, unless protected by barricades or guards. (9) The side rails shall extend not less than 36 Inches above the landing. When this Is not practical, grab rails, which provide a secure grip for an employee moving to or from the point of access, shall be installed. (10) Portable ladders In use shall be tied, blocked, or otherwise secured to prevent their being displaced. ' (11) Portable metal ladders shall not be used for electrical work or where they may contact electrical conductors. . (b) Job-made ladders. (1) Job-made ladders shall be constructed for Intended use. If a ladder is to provide the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees, or simul tories, . Inc, or Factory Mutual or protected that exposure to the weather taneous two-way traffic Is expected, a , Engineering Corp., except custom-made shall ' not Interfere with successful double cleat ladder shall be installed. components and utilization equipment. operation. (2) . Double cleat ladders shall not (e) Equipment approved for a specific hazardous location shall not be Installed or Intermixed with equipment approved for another specific hazardous location. Subpart L--Ladders and Scaffolding 1926.450 Ladders. (a) General requirements. (1) Except exceed 24 feet in length. (3) Single cleat ladders shall not ex ceed 30 feet in length between supports (base and top landing). If ladders are to (d) Employer shall ensure that all where either permanent or temporary connect different landings, or if the wiring components and utilization equip stairways or suitable ramps or runways length required exceeds this maximum ment are maintained as vapor, dust, or are provided, ladders described In thin length, two or more separate ladders 0,60-31 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262573 AC&S 014127 22834 RULES AND REGULATIONS rfia.ii be used, offset with a platform be tween each ladder. Guardrails and toeboards shall be erected on the exposed sides of the platforms. (See {1926.451 (a)(5).) (4) The width of single cleat ladders shall be at least 16 Inches, but not more than 20 Inches, between rails at the top. (5) Side rails 6hall be parallel or flared top to bottom by not more than onequarter of an Inch for each 2 feet of length. (6) Wood side rails of ladders having Cleats Shall be not less than 1 % Inches thick and 3% Inches deep (2 Inches by 4 Inches nominal) when made of Group 2 or Group 3 woods (see Table L-l). Wood side rails of Group 4 woods (see Table L-l) may be used in the same cross-section of dimensions for cleat ladders up to 20 feet In length. Table L-l Average Densities or Various Species or Wood eor Use in Ladders group l Density Species (Ibsjflt) White aab------------ 41 Beech____________ 4a Birch - 44 Bock elm.._____ 43 Hickory_________ 60 Locust 47 Species Density (Ibsy/t.*) Hard maple_____ 42 Bed maple______ 36 43 White oak_____ 46 Pecan____________ 46 Persimmon_____ 60 GROUP t Douglas fir (coast region) 84 Western larch__ 38 Southern yellow pine__________ 37 Bed alder Oregon ash_____ Pumpkin ash____ Alaska cedar___ Port Orford cedar Cucumber______ Cypress _________ Soft elm_________ Douglas fir (Rocky Mountain type)_____ Noble fir------------- GROUP a 38 Gum_____________ 34 38 West Coast hem- 87 lock_____________ SO 31 Magnolia 35 Oregon maple__ 34 30 Norway pine___ 31 34 Poplar - ______ 28 32 Redwood________ 25 36 Eastern spruce. 28 Sitka spruce___ 28 Sycamore 85 30 Tamarack______ 87 27 Tupelo 35 GROUP 4 Aspen __Basswood________ Buckeye ________ Butternut Incense cedar__ Western red cedar Black cottonwood__ White Ur Hackberry______ 27 26 25 27 25 23 24 26 37 Eastern hemlock Holly Soft maple______ Lodgepole pine. Idaho white pine Northern white pine Fonderosa pine. Sugar pine 28 39 S3 29 28 25 28 26 (7) It is preferable that side rails be continuous. If splicing is necessary to attain the required length, however, the splice must develop the full strength of a continuous side rail of the same length. (8) 2-Inch by 4-lnch lumber shall be used for side rails of single cleat ladders up to 16 feet long; 3-inch by 6-inch lum ber shall be used for single cleat ladders from 16 to 30 feet In length. (9) 2-inch by 4-inch lumber shall be used for side and middle rails of double cleat ladders up to 12 feet in length; 2-inch by 6-inch lumber for double cleat ladders from 12 to 24 feet In length. (10) Wood cleats Shall have the fol lowing minimum dimensions when made .of Group 1 woods (see Table L-l): Table L-2 Length of cleat (Inches) Thickness Width (inches) (Inches) Up to and Including 20............ Over 20 and op to and including SO.................................................. K H 3 Vi (11) Cleats may be made of species of any other group of wood (see Table L-l) provided equal or greater strength Is maintained. (12) Cleats shall be inset into the edges of the side rails one-half Inch, or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats shall be secured to each rail with three lOd common wire nails or other fasteners of equivalent strength. Cleats shall be uniformly spaced, 12 Inches top-to-top. 1926.451 Scaffolding. () General requirements. (1) Scaf folds shall be erected In accordance with requirements of this section. (2) The footing or anchorage for scaf folds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the martmum intended load without settling or displacement. Un stable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks, shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks. (3) No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled, or altered except under the supervision of competent persons. . (4) Guardrails and toeboards shall be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 10 feet above the ground or floor, except needle beam scaf folds and floats (see paragraphs (p) and (w) of this section). Scaffolds 4 feet to 10 feet in height, having a minimum horizontal dimension in either direction of less than 45 inches, shall have stand ard guardrails Installed on all open sides and ends of the platform. (5) Guardrails shall be 2 x 4 Inches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 Inches high, with a midrail, when re quired. Supports shall be at intervals not to exceed 8 feet. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches In height. () Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds shall be provided with a screen between the toeboard and the guardrail, extend ing along the entire opening, consisting of No. 18 gauge US. Standard wire %- Inch mesh, or the equivalent. . (7) Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting without failure at least 4 times the marincnm in tended load. (8) Any scaffold including accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, 6crew legs, ladders, etc. damaged or weakened from any cause shall be immediately re paired or replaced. (9) All load-carrying timber mem bers of scaffold framing, shall be a mini mum of 1,500 fiber (Stress Grade) con struction grade lumber. All dimensions are nominal sizes as provided in the American Lumbar Standards, except that where rough sizes are noted, only rough or undressed lumber of the size specified will satisfy minimum requirements. (10) All planking shall be Scaffold Grades, or equivalent, as recognized by approved grading rules for the species of wood used. The maximum permissible spans for 2- x 10-lnch or wider planks shall be as shown In the following: Table L-3 Material Full thickness Nominal undressed thtaVnesS lumber lumber* Working load (pjX)_____ 25 90 n 25 50 Permissible span (ft.)-__ 10 86 86 1 Nominal thickness lumber not recommended for heavy duty use. . (11) The maximum permissible span for 1%- x 9-inch or wider plank of full thickness shall be 4 feet with medium duty loading of 50 pjbJ. (12) All planking of platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 12 Indies), or secured from movement. (13) An access ladder or equivalent safe access shall be provided. (14) Scaffold planks shall extend over their end supports not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches. (15) The poles, legs, or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement. (16) Overhead protection shall be pro vided for men on a scaffold exposed to overhead hazards. (17) Slippery conditions on scaffolds shall be eliminated as soon as possible after they occur. - t (18) No welding, burning, riveting, or open Same work shall be performed an any staging suspended by means of fiber or synthetic rope. Only treated or pro tected fiber or synthetic ropes shall be used for or near any work Involving the use of corrosive substances or chemicals. Specific requirements for boatswain's chairs and float or ship scaffolds are contained In paragraphs (1) and (w) of this section. '- (19) Wire, synthetic, or fiber rope used for scaffold suspension shallbe capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. , (20) The use of shore or lean-to scaf folds is prohibited. (21) Lumber sizes, when used In this subpart, refer to nominal sizes except where otherwise 6tated. (b) Wood pole scaffolds. (1) Scaffold poles shall bear on a foundation Of suffi cient size and strength to spread the load from the pole over a sufficient area to prevent settlement. All poles shall be set plumb. , (2) Where wood poles are spliced, the ends shall be squared and the upper sec tion shall rest squarely on the lower section. Wood splice plates shall be pro vided on at least two adjacent sides and shall be not less than 4 feet In length. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262574 206032 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22835 overlapping the abutted ends equal];, undisturbed until the new putlogs or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of and have the same width and not less bearers have been set in place, ready to 4 Inches In height. Wire mesh shall be In than the cross-sectional area of the pole. receive the platform planks. stalled In accordance with paragraph Splice plates or other materials of (15) Guardrails, made of lumber not (a) (6) of this section, when required. equivalent strength may be used. less than 2x4 inches (or other material (16) All wood pole scaffolds 60 feet or (3) Independent pole scaffolds shall be providing equivalent protection), ap less lh height shall be constructed and set as near to the wall of the building proximately 42 inches high, with a mid erected in accordance with Tables L-4 to as practicable. rail of 1 x 6 Inch. lumber (or other 10. If they are over 60 feet In height, (4) All poje scaffolds shall be securely, material providing equivalent protec they shall be designed by a qualified en guyed or tied to the building or structure.' tion), and toeboards, shall be Installed gineer competent-In this field, and it Where the height or length exceeds 25 at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds shall be constructed and erected In ac feet, the scaffold shall be secured at more than 10 feet above the ground or cordance with such design. Intervals not greater than 25 feet vertically and horizontally. . (5) Putlogs or bearers shall be set Table L-4--Minimum Nominal Size akd Maximum SrAcnra or Membebs or Sinolx Pole Scaffolds, Light Durr ' with their greater dimension vertical, long enough to project over the ledgers of the inner and outer rows of poles at - . Maximum height of scaffold as ft. COft. least 3 Inches for proper support. . (6) Every wooden putlog on single pole scaffolds shall be reinforced with a 9is> x 2-lnch steel strip, or equivalent, secured to its lower edge throughout its entire length. (7) Ledgers shall be long enough to extend over two pole spaces. Ledgers shall not be spliced between the poles. Ledgers shall be reinforced by bearing blocks securely nailed to the side of the Uniformly distributed load____... ,,_________ _____ Not to excoed 25 px.f. Poles or uprights_____________________________ _____ __ 2x4in__________ 4x4 In. Pole spacing (longitudinal)__________ ___________ ______ 6 ft. 0 In______ ____ _________ 10 ft. 0 In; Maximum width of scaffold______________~__________ __ 6 ft. 0 In__________ ____ _____ 5 ft. 0 In. Besrecs or putlogs to 3 ft. 0 In. width. 2 s 4 In2 x 4 In.. Bearers or putlogs to * ft. 0 In. wtdtb...................... ........... 2 x 6 In. or 3 x 4 In2x 81n.org x4 In. (rough)j Lodgers______ ____ ___ ____ --........ .......................... ..........1x4 In..................-........... ...... IX19 In. Planking........ ......................................... ......... ....................IK x * In. (rough)................... 2 x 10 In. Vertical spacing o( horizontal members_________________ 7 ft. 0 in ......... .............. .... 9 ft. 0 In. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal.....1x4 In______________ I x 4 in. Tiedns.............. 1x4 In_____ _____ _________ 1 x 4 In. Toeboards.__ ...._____4 In. high (minimum)....__________________________________ - 4 In. high (minimum); Guardrail______ ______ _______ _________ ______ .... 2x4In_________ ____ _____ _____ 2x4In. pole to form a support for the ledger. (8) Diagonal bracing shall be provided All members except planking are nsed on edge. to prevent the poles from moving in a direction parallel with the wall of the building, or from buckling. . Tabu L-6--Minimum Nominal Beds and Maximum Spacing or or Single Pole Scattolds--Medium Dun Table L-6--Minimum Nominal Sib and Maximum Spacing or Membebs or SinOLE Pole Scattolds--Hxavt Dutt (9) Cross bracing shall be provided between the inner and outer sets of poles in independent pole scaffolds. The free ends of pole scaffolds shall be cross braced. (10) Full diagonal face bracing shall be erected across the entire face of pole scaffolds in both directions. The braces shall be spliced at the poles. The inner row of poles on medium and heavy duty scaffolds shall be braced In a similar manner. (11) Platform planks shall be laid with their edges close together so the platform will be tight with no spaces through which tools or fragments of material can fall. (12) Where planking Is lapped, each plank shall lap its end supports at least 12 Inches. Where the ends of planks abut each other to form a flush floor, the butt joint shall be at the centerline of a pole. The abutted ends shall rest on Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of Scaffold. Poles or uprights.____ Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs_____ Spacing of bearers or putlogs. Not to exoeed SO p.B.f. 80 ft. 4x41n. 8 ft. Oin. 5 ft. 0 In. 3xl01n.orSx4ln. 8 ft. 0 in. Ledgers________________ Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal___ Bracing, diagonal____ 2 x 10 in. 7 ft. 0 In. 1 x6 In.or iyt x4 In. 1 x4ln. Tie-ins 1 x 4 In. Planking______________ 2 x 10 in. ' Toeboards Guardrail 4-lnu high (mini mum). 2x41n. All members except planking are used on edge. Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height at scaffold. Poles or uprights Pole spacing (longi tudinal). M.rimnm Width Of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs_____ Spacing of bearers or putlog. Ledgers_________________ Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal. Tie-ine ____________ Planking___ _________ Toeboards Guardrail_____________ Not to exoeed 75 pay. 60 ft. 4x81n. 6 ft. Oin. 6 ft. Oin. 2 x 10 In. or 8 x 5 In. 6 ft. Oin. 2x10 in. 8 ft. 6 In. 2x41n. 1 x41n. 2x10 In. 4-ln. high mum). 2 X41n. (mini All members except planking are used on separate bearers. Intermediate beams edge. shall be provided where necessary to pre vent dislodgment of planks due to deflec Table L-7--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Stacdjo or Membebs or Independent Pole Scattold Light Dutt - tion, and the ends shall be secured to prevent their dislodgment. (13) When a scaffold materially changes its direction, the platform Mulirnm bright of scaffold 20 ft. 80 ft. planks shall be laid to prevent tipping. The planks that meet the corner putlog at dn angle shall be laid first, extending over the diagonally placed putlog far enough to have a good safe bearing, but not far enough to Involve any danger from tipping. The planking running In the opposite direction at an angle shn.il be laid so as to extend over and rest on the first layer of planking. ' (14) When moving platforms to the Uniformly distributed load__________ Poles or uprights.................................... Pole spacing (longitudinal)__________ Pole spacing (transverse)____________ Ledgers__________________ _____ .; Bearers to 3 it. 0 In. span____________ Bearers to 10 ft. 0 In. span......... ............ Planking______________ ________ ____ Vertical spacing of horizontal members Bracing, borixontal and diagonal.____ TIe4ns..................................................... Toeboards_____ ;........ .............. ............ Guardrail. ............................ ........ Not to exceed 26 pjX 2 x 4 in................................... 4 x 4 in. ftft.Oln................................... 10 ft. 0 in; ft ft. Oin.......... ....................... 10 ft. 0In. 1Kx41q.................................. IMxOin. 2x41n----- ------------------------- 2 x 4 in. 2x6in.or 8x4in........... 2x 10 (rough) or818 m IH x 9 in.....I__ 2x10 in. 7ft.01n7 ft. Oin. I x 4 In................................. . 1x4 In. 1x4 in............ ................... 1 x 4 in. 4in.high.......................... 4 in,Mgh (minimum)* 2x4 In...................... 2 x 4 in. next level, the old platform shall be left All members exoept planting are used on edge; FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262575 AC&S 014129 22836 RULES AND REGULATIONS Tablx I>-8--Ummc IbBatt Sn d Mimnw Brtaira or Mumm or bane* mmai Foa BCAirama--Mxnmc Dorr Uniformly dUtrlbntad Mot to exoeed SO load. paX. Maximum lnelght of 60 ft. scaffold. aPole* or uprights___:__ 4x41a. Pole spacing (longl- ft. 0 In. tndlnal). ' . Pole spacing (bans-! 8 ft. 0 in. verse). Ledgers ...____________ 3x10in. Vertical, spacing of Oft.0In. - bodzomtal members. Bpadng of bearers-- 8 ft. 0 In. . Bearers ____ 3x 10in. Bracing, hortsontal--_ 1x6 In. or 1)4 x 4 In. Bracing, diagonal---- lx4In. Tie-Ins lx41n. Planicing --- 3x10 In. Toeboards_______________4-ln. high (mlnl' mum). Guardrail - 3x4 In. AH memb8 except planting are used on edge. Tabus L-0--Hmxmnc MoKnran 8ns Aim MAxnimx Bpachto or Mxmbxbh or IinsrxwnxwT Fob Scaxtolds--Hxatt Dun Uniformly distributed load. Maximum bright of scaffold. . Poles or uprights---------Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Pole spacing (trans verse). Ledgers-------------------------Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bearers_________________ Bracing, borlaantal .wi dlagonaL Tie-Ins------------1---------------Planking ToeboardB Guardrail Mot to exeeed 78 . pat. 60 ft. 4x41n. 6 ft. 0 In. 8 ft. 0 in. axiom. 6 ft. 0 In. axiom.(rough). ax4in. 1 x41n. axiom. 4-ln. high mum). ax41n. (mini All members except planking are used on edge. (3) A heavy duty tube and coupler caffftiA shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-lnch OX), steel ttffdng. with the posts spaced not more than 6 feet by 6 feet-6 indies. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to cany an equivalent load. No rftesimiiar metals shall be used together. (4) Tube and coupler scaffolds shall be limited In heights and working levels to those permitted In Tables B-10,11, and 12. Drawings and specifications of all tube and coupler scaffolds above the limi tations in Tables L-10, 11, and 12 shall be designed by a qualified engineer com petent In this field. (5) All tube and coupler scaffolds shall be constructed and erected to support four times the maximum Intended loads, as set forth In Tables L-10,11, and 12, or as set forth in the specifications by a li censed professional engineer competent In this field. Table L-10--Tubs abb Cooties Scinoue Eight Dow . Uniformly distrTbatad load.___ Not to sxeeed 2S pxX Post spAcing (longitudinal)____ 10 ft. 0 In. Port spacing (tranavorae)__ ___ 8 ft. 0 In. Working level* Additional planked Maihnmn terete height S 0 1 fLOhu Table L-U--Tob* axd Cottles Scattolds Medium Butt Uniformly distributed load.___ Not to exceed SO px.fj Poet spacing (longitudinal)____ 8 ft. 0 tn. Poat (pacing (trananrsa)______ 6 ft. 0 tn.- Working terete Additional planked Marbnum terete height 1 a mib 2 0 78 ft. 0 fan (c) Tube and coupler scaffolds. (1) A light duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, bearers, runners, and brac ing of nominal 2-inch OX). steel tubing. The posts shall be spaced no more than 6 feet apart by 10 feet along the length of the scaffold. Other structural metals when used must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. . (2) A medium duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-inch OX), steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nom inal 2%-Inch OX)., steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 5 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2-inch OX), steel tubing. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. Tabu L--13--TOT ahb CotJVum Scattolds Hxatt Duty -Uniformly diatribeted load____ Not to uoeed 75 P-S-L Poat spacing (longitudinal).___ 6 ft. 0 In. Port spacing (trartne) 5 ft. 0 fan Working terete Additional planked Maxfmnm terete height 1 '5 1281b (6) Posts shall be accurately spaced, erected on suitable bases, and maintained plumb. (7) Runners shall be erected along the length of the scaffold, located on both the Inside and the outside posts at even height. Runners shall be interlocked to the Inside and the outside posts at even heights. Runners shall be Interlocked to form continuous lengths and coupled to each post The bottom runners shall be located as close to.the base as possible. Runners shall be placed not more than 6 feet-6 Inches on centers. (8) Bearers shall be installed trans versely between posts and shall be se curely coupled to the posts bearing on the runner coupler. When coupled direct ly co the runners, the coupler must be kept as close to the posts as possible. (9) Bearers shall be at least 4 Inches but not more than 12 Inches longer than the post spacing or runner spacing. (10) Cross bracing shall be Installed across the width of the scaffold at least every third set of posts horizontally and every fourth runner vertically. Such bracing shall extend diagonally from the inner and outer runners upward to the next outer and Inner runners. (11) Longitudinal diagonal bracing cm file Inner and outer rows of poles shall be Installed at approximately a 45* angle from near the base of the first outer post upward to the extreme top of the scaffold. Where the longitudinal length of the scaffold permits, such brac ing shall be duplicated beginning at every fifth post. In a similar manner, longitudinal diagonal bracing shall also be Installed from the last post extending back and upward toward the first post. Where conditions preclude the attach ment of this bracing to the posts. It may be attached to the runners. (12) The entire scaffold shall be tied to and securely braced against the build ing at Intervals not to exceed 30 feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically. (13) Guardrails, made of lumber not less than 2x4 Inches (or other material providing .equivalent protection), ap proximately 42 Inches high, with a mid rail of 1 x 6 Inch lumber (or other ma terial providing equivalent protection), and toeboard shall be Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches In height. Wire mesh shall be In stalled In accordance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (d) Tubular welded frame scaffolds. (1) Metal tubular frame scaffolds, in cluding accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., shall be designed, constructed, and erected to safely support four times the maximum rated load. (2) Spacing of panels or frames shall be consistent with the loads Imposed. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing or diagonal braces, or both, for securing vertical members to gether laterally, and the cross braces shall be of such length as vrill automat ically square and aline vertical members 60 that the erected scaffold Is always plumb, square, and rigid. All brace con nections shall be made secure. (4) Scaffold legs shall be set on ad justable bases or plain bases placed on mud sills or other foundations adequate to support the maximum rated load. (5) The frames shall be placed one on top of the other with coupling or stack ing pins to provide proper vertical allnement of the legs. (6) Where uplift may occur, panels shall be locked together vertically by pins or other equivalent suitable means. (7) To prevent movement, file scaf fold shall be secured to the building or structure at Intervals not to exceed 30 feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262576 2-06034 AC&S 014130 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22837 (8) iWMrtminn permissible spans or planking shall be In conformity with paragraph (a) (10), of this section. (9) Drawings and specifications for all frame scaffolds over 125 feet In height above the base plates shall be designed by a registered professional engineer. ' (10) Guardrails made of lumber, not less than 2x4 Inches (or other material providing equivalent protection), and approximately 42 Inches high, with a mldrall of 1 x 6 inch lumber (or other material providing equivalent protec tion) , and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be in stalled in accordance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (e) 11anuallp propelled mobile scaf folds. (1) When free-standing mobile scaffold towers are used, the height shall not exceed four times the minimum base dimension. (2) Casters shall be properly designed for strength and dimensions to support four times the maximum intended load. All casters shall be provided with a posi tive locking device to hold the scaffold in position. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing and horizontal bracing conforming with paragraph (d)(3) of this section. (4) Platforms shall be tightly planked for the full width of the scaffold except for necessary entrance opening. Plat forms shall be secured in place. ' (5) A ladder or stairway shall be pro vided for proper access and exit and shall be affixed or built into the scaffold and so located that when in use it will not have-a tendency to tip the scaffold. A landing platform must be provided at Intervals not to exceed 35 feet. - (6) The force necessary to move the mobile scaffold shall be applied near or as close to the base as practicable and provision shall be made to stabilize the tower during movement from one loca tion to another. Scaffolds shall only be moved on level floors, free of obstructions and openings. (7) The employer shall not allow em ployees to ride oh manually propelled scaffolds unless the following conditions exist: . . (i) The floor or surface is within 3* of level, and free from pits, holes, or obstructions; ' (ii) The minimum dimension of the scaffold base when ready for rolling, is at least one-half of the height Outrig gers, if used, shall be installed on both sides of staging; (ill) The wheels are equipped with rubber or similar resilient tires; (iv) All tools and materials are se cured or removed from the platform before the mobile scaffold is moved. (8) Scaffolds in use by any persons shall rest upon a suitable footing and shall stand plumb. The casters or wheels shall be locked to prevent any movement. (9) Mobile scaffolds constructed of metal members shall also conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (b). (c), or (d) of this section, de pending on the material of which they are constructed. (10) Guardrails made of lumber, not less than 2 x 4'inches (or other material providing equivalent protection), ap proximately 42 Inches high, with a mid rail. of 1 x 6 inch lumber (or other ma terial providing equivalent protection), and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends, on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. Wire mesh shall be in stalled in accordance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (f) Elevating and rotating work plat forms. Applicable requirements of Amer ican National Standards Institute A92.21969, Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms, shall be com plied with for such equipment, as required by the provisions of 11926.556. (g) Outrigger scaffolds. (1) Outrigger beams shall extend not more than 6 feet beyond the face of the building. The in board end of outrigger beams, measured from the fulcrum point to anchorage point, shall be not less than 1 V& times the outboard end in length. The beams Shall rest on edge, the sides shall be plumb, and the edges shall be horizontal. The ful crum point of the beam shall rest on a secure bearing at least 6 inches in each horizontal dimension. The beam shall be secured In place against movement and shall be securely braced at the fulcrum point against turning. (2) The Inboard ends of outrigger beams shall be securely anchored either by means of struts bearing against sills in contact with the overhead beams or celling, or by means of tension members secured to the floor joists underfoot, or by both if necessary. The Inboard ends of outrigger beams shall be secured against tipping and the entire supporting struc ture shall be securely braced in both di rections to prevent any horizontal movement. (3) Unless outrigger scaffolds are de signed by a registered professional engi neer competent in this field, they shall be constructed and erected in accordance with Table L-13. Outrigger scaffolds, de signed by a registered professional engi neer. shall be constructed and erected in accordance with such design. Tabu L-lS--Msraruu Nominal Bob and Maxuvu Spacing or Mbmbbbs or ovtbiookb Bcatvolos Maximum scaffold load. Light duty Medium duty 25 psX________ . 50 pjJ. Outrigger sire. ........... 2x10 in______ .. S x 10 fau MariTnum outrigger lOft.Obu........ .. 6 ft. 0 in. spacing. * PlanVinp . 2 x 10 hi_______.. 2 x 10 hu Guardrail........... . 2x41a............ ... 2x4in. Guardrail uprights... 2x 4in................ 2x4in. Toeboards__________ 4 In. (mini. 4 In. (vwht- mmn). mom). (4) Planking shall be laid tight and shall extend to within 3 Inches of the building wan. Planking ShaU be secured to the beams. (5) Guardrails made of lumber, not less than 2x4 Inches (or other material providing equivalent protection), ap proximately 42 inches Ugh, with a mid rail of 1 x 6 inch lumber (or other ma terial providing equivalent protection), and toeboards. shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be in stalled in accordance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (h) Masons' adjustable multiple-point suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaffold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 50 pounds per square foot and shall not be loaded in excess of that figure. - (2) The scaffold shall be provided with hoisting machines that meet the requirements of Underwriters' Labora tories or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be supported by wire ropes, capable of supporting at least 6 times the intended load, sus pended from overhead outrigger beams. (4) The scaffold outrigger beams shall consist of structural metal securely fas tened or anchored to the frame or floor system of the building or structure. (5) Each outrigger beam shall be equivalent in strength to at least a stand ard 7-inch, 15.3-pound steel I-beam, at least 15 feet long, and shall not project more than 6 feet 6 inches beyond the bearing point. (6) Where the overhang exceeds 6 feet 6 inches, outrigger beams shall be com posed of stronger beams or multiple beams and be installed under the super vision of a competent person. (7) All -outrigger beams shall be set and maintained with their webs in a vertical position. (8) A stop bolt shall be placed at each end of every outrigger beam. (9) The outrigger beam shall rest on suitable wood bearing blocks. (10) T!}e free end of the suspension wire ropes shall be equipped with proper size thimbles and secured by splicing or other equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of wire rope shall at all times remain on the drum. The use of fiber rope is prohibited. (11) Where a single outrigger beam is used, the steel shackles or clevises with which the wire ropes are attached to the outrigger beams shall be placed directly over the hoisting drums. (12) The scaffold platform shall be equivalent in strength to at least 2-inch planking. (For maximum planking spans, see paragraph (a) (11). of this section.) (13) When employees are at work on the scaffold and an overhead hazard exists, overhead protection shall be pro vided on the scaffold, not more than 9 feet above the platform, consisting of 2inch planking, or material of equivalent strength, laid tight, and extending not less than the width of the scaffold. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262577 AC&S 014131 22838 RULES AND REGULATIONS (14)' Bach scaffold than be Installed or relocated under the supervision of a com petent person. , (15) Guardrails made, of lumber, not less than 2x4 Inches (or other material providing equivalent protection), ap proximately 42 Inches high, with a mid rail, and toeboards, shall be Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Indies In height. Wire mesh shall be In stalled In accordance with paragraph (a) (0) of this section. (1) (.Swinging scaffolds) two-point suspension. (1) Two-point suspension scaffold platforms shall be not less than 20 Inches nor mare than 36 Inches wide overall. The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or by other equivalent means. (2) The hangers of two-point suspen sion scaffolds shall be made of mild steel, or other equivalent materials, having a cross-sectional area capable of sustain ing 4 times the maximum rated load, and ghnn be designed with a support for guardrail. Intermediate rail, and toeboard. (3) Wlwn TmteHng-machines am used on two-paint suspension scaffolds, such machines shall be of a design tested and approved by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation.' (4) The roof Irons or hooks shall be of mild steel, or other equivalent mate rial, of proper size and design, securely installed and anchored. Hebacks of K- jnch manlla rope, or the equivalent, shall serve as a secondary means of anchor age, Installed at right angles to the face of the building, whenever possible, and secured to a structurally sound portion of the building. (5) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be suspended by wire, synthetic, or fiber ropes capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. AH other com ponents shall be capable of supporting at least four times the rated load. (6) The sheaves of all blocks, consist ing of at least one double and one single block, shall fit the size and type of rope used. (7) All wire ropes, fiber and syn thetic ropes, slings, hangers, platforms, and other supporting parts shall be In spected before every installation. Pe riodic Inspections shall be made while the scaffold Is In use. , (8) On suspension scaffolds designed for a working load of 500 pounds, no more than two men shall be permitted to work at one time. On suspension scaf folds with a working load of 750 pounds, no* more than three men shall be per mitted to work at one time. Each em ployee shall be protected by an approved safety life belt attached to a lifeline. The lifeline shall be securely attached to sub stantial members of the structure (not scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, which will-safely suspend the employee in case of a fall. In order to keep the lifeline continuously attached, with a minimum of slack, to a fixed structure, the attachment point of the lifeline shall be. appropriately changed as the work progresses. (9) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be securely lashed to the buQdlng or structure to prevent them from swaying. Window cleaners* anchors shall not be used for this purpose. (10) The platform of every two-point suspension scaffold shall be one of the following types: ti) Ladder-type platforms. The side stringer shall be of dear straight-grained spruce or materials of equivalent strength and durability: The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak. ash. or hickory, at least 1% Inch In diameter, with %-lnch tenons mortised into the side stringers at least seven-eighths Inch. The stringers shall be tied together with tie rods not less than one-quarter. Inch In diameter, passing through the string ers and riveted up tight against washers on both ends. The flooring strips shall be spaced not more than five-eighths Inch apart except at the side rails where the space may be 1 inch. Ladder-type platforms shall be constructed In ac cordance with Table L-14. TiBZJ L-14--Scbkduu fos Lax>dk&-Ttfk Putvosw Length of platform (feet) 12 14 and 14 18 end 20 22 and* 28 and 20 81de8tringOT,mlnimam crossaecttonC&nSaited rises): . At rads (Inches)_____ 1H*2H____lx2____ IHxS.______ IKxt_______IKxSJ* At middle Ouches)___ Reinforcing Strip (mfalmnm) ., lSxggZZZ iSxaSfZ. 10x4--------- ix4k_____igxs. A H*H-Inchsted reinforcing strip orIts equivalentshall beattaohed to the ride or underside, mil length. Bongs.___ ......... Bongs shall be lH-lnchea mlnlmom diameter with at least K-tnch tenons, and the TMtTimpTn spacing than be 12 Inches center to oenter. Tie rods: ,Number (mfaifannm)^...____ ___ __ ____ 2-- Diameter (vntnhmnn ......................... flooring, vwintmtrm finished rise Onebes)^ 01) Plank-type platforms. Flank-type platforms shall be composed of not less than nnmhml 2- X. 10-inch Unspliced planks, properly cleated together on the underside, starting 6 Inches from each end; Intervals In between shall not ex ceed 4 feet. The plank-type platform shall not extend beyond the hangers more than 12 Inches. A bar or other ef fective means shall be securely fastened to the platform at each end to prevent Its Slipping off the hanger. The span be tween hangers for {dank-type platforms shall not exceed 8 feet. (ill) Beam-type platforms. Beam plat forms shall have side stringers of lumber not less than 2x6 inches set on edge. The span between bangers Shall not exceed 12 feet when beam platforms are used. The flooring shall be supported an 2- x 6-inch cross beams, laid flat and set into the upper edge of the stringers with a snug fit, at intervals of not more than 4 feet, securely nailed In {dace. The floor ing shall be of 1- x 6-inch material prop erly nailed. Floor boards shall not be spaced more than one-half inch apart. (lv) light metal-type platforms. when used, shall be tested and listed according to Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (11) Guardrails made of lumber, not less than 2x4 Inches (or other mate rial providing equivalent protection), approximately 42 Inches high, with a mldrall, and toeboards, shall be In stalled at all open sides and ends cm all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches In height. Wire mesh shall be Installed In accordance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (J) Stone setters' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaf fold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 25 pounds per square foot and shall not be overloaded. Scaffolds shall not be used for storage of stone or other heavy materials. (2) When used, the hoisting machine and its supports shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts at other equivalent means.. (For materials and spans, see subdivision (11) of para graph (1) (10), Flank-Type Platforms, and Table L-14 of this section.) (4) The scaffold unit shall be sus pended from' metal outriggers. Iron brackets, wire rope slings, or Iron hooks. (5) Outriggers, when used, shall be set with their webs In a vertical position, se curely anchored to the building or struc ture and provided with stop bolts at each end. (6) The scaffold shall be supported by wire rope capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. AH other com ponents shall be capable of supporting at least 4 times the rated load. .. (7) The free ends of the suspension wire ropes shaU be equipped with proper size thimbles, secured by splicing or other equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of wire rope shall remain at the drum at aU times. (8) When two or more scaffolds are used on a building or structure, they shall not be bridged one to the other, but shaU be maintained at even height with plat forms abutting closely. . (9) Guardrails made of lumber, hot less than 2x4 Inches (or other mate rial providing equivalent protection), ap proximately 42 inches high, with a mid rail, and toeboards, shall be InstaUed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shaU be a minimum of FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974. 01262578 206036 AC&S 014132 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22839 4 indies In height. Wire mesh shall be Cm) Carpentersf. bracket scaffolds. (1) square shall rest directly above the other. installed in accordance with paragraph the brackets shall consist of a triangular The upper tiers shall stand on.a con (a) (6) of this section. . wood frame not less than 2 x 3-inches tinuous row of planks laid across the . (k) Single-point adjustable suspen in cross section, or of metal of equivalent next lower tier and be nailed down sion scaffolds, (l) The scaffolding, in strength. Each member shall be properly or otherwise secured to prevent cluding power units or manually oper ated winches, shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (2) The power units may be either electrically or air motor driven. (3) All power-operated gears and brakes shall be enclosed. (4) In addition to the normal operat ing brake, all power-driven units shall have an emergency brake which engages automatically when the normal speed of fitted and securely Joined. (2) Each bracket shall be attached to the structure by means of one of the following: - (1) A bolt, no less than five-eighths inch in diameter, which shall extend through to the Inside of the building wall; . (ii) A metal stud attachment device; (ill) Welding to steel tanks;- Civ) Hooking over a well-secured and adequately strong supporting member. (3) The brackets shall be spaced no displacement. (7). Scaffolds shall he level and set upon a firm foundation. (o) Horse scaffolds. (1) Horse scaf folds shall not be constructed or ar ranged more than two tiers or 10 feet in height. - - (2) The members of the horses shall be not less than those specified in Table L-16. Table L-15--^Minimum Dimensions ` fob Hobss Scaffold Members descent is exceeded. - more than 8 feet apart. .' Members Dimensions (5) The hoisting machines, cables, and (4) No more than two employees shall Horizontal members or 3x4 in. equipment shall be regularly serviced and occupy any given 8 feet of a bracket scaf bearers. Inspected. fold at any one time. Tools and mate (6) The units may be combined to rials shall not exceed 75 pounds in addi form a two-point suspension scaffold. tion to the occupancy. Such scaffold shall then comply with (5) The platform shall consist of not paragraph (tt of this section. less than two 2- x 10-inch nominal size (7) . The supporting cable shall be verti planks extending not more than 12 cal for its entire length, and the basket inches or less than 6 inches beyond each Legs---------------------------------------------- 1% x 4% In. Longitudinal bracebetween 1 x 6 In. legs. . Gusset brace at top of legs__1 x 8 In. Half diagonal braces_________ 1^4 x 4% In. (3) Horses shall be spaced not more than 5 feet for medium duty and not shall not be swayed nor the cable fixed to any Intermediate points to change the original path of travel. <8) Suspension methods shall conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs end support. (6) Guardrails made of lumber, not less than 2x4 Inches (or other mate rial providing equivalent protection), ap proximately 42 Inches high, with a mid more thad 8 feet for light duty. . (4) When arranged in tiers, each horse shall be placed directly over the horse in the tier below. . (5) On all scaffolds arranged in tiers, (h) and (i) of this section. rail, of 1 x 6 inch lumber (or other mate the legs shall be nailed down or other (9) Guards, midrails, and toeboards rial providing equivalent protection), wise secured to the planks to prevent dis shall completely enclose the cage or bas and toeboards, shall be Installed at all placement or thrust and each tier shall ket. Guardrails shall be no less than 2x4 open sides and ends on all scaffolds more be substantially cross braced. Inches or the equivalent, approximately than 10 feet above the ground or floor. (6) Horses or parts which have be 42 Inches above the platform. Midrails Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches come weak or defective shall not be used. shall be 1 x 6 Inches or the equivalent, in height. Wire mesh shall be installed (7) Guardrails made of lumber, not Installed equidistant between the guard in accordance with paragraph (a) (6) less than 2x4 inches (or other ma rail and the platform. Toeboards shall of this section. terial providing equivalent protection), be a minimum of 4 inches in' height. (n) Bricklayers' square scaffolds. (1) approximately 42 Inches high, with a (10) For additional details not covered The squares shall not exceed 5 feet in midrail, of 1 x 6 Inch lumber (or other in this paragraph, applicable technical width and 5 feet in height. material, providing equivalent protec portions of American National Standards (2) Members shall be not less than tion), and toeboards, shall be installed Institute, A120.1-1970, Power-Operated those specified in Table L-15. at all open sides and ends on all scaf Devices for Exterior Building Mainte nance Powered Platforms, shall be used. (1) Boatswain's chairs. (1) The chair seat shall not be less than 12 x 24 Inches, Table L-1B--Minimum Dimensions fob Bricklayers* Squabs Scaffold Members Dimensions folds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed In accordance and 1-inch thickness. The seat shall be reinforced on the underside by cleats securely fastened to prevent the board from splitting. ' , (2) The two fiber rope seat slings shall Bearers or horizontal members___ Legs-------------------------------------------------------Braces atcomers 1x6 Braces diagonally from center frame. 3 x S In. 2 i t In. In. 1 I 8 In. with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (p) Needle beam scaffold. (1) Wood needle beams shall be not less than 4x6 inches in size, with the greater dimension placed in a vertical direction. Metal be of %-inch diameter, reeved through (3) The squares shall be reinforced on beams or the equivalent, conforming to the four seat holes so as to cross each both sides of each comer with 1- x 6-inch paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this sec other on the underside of the seat. gusset pieces. They shall also have di tion, may be used and shall not be (3) Seat slings shall be of at least %- agonal braces 1x8 inches on both sides altered or moved horizontally while they inch wire rope when an employee is con running from center to center of each are in use. . ducting a heat-producing process, such member, or other means to secure equiv (2) Ropes or hangers shall be pro as gas or arc welding. alent strength and rigidity. vided for supports. The span between (4) The employee shall be protected by (4) The squares shall be set not more supports on the needle beam shall not a safety belt"'and lifeline in accord than 5 feet apart for medium duty scaf exceed 10 feet for 4- x 6-lnch timbers. ance with 8 1926.104. The attachment folds, and not more than 8 feet apart Rope supports shall be equivalent in point of the lifeline to the structure shall for light duty scaffolds. Bracing, 1x8 strength to 1-inch diameter first-grade be appropriately changed as the work Inches, extending from the bottom of manila rope. ' progresses. ' each square to the top of the next square, (3) The ropes shall be attached to the (5) The tackle shall consist of correct shall be provided on both front and rear needle beams by a scaffold hitch or a size ball bearing or bushed blocks and sides of the scaffold. properly made eye splice. The loose end properly spliced %-inch diameter first- (5) Platform planks shall be at least of the rope shall be tied by a bowline grade manila rope, or equivalent. 2- x 10-inch nominal size. The ends of the knot or by a round turn and a half hitch. (6) The roof irons, hooks, or the object planks shall overlap the bearers of the (4) The scaffold hitch shall be ar to which the tackle is anchored, shall squares and each plank shall be sup ranged so as to prevent the needle beam be securely installed. Tiebacks, when ported by not less than three squares. from rolling or becoming otherwise used, shall be Installed at right angles to (6) Bricklayers' square scaffolds shall displaced. the face of the building and securely not exceed three tiers in height and shall (5) The platform span between the fastened. be so constructed and arranged that one needle beams shall not exceed 8 feet 2060 o i FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262579 AC&S 014133 22840 RULES AND REGULATIONS when using 2-lnch scaffold plank. For spans greater than 8 feet, platforms shall be designed based on design require ments for the special span. The overhang of each end of the platform planks shall be not less than 6 Inches and not more than 12 inches. (6) When needle beam scaffolds are used, the planks shall be secured against slipping. (7) All unattached tools, bolts, and nuts used on needle beam scaffolds shall be kept in suitable containers, properly secured. (8) One end of a needle beam scaffold may.be supported by a permanent struc tural member conforming to paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this section. (9) Each employee working on a- needle beam scaffold shall be protected by a safety belt and lifeline in accord ance with 81926.104. (q) Plasterers', decorators', and. large area scaffolds. (1) Plasterers', lathers', and ceiling workers' inside scaffolds shall be constructed in accordance with the general requirements set forth for inde pendent wood pole scaffolds. (Bee para graph (b) and Tables L-7, 8, and 9 of this section.) (2) All platform planks shall be laid with the edges close together. (3) When independent pole scaffold platforms are erected in sections, such sections shall be provided with connect ing runways equipped with substantial guardrails. () Guardrails made of lumber, not less than 2x4 Inches (or other ma terial providing equivalent protection), approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1 x 6 inch lumber (or other material providing equivalent protec tion) . and toeboards, shall be installed on all open sides and ends on all scaf folds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with para graph (a) (6) of this section. (r) Interior hung scaffolds. (1) An in terior hung scaffold shall be hung or suspended from the roof structure or ceiling beams. (2) The suspending wire or fiber rope fihfl.il be capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. The rope shall be wrapped at least twice around the supporting members and twice around the bearers of the scaffold, with each end of the wire rope secured by at least three standard wire-rope clips properly installed. (3) For hanging wood scaffolds, the following minimum nominal size ma terial shall be used: (I) Supporting bearers 2 x 10 inches on edge; . ' (II). Planking 2 x 10 inches, with maxi mum span 7 feet for heavy duty and 10 feet for light duty or medium duty. (4) Steel tube and coupler members may be used for hanging scaffolds with both types of scaffold designed to sustain a uniform distributed working load up to heavy duty scaffold loads with a safety factor of four. (5) Guardrails made of lumber, not less than 2x4 Inches (or other ma- terlal providing equivalent protection), upon such roofs are protected by a safety approximately 42 Inches high, with a belt attached to a lifeline, midrail of 1 x 6 inch lumber (or other (v) Crawling boards or chicken lad- material providing equivalent protec- ders. (1) Crawling boards shall be not tlon), and toeboards, shall be Installed less than 10 inches wide and 1 inch thick, at all open sides and ends on all scaf- having cleats 1x1% Inches. The cleats folds more than 10 feet above the ground shall be equal in length to the width of or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum the board and spaced at equal Intervals of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be not to exceed 24 inches. Nalls shall be installed in accordance with paragraph driven through and Clinched on the (a)(6) of this section. underside. The crawling board shall ex- (s) Ladder jack scaffolds. (1) All tend from the ridge pole to the eaves ladder Jack scaffolds shall be limited to when used in connection with roof con- light duty and shall not exceed a height struction, repair, or maintenance. of 20 feet above the floor or ground. (2) A firmly fastened lifeline of at (2) All ladders used in connection with least %-inch diameter rope, or equiv- ladder jack scaffolds shall be heavy-duty alent, shall be strung beside each crawl- ladders and shall be designed and con- ing board for a handhold. structed in accordance with American (3) Crawling boards shall be secured National Standards Institute A 14.1-1968, to the roof by means of adequate ridge Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders, hooks or other effective means, and A 14.2-1968, Safety Code for Port- (w) Float or ship scaffolds. (1) Float able Metal Ladders. Cleated ladders shall or ship scaffolds shall not be used to'sup- not be used for this purpose. port more than three men and a few (3) The ladder Jack shall.be so light tools, such as those needed for designed and constructed that it will riveting, bolting, and welding. They shall bear on the side rails in addition to the be constructed as designed in paragraph ladder rungs, or if bearing on rungs only, (w) (2) through (6) of this section the bearing area shall be at least 10 nnipsa substitute designs and materials inches on each rung. provide equivalent - strength, stability, (4) Ladders used in conjunction with and safety.' . ladder jacks shall be so placed, fastened, (2) The platform shall be not less held, or equipped with devices so as to than 3 feet wide and 6 feet long, made of prevent slipping. %-inch plywood, equivalent to American (5) The wood platform planks shall plywood Association Grade B-B, Group be not less than 2 inches nominal in i, Exterior, or other similar material, thickness. Both metal and wood platform (3) Under the platform, there shall be planks shall overlap the bearing surface two supporting bearers made from 2- x not less than 12 inches. The span be- 4-inch, or 1- x 10-inch rough, "selected tween supports for wood shall not exceed lumber," or better. They shall be free of 8 feet. Platform width shall be not less knots or other flaws i<i project 6 Inches than 18 inches. beyond the platform on both sides. The (6) Not more than two employees shall ends of the platform haii extend 6 occupy any given 8 feet of any ladder inches beyond the outer edges of the jack scaffold at any one time. bearers. Each bearer shall be securely (t) Window jack scaffolds. (1) Win- fastened to the platform. dow jack scaffolds shall be used only for (4) An edging of wood not less than the purpose of working at the window % x 1% inches or equivalent shall be opening through which the jack is placed, placed around all sides of the platform to (2) Window Jacks shall not be used prevent tools from rolling off. to support planks placed between one (5) Supporting ropes shall be 1-inch window jack and another or for other diameter manila rope or equivalent, free elements of scaffolding. from deterioration, chemical damage, (3) Window jack scaffolds shall be flaws, or other imperfections. Rope con- provided with guardrails unless safety nections shall be such that the platform belts with lifelines are attached and pro- cannot shift or slip. If two ropes are used vided for employee. with each float, they shall be arranged so (4) Not more than one employee shall as to provide four ends which are to be occupy a window jack scaffold at any one securely fastened to an overhead sup time. port. Each of the two supporting ropes (u) Roofing brackets. (1) Hoofing shall be hitched around one end of brackets shall be constructed to fit the bearer and pass under the platforms to pitch of the roof. the other end of the bearer where It is (2) Brackets Shall be seemed in place hitched again, leaving sufficient rope at by nailing in addition to the pointed each end for the supporting ties. metal projections. When it is impractical (6) Each employee shall be protected to nail brackets, rope supports shall be by an approved safety lifebelt and life- used. When rope supports are used, they line, in accordance with 8 1926.104. " shall consist of first-grade manila of at (x) Form scaffolds. (1) Form scaffolds least %-inch diameter, or equivalent. shall be constructed of wood or other (3) A catch platform shall be Installed suitable materials, such as steel or alu- below the working area of roofs more mlnum members of known strength than 16 feet from the ground to eaves characteristics. All scaffolds shall be de- with a slope greater than 4 Inches in signed and erected with a minimum 12 Inches without a parapet. In width, safety factor of 4, computed on the basis the platform shall extend 2 feet beyond of the maximum rated load. the protection of the eaves and shall. (2) All scaffold planking shall be a be provided with a guardrail, midrail, minimum of 2- x 10-lnch nominal Scaf- and toeboard. This provision shall not fold Grade, as recognized by approved apply where employees engaged in work grading rules for the species of lumber FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262580 206038 AC&S 014134 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22841 used, or equivalent material. Maximum permissible spans shall not exceed 8 feet on centers for 2- x 10-inch nominal planking. Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such length that they overlap the ledgers at least 6 inches. Unsupported projecting ends of scaffolding planks shall be lim ited to a maximum overhang of 12 Inches. (3) Scaffolds shall not be loaded in excess of the working load for which they were designed. . (4) Figure-four form scaffolds: (i) Figure-four scaffolds are intended for light duty and shall not be used to sup port loads exceeding 25' pounds per square foot unless specifically designed for heavier loading. For minimum design criteria, see Table L-17. Tabus L-17--Minimum Design Cbitebia ros Figure-Four Form Scaffolds Members Uprights Outriggers ledgers (two). Braces __________________ Guardrails Guardrail height---------Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards Mmtmiim length of ledgers. Plashing Upright spacing----------- Dimensions 2 z 4 in. or 2 x 6 In. 1 x 6 in. 1 x 6 In. 2 x4 in. Approximately 42 In. 1 x 6 In. 4 in. (minimum). 3 ft. 6 In. (unsup ported) . 2 x 10 In. 8 ft. 0 in. (on cen ters). (ii) Figure-four form scaffold frames shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on centers and constructed from sound lum ber. as follows: The outrigger ledger fihn.il consist of two pieces of 1- x 6-inch or heavier material nailed on opposite sides of the vertical form support. Ledg ers shall project not more than 3 feet 6 inches from the outside of the form support and shall be substantially braced and secured to prevent tipping or turn ing. The knee or angle brace shall inter sect the ledger at least 3 feet from the form at an angle of approximately 45*, and'the lower end shall be nailed to a vertical support. The platform shall con sist of two or more 2- x 10-inch planks, which shall be of such length that they extend at least 6 inches beyond ledgers at each end nninss secured to the ledgers. When planks are secured to the ledgers (nailed or bolted), a wood filler strip shall be used between the ledgers. Un supported projecting ends of planks shall be limited to an overhang of 12 inches. (5) Metal bracket form scaffolds: (1) Metal brackets or scaffold Jacks wnich are an Integral part of the form shall be securely bolted or welded to the form. Folding type brackets shall be either bolted or secured with a locking-type pin when extended for use. <li) "Clip-on" or "hook-over" brackets may be used,, provided the form waters are bolted to the form or secured by snap ties or shea-bolt extending through the form and securely anchored. (Ill) Metal brackets shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. (iv) Scaffold planks shall be either bolted to the metal brackets or of such length that they overlap the brackets at each end by at least 6 inches. Unsup ported projecting ends at scaffold planks shall be limited to a maximum overhang of 12 Inches. (v) Metal bracket form scaffolds shall be equipped with wood guardrails, inter mediate rails, toeboards. and scaffold planks meeting the minimum dimensions shown in Table L-18. (Metal may be sub stituted for wood, providing it affords equivalent or greater design strength.) Table L-18--Minimum Design-Criteria rot Metal Bracket Form Scaffolds Members Dimensions Uprights------------------------ 2x4 In. Guardrails_____________ 2x4 in. Guardrail height______ Approximately 42 in. Intermediateguard- 1 x 6 in. rails. Toeboards _____________ 4In. (minimum). Planking 2 x 9 In. (6) Wooden bracket form scaffolds: (1) Wooden bracket form scaffolds shall be an integral part of the form panel. The minimum design criteria set forth herein and in Table L-19 cover scaffold ing intended for light duty and shall not be used to support loads exceeding 25 pounds per square foot, unless specifi cally designed for heavier loading. (ii) Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such length that they overlap the ledgers at each end by at least 6 Inches. Unsup ported projecting ends of scaffold planks shall be limited to a maximum overhang of 12 Inches. Table L--19--Minimum Design Critebia fob Wooden Bracket Form Scaffolds Members Uprights Support ledgers Maximum scaffold . width. Braces Guardrails Guardrail height___ Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards Upright spacing_____ Dimensions 2 x 4 in. or 2 x 6 in. 2 x 6 In. 3 ft.Sin. 1 x Sin. 2x41n. Approximately 42 In. 1 xBln. 4In. (minimum). 8 ft. 0 in. (on centers). (ill) Guardrails and toeboards shall be Installed on all open sides and ends of platforms and scaffolding over 10 feet above floor or ground. Guardrails shall be made of lumber 2x4 inch nominal dimension (or other material providing equivalent protection), ap proximately 42 inches high, supported at intervals not to exceed 8 feet. Guard rails shall be equipped with midrails constructed of 1 x 6 inch nominal lum ber (or other material providing equiv alent protection). Toeboards shall extend not less than 4 Inches above the scaffold plank. (y) Pump jack scaffolds. (1) Pump Jack scaffolds shall: (i) Not carry a working load exceed ing 500 pounds; and (ii) Be capable of' supporting with out failure at least four times the maxi mum Intended load. (ill) The manufactured components shall not be loaded in excess of the manu facturer's recommended limits. - (2) Pump Jack brackets, braces, and accessories shall be fabricated from metal plates and angles. Each pump jack bracket shall have two positive gripping mechanisms to prevent'any failure or slippage. (3) The platform bracket shall be fully decked and the planking secured. Plank ing, or equivalent, shall conform with paragraph (a) of this section. (4) (i) When wood scaffold planks are used as platforms, poles used for pump jacks shall not be spaced more than 10 feet center to center. When fabricated platforms are used that fully comply with all other provisions of this para graph (y), pole spacing may exceed 10 feet center to center. (ii) Poles shall not exceed 30 feet in height. (iii) Poles shall be secured to the work wall by rigid triangular bracing, or equivalent, at the bottom, top, and other points as necessary, to provide a maxi mum vertical spacing of not more than 10 feet between braces. Each brace shall be capable of supporting a minimum of 225 pounds tension or compression. (iv) For the pump jack bracket to pass bracing already installed, an extra brace shall be used approximately 4 feet above the one to be passed until the original brace is reinstalled. . (5) All poles shall bear on mud sills or other adequate firm foundations. (6) Pole lumber shall be two 2 x 4's, of Douglas fir, or equivalent, straight grained, clear, free of cross-grain, shakes, large loose or dead knots, and other defects which might impair strength. (7) When poles are constructed of two continuous lengths, they shall be two by fours, spiked together with the seam parallel to the bracket, and with lOd common nails, no more than 12 inches center to center, staggered uni formly from opposite outside edges. -- (8) If two by fours are spliced to make up the pole, the splices shall be so con structed as to develop the full, strength of the member. (9) A ladder, in accordance with S 1926.450, shall be provided for access to the platform during use. (10) Not more than two persons shall be permitted at one time upon a pump jack scaffold between any two supports. (11) Pump jacks scaffolds shall be provided with standard guardrails as de fined in $ 1926.451(a) (15), but no guardrail is required when safety belts with lifelines are proyided for employees. (12) When a work bench is used at an approximate height of 42 inches, the top guardrail may be eliminated, if the work bench is fully decked, the planking se cured, and is capable of withstanding 200 pounds pressure in any direction. (13) Employees shall not be permitted to use a work bench as a scaffold plat form. . 1926.452 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) "Ladders"--(1) "Cleats"--Ladder crosspieces of rectangular cross section placed on edge on which a person may step in ascending or descending. (2) "Single cleat ladder"--One which consists of a pair of side rails, usually parallel, but with flared side rails per missible, connected together with cleats that are joined to the side rails at reg ular intervals. (3) "Double cleat ladder"--One that is similar to a single cleat ladder, but is FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 2 0 0 0 39 01262581 AC&S 014135 22842 RULES AND REGULATIONS 'wider, with an additional center rail Which "will allow for two-way traffic for workmen In ascending and descending. Ob) "Scaffolding"--(1) "Bearer"--A horizontal member of a scaffold upon which the platform rests and which may be supported by ledgers. (2) "Boatswain's chair"--A seat sup ported by SHngs attached to a suspended rope, designed to accommodate one workman In a sitting position. (3) "Brace"--A tie that holds one scaffold member In a fixed position with respect to another member. (4) "Bricklayers' square scaffold"--A scaffold composed of framed wood squares which support a platform, lim ited to light and medium duty. (5) "Carpenters' bracket scaffold"--A scaffold consisting of wood or metal brackets supporting a platform. . (6) "Coupler"--A device for locking together the component parts of a tubu lar metal scaffold. (The material used for the couplers shall be of a structural type, such as a drop-forged steel, mallea ble Iron, nr structural grade aluminum.) (7) "Crawling board or chicken lad der"--A plank with cleats spaced and secured at equal Intervals, for use by a worker on roofs, not designed to carry any material. (8) "Double pole or Independent pole scaffold"--A scaffold supported from the base by a double row of uprights. In dependent of support from the walls and constructed of uprights, ledgers, horizontal platform bearers, and di agonal bracing. (9) "Float or ship scaffold"--A scaf fold Tiung from overhead supports by means of ropes and `consisting of a sub stantial platform having diagonal brac ing underneath, resting upon and se curely fastened to two parallel plank bearers at right angles to the span. (10) "Guardrail"--A rail secured to uprights and erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. (11) "Heavy duty scaffold"--A scaf fold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 75 pounds per square foot. (12) "Horse scaffold"--A scaffold for light or medium duty, composed of horses supporting a work platform. ' (13) "Interior hung scaffold"--A scaf fold suspended from the celling or roof structure. (14) "Ladder Jack scaffold"--A light duty scaffold supported by brackets at tached to ladders. (15) "Ledgers (stringer) ''--A horizon tal scaffold member which extends from post to post and which supports the put logs or bearers forming a tie between the posts. (16) "Light duty scaffold"--A scaffold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 25 pounds per square foot. (17) "Manually propelled mobile scaf fold"--A portable rolling scaffold sup ported by casters. (18) "Masons' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffold"--A scaffold having a continuous platform supported by bearers suspended by wire rope from overhead supports, so arranged and op- erated as to permit the raising or lower (swinging scaffold) "--A scaffold, the ing of the platform to desired working platform of which Is supported by hang positions. ers (stirrups) at two points, suspended (19) "Maximum rated load"--The from overhead supports s6 as to permit total of all loads Including the working the raising or lowering of the platform load, the weight of the scaffold, and such to the desired working position by tackle other loads as may be reasonably or hoisting machines. anticipated. (35) "Window Jack scaffold"--A scaf (20) "Medium duty scaffold"--A scaf fold, the platform of which is supported fold designed and constructed to carry by a bracket or jack which projects a working load not to exceed 50 pounds through a window opening. per square foot. (36) "Working load"--Load Imposed (21) "Midrail"--A rail approximately by men, materials, and equipment. midway between the guardrail and plat form, secured to the uprights erected along the exposed sides and ends of Subpart M--Floor and Wall Openings, and Stairways platforms. 1926.500 Guardrails, handrails, and (22) "Needle beam scaffold"--A light covers. duty scaffold consisting of needle beams supporting a platform. (a) General provision. This subpart (23) "Outrigger scaffold"--A scaffold shall apply to temporary or emergency supported by outriggers or thrustouts conditions where there Is danger of em projecting beyond the wall or face of the ployees or materials falling through building or structure, the inboard ends floor, roof, or wall openings, or from of which are secured Inside of such build stairways or runways. ing or structure. (b) Guarding of floor openings and (24) "Putlog"--A scaffold member floor holes. (1) Floor openings shall be upon which the platform rests. guarded by a standard railing and toe- (25) "Hoofing or bearer bracket"--A boards or cover, as specified In paragraph bracket used In slope roof construction, (!) of this section. In general, the railing having provisions for fastening to the shall be provided on all exposed sides, roof or supported by ropes fastened over except at entrances to stairways. the ridge and secured to some suitable (2) Ladderway floor openings or plat-, object. forms shall be guarded by standard rail (26) "Runner"--The lengthwise hori ings with standard toeboards on all zontal bracing or bearing members or exposed sides, except at entrance to open both. ing, with the passage through the railing (27) "Scaffold"--Any temporary ele elthc." provided with a swinging gate or vated platform and its supporting struc so offset that a person cannot walk ture used for supporting workmen -or. directly Into the opening. materials, or both. - (3) Hatchways and chute floor open (28) "Single-point adjustable suspen ings shall be guarded by one of the fol sion scaffold"--A manually or power- lowing: operated unit designed for light duty use, (I) Hinged covers of standard strength supported by a single wire rope from an and construction and a standard railing overhead support so arranged and op with only one exposed side. When the erated as to permit the raising or lower opening is not In use, the cover shall be ing of platform to desired working closed or the exposed side shall be positions. guarded at both top and Intermediate (29) "Single-pole scaffold"--Platforms resting on putlogs or cross beams, the outside ends of which are supported on ledgers secured to a single row of posts or uprights, and the Inner ends of which positions by removable standard railings; (II) A removable standard railing with toe board on not more than two sides of the opening and fixed standard rail ings with toeboards on all other exposed are supported on or In a wall. sides. The removable railing shall be kept (30) "Stone setters' adjustable mul In place when the opening is not In use tiple-point suspension scaffold"--A and should preferably be hinged or swinging type scaffold having a platform otherwise mounted so as to be con supported by hangers suspended at four veniently replaceable. points so as to permit the raising or (4) Wherever there Is danger of fall lowering of the platform to the desired ing through a skylight opening. It shall working position by the use of hoisting be guarded by a fixed standard railing machines. on all exposed sides or a cover capable (31) "Toeboard"--A barrier secured of sustaining the weight of a 200-pound along the sides and ends of a platform person. - to guard against the falling of material. (5) Pits and trap-door floor openings (32) "Tube and coupler scaffold"--An shall be guarded by floor opening covers assembly consisting of tubing which of standard strength and construction. serves as posts, bearers, braces, ties, and While the cover Is not In place, the pit runners, a base supporting the posts, and or trap openings shall be protected on all special couplers which serve to connect exposed sides by removable standard the uprights and to join the various railings. members. (6) Manhole floor openings shall be (33) "Tubular welded frame scaf guarded by standard covers which need fold"--A sectional panel or frame metal not be hinged In place. While the cover scaffold substantially built up of pre is not in place, the manhole opening fabricated welded sections which consists shall be protected by standard railings. of posts and horizontal bearer with inter (7) Temporary floor openings shall mediate members. have standard railings. (34) "Two-point suspension scaffold (8) Floor holes, into which persons can federal REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE ! 4, 1974 01262582 206040 AC&S 014136 RH'ES. AND regulations 22843 accidentally walk, shall be guarded by above or adjacent to dangerous equip materials shall be provided additional either a standard railing with standard ment, pickling or galvanizing tanks, de strength by the use of heavier stock, toeboard on all exposed sides, or a floor greasing units, and similar hazards shall closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by hole cover of standard strength and con be guarded with a standard railing and other means. . . struction that Is secured against acci toeboard. (vl) Other types, sizes, and arrange dental displacement. While the cover Is (e) Stairway railings and guards. (1) ments of railing construction are ac not In place, the floor hole shall be Every flight of stairs having four or more ceptable, provided they meet the protected by a standard railing. risers shall be equipped with standard following conditions: (9). Where doors or gates open directly stair railings or standard handrails as () A smooth-surfaced top rail at a on a stairway, a platform shall be pro specified below, the width of the stair to height above floor, platform, runway, or vided, and the swing of the door shall not be measured clear of all obstructions ex ramp level of approximately 42 Inches; reduce the effective width of the platform cept handrails: lb) A strength to withstand at least to less than 20 Inches. - '(1) On stairways less than 44 Inches the minimum requirement of 200 pounds (c) Guarding of toatt openings. <1> wide having both sides enclosed, at least top rail pressure with a mininrnm of Wall openings, from which ^ there Is a one handrail, preferably on the right side deflection; . drop of more than 4 feet, and the bottom descending; . . (c) Protection between top rail and of the opening Is less than 3 feet above (li) On stairways less than 44 Inches floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair the working surface, shall be guarded as wide having one side open, at least one treads, equivalent at least to that follows: . - stair railing on the open side: -- afforded by a standard Intermediate m (1) When the height and placement of the opening In relation to the working surface Is such that either a standard rail (111) On stairways less* than 44 inches wide having both sides open, one stair railing on each side; - rail; . (d> Elimination of overhang of rail ends unless such overhang does not or Intermediate rail will effectively re (lv) On stairways more than 44 Inches constitute a hazard. duce the danger of falling, one or both wide but less than 88 inches wide, one (2) A stair railing shall be of con i i shall be provided; handrail on each enclosed side and one struction similar to a standard railing, (ID The bottom of a wall opening, stair railing on each open side; but the vertical height shall be not more which Is less than 4 Inches above the (v) On stairways 88 or more inches than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches working surface, regardless of width, wide, one handrail on each enclosed side, from upper surface of top rail to surface shall be protected by a standard toe- one stair railing on each open side, and of tread in line with face of riser at board or an enclosing screen either of one Intermediate stair railing located ap forward edge of tread. - solid construction or as specified in para proximately midway of the width. (3) (1) A standard toeboard shall be graph (f) (7) (11) of this section. (2) Winding stairs shall be equipped 4 Inches minimum in vertical height from (2) An extension platform outside a with a handrail offset to prevent walking Its top edge to the level of the floor, plat wall opening onto which materials can on all portions of the treads having width form, runway, or ramp. It shall be se be hoisted for handling shall have side rails or equivalent guards of standard specifications. One side of an extension less than 6 inches. (f) Standard specifications. (1) A standard railing shall consist of top rail. curely fastened in place and have not. more than %-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial platform may have removable railings Intermediate rail, toeboard, and posts, material, either solid, or with openings In order to facilitate handling materials. and shall have a vertical height of ap-' not over 1 inch in greatest dimension. (3) When a chute Is attached to an proximately 42 inches from upper sur (11) Where material is piled to such opening, the provisions of paragraph (c) face of top rail to floor, platform, run height that a standard toeboard does (1) of this section shall apply, except way, or ramp level. The top rail shall.be not provide protection, paneling or that a toeboard Is not required. smooth-surfaced throughout the length screening from floor to intermediate rail (d) Guarding of open-sided floors, - of the railing. The intermediate rail shall or to top rail shall be provided. platforms, and runways. (1) Every open be halfway between the top rail and the (4) (1) A standard handrail shall be sided floor or platform 6 feet or more floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The of construction similar to a standard above adjacent floor or ground level shall ends of the rails shall not overhang the railing except that it Is mounted on a be guarded by a standard railing, or the terminal posts except where such over wall or partition, and does not include equivalent, as specified in paragraph (f) hang does not constitute a projection an intermediate rail. It shall have a (1) of this section, on all open sides, ex hazard. Minimum requirements for smooth surface along the top and both cept where there Is entrance to a ramp, standard railings under various types of sides of the handrail. The handrail shall stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing construction are specified In the follow have an adequate handhold for .any one shall be provided with a standard toe ing paragraphs: grasping It to avoid falling. Ends of the board wherever, beneath the open sides, (i) For wood railings, the posts shall handrail shall be constructed -so as not persons can pass, or there is moving ma be of at least 2-lnch by 4-inch stock to constitute a projection hazard. chinery, or there is equipment with spaced not to exceed 8 feet; the toprall ` (11) The height of handrails shall be which falling materials could create a shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-inch not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 hazard. stock; the Intermediate rail shall be of Inches from upper surface of handrail (2) Runways shall be guarded by a at least 1-inch by 6-inch stock. to surface of tread, in line with face of standard railing, or the equivalent, as (11) For pipe railings, posts-and top riser or to surface of ramp. specified In paragraph (f) of this section, and Intermediate railings shall be at (ill) All handrails and railings shall on all open sides, 4 feet or more above least 1% inches nominal diameter with be provided with a clearance of approxi floor or ground level. Wherever tools, ma posts spaced not more than 8 feet on mately 3 inches between the handrail or chine parts, or materials are likely to centers. : railing and any other object. , be used on the runway, a toeboard shall (ill) For structural steel railings, posts - (5) Floor opening covers shall be of also be provided on each.exposed side. and top and Intermediate rails shall be any material that meets the following (3) Runways used exclusively for of 2-lnch by 2-inch by %-inch angles strength requirements: ` special purposes may have the railing on or other metal shapes of equivalent (I) Conduits, trenches, and manhole one side omitted where operating condi bending strength, with posts spaced not covers and their supports, when located- tions necessitate such omission, provid more than 8 feet on centers. . In roadways, and vehicular aisles, shall ing the falling hazard Is minimized by (lv) The anchoring of posts and fram be-designed to carry a truck rear-axle using a runway not less than 18 inches ing of members for railings of all .types load of at least 2 times the minimum wide. shall be of such construction that the Intended load; * (4) Where employees entering upon completed structure shall be capable of (II) The floor opening cover shall be runways become thereby exposed to ma withstanding a load of at least 200 capable of supporting the maximum In chinery, electrical equipment, or other pounds applied in any direction at any tended load and so installed as to pre danger not a falling hazard, additional point on the top rail, with a minimum vent accidental displacement. guarding shall be provided. of deflection. () Skylight openings that create a (5) Regardless of height, open-sided (v) Railings receiving heavy stresses falling hazard shall be guarded with a floors, walkways, platforms, or runways from employees trucking or handling standard railing, or covered In accord- FEDERAl REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 177--MONDAY, JUNE 74, 1974 01262583 206041 AC&S 014137 l! IN hi 22844 RULES AND REGULATIONS ance with paragraph (f)(5)(ii) of this (b) "Floor . opening"--An opening corded. Attachments used with cranes section. measuring 12 inches or more in its least shall not exceed the capacity, rating, or (7) Wall opening protection shall dimension in any floor, roof, or platform scope recommended by the manufac meet the following requirements: through which persons may fall. turer. (I) Barriers shall be of such construe-, (c) "Handrail"--A- bar or pipe sup (2) Rated load capacities, and rec tlon and mounting that, when in place ported on brackets from a wall or parti ommended operating speeds, special at the opening, the barrier is capable of tion, as on a stairway or ramp, to fur hazard warnings, or instruction, shall withstanding a load of at least 200 nish persons with a handhold in case of be conspicuously posted on all equip pounds applied in any direction (except tripping. ment. Instructions or warnings shall be upward), with a minimum of deflection (d) "Nose, nosing"--That portion of visible to the operator while he is at his at any point on the top rail or corre a tread projecting beyond the face of the control station. i sponding member. riser Immediately below. ' ' (3) [Revoked] (11) Screens shall be of such construc (e) "Platform"--A working space for (4) Hand signals to crane and der tion and mounting that they are capable persons, elevated above the surrounding rick operators-shall be those prescribed of withstanding a load of at least 200 floor or ground, such as a balcony or by the applicable ANSI standard for the pounds applied horizontally at any point platform for the operation of machinery type of crane in use. An illustration of on the near side of the screen. They may and equipment. the signals shall be posted at the job site. be of solid construction, of grill work (f) "Runway"--A passageway for per (5) The employer shall designate a with openings not more than 8 inches sons, elevated above the surrounding competent person who shall inspect all long, or of slat work with openings not floor or ground level, such as a footwalk machinery and equipment prior to each more than 4 Inches wide with length along shafting or a walkway between use. and during use, to make sure it is in unrestricted. buildings. .. safe operating condition. Any deficien 1926301 Stairways. (g> "Rise"--The vertical distance cies shall be repaired, or defective parts from the top of a tread to the top of the replaced, before continued use. (a) On all structures, two or more next higher tread. . (6) A thorough, annual Inspection, of floors (20 feet or over) in height, stair (h) "Stair platform"--An extended the hoisting machinery shall be made by ways, ladders, or ramps shall be provided step or landing breaking a continuous a competent person, or by a government for employees during the construction run of stairs. or private agency recognized by the UjS. period. (i)` "Stair railing"--A vertical barrier Department of Labor. The employer shall (b) Stairway railings and guardrails erected along exposed sides of a stairway maintain a record of the dates and re shall meet the requirements of S 1926.500 to prevent falls of persons. sults of inspections for each hoisting (e) and (f>. (j) "Stairs, stairways"--A series of machine and piece of equipment. (c) All parts of stairways shall be free steps leading from one level or floor to (7) Wire rope shall be taken out of of hazardous projections, such as pro another, or leading to platforms, pits, service when any of the following condi truding nails. ' boiler rooms, crossovers, or around tions exist: (d) Debris, and other loose materials, machinery, tanks, and other equipment (i) In running ropes, six randomly shall not be allowed on or under that are used more or less continuously distributed broken wires in one lay or stairways. or routinely by employees or only occa three broken wires in one strand in one (e) Slippery conditions on stairways sionally by specific individuals. For the lay; . shall be eliminated as soon as possible purpose of this subpart, a series of steps (ii) Wear of one-third the original after they occur. and landings having three or more rises diameter of outside individual wires. (f) Permanent steel or other metal constitutes stairs or stairway. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any stairways, and landings 'with hollow (k) "Standard railing"--A vertical other damage resulting in distortion of pan-type treads that are to be filled with barrier erected along exposed edges of a the regie structure; concrete or other materials, when used floor opening, wall opening, ramp, plat (ill) Evidence of any heat damage during construction, shall be filled to the form, or runway to prevent falls of from any cause; ' level of the nosing'with solid material. persons. (iv) Reductions from nominal diam The requirement shall not apply during (l) "Standard strength and construc eter of more than one-sixty-fourth inch the period of actual construction of the tion"--Any construction of railings, for diameters up to and including five- stairways themselves. covers, or other guards that meets the sixteenths inch, one-thirty-second inch (g) Wooden treads for temporary requirements of this subpart. for diameters three-eighths inch to and service shall be full width. (m) "Toeboard"--A vertical barrier including one-half Inch, three-sixty- (h) Metal landings shall be secured in at floor level erected along exposed edges fourths inch for diameters nine-six place before filling. of a floor opening, wall opening, plat teenths inch to and including three- (i) Temporary stairs shall have a landing not less than 30 Inches in the direction of travel at every 12 feet of vertical rise. (J) Stairs shall be installed at angles form, runway, or ramp to prevent falls of materials. (n) "Tread width"--The horizontal distance from front to back of tread, including nosing, when used. fourths inch, one-sixteenth inch for diameters seven-eighths inch to 1% inches inclusive, three-thirty-seconds inch for diameters 1 Vi to lVz Inches Inclusive: . to the horizontal of between 30* and 50*. (k) Rise height and tread width shall be uniform throughout any flight of stairs Including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs. (l) All stairs shall be lighted In ac (o) "Wall opening"--An opening at least 30 inches high and 18 inches wide, in any wall or partition, through which persons may fall, such as a yard-arm doorway or chute opening. (v) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one.lay in sections be yond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. (vi) Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National cordance with Subpart D of this part. Subpart N--Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Standards Institute B 303-1968 or SAE (m) Spiral stairways shall not be per Elevators, and Conveyors J959-1966. mitted except for special limited usage and secondary access situations where it 1926.550 Cranes and derricks. (8) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, -sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, is not practical to provide a conventional ' (a) General requirements. (1) The chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, stairway. employer shall, comply with the manu or other moving parts ,,or equipment facturer's specifications and- limitations shall be guarded if such' parts are ex 1926.502 Definitions this subpart. applicable to applicable to the operation of any and posed to contact by employees, or other all cranes and derricks. Where manufac wise create a hazard. Guarding shall (a) "Floor hole"--An opening measur turer's specifications are not available, meet the requirements of the American ing less than 12 Inches but more than 1 the limitations assigned to the equip National Standards Institute B 15.1 inch in its least dimension in any floor, ment shall be based on the determina 1958 Rev., Safety Code for Mechanical roof, or platform' through which ma tions of a qualified engineer competent Power Transmission Apparatus. terials but not persons may fall, such as a in this field and such determinations will (9) Accessible areas within the swing belt hold, pipe opening, or slot opening. be appropriately documented and re- radius of the rear of the rotating super- FEDERAL REGISTEX, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 - 01262584 206042 AC&S 014138 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22845 structure of the crane, either perma maintain the desired clearance by visual safety belts and lanyards attached to nent!; or temporarily mounted, shall be means; lifelines in conformance with Subpart E barricaded in such a manner as to pre (v) Cage-type boom guards, insulat of this part. . . vent an employee from being strode or ing links, or proximity warning devices (3) Buffers shall be provided at both crushed by the crane. may be used on cranes, but the use of ends of travel of the trolley. ' - (10) All exhaust pipes shall be such devices shall not alter the require (4) Cranes mounted on rail tracks guarded or insulated in areas where con ments of any other regulation of this shall be equipped with limit switches tact by employees is possible in the per part even if such device is required by limiting the travel of the crane on the formance of normal duties. law or regulation; ... - -track and stops or buffers at each end (11) Whenever internal -combustion (vi) Any overhead wire shall be con of the tracks. engine powered equipment exhausts in sidered to be an energized line unless (5) All hammerhead tower cranes in enclosed spaces, tests shall be made and and until the person owning such line use shall meet the applicable require recorded to see that employees are not or the electrical utility authorities in ments for design, construction, installa exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic dicate that it is not an energized line tion, testing, maintenance, inspection, gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres. . and it has been visibly grounded; and operation as prescribed by the - (12) All windows in cabs shall be (vii) Prior to work near transmitter manufacturer. - of safety glass, or equivalent, that intro towers where an electrical charge can be . (d) Overhead and gantry cranes. (1) duces no visible distortion that will induced in the equipment or materials The rated load of the crane-shall be interfere with the safe operation of the being handled, the transmitter shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane, machine. ' de-energized or tests shall be made to and if the crane has more than one hoist (13) (1) Where necessary for rigging determine if electrical charge is induced ing unit, each-hoist shall have its rated or service requirements, a ladder, or on the crane. The following precautions load marked on it or its load block, and steps, shall be provided to give access to shall be taken when necessary to dissi this marking shall be clearly legible a cab roof. ' . pate induced voltages: from the ground or floor. (il) Guardrails, handholds, and steps (a) The equipment shall be provided (2) Bridge trucks shall be equipped shall be provided on cranes for easy with an electrical ground directly to the with sweeps which extend below the top access to the car and cab, conforming to upper rotating structure supporting the of the rail and project in front of the American National Standards Institute boom; and ' , truck wheels. . B30.5. (b) Ground Jumper cables shall be (3) Except for floor-operated cranes, (iii) Platforms and walkways shall attached to materials being handled by a gong or other effective audible warning have anti-skid surfaces. boom equipment when electrical charge signal shall be provided for each crane (14) Fuel tank filler pipe shall be lo is induced while working near energized equipped with a power traveling cated in such a position, or protected in transmitters. Crews shall. be provided mechanism such mariner, as to not allow spill or with nonconductlve poles having large (4) All overhead and gantry cranes in overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust, alligator clips or other similar protection use shall meet the applicable require or electrical equipment of any machine to attach the ground cable to the load. ments for design, construction, installa being fueled. (c) Combustible and flammable ma tion, testing, maintenance, inspection, (i) An accessible fire extinguisher of terials shall be removed'from the imme and operation as prescribed in the ANSI 5BC rating, or higher, shall be available diate area prior to operations. B30.2.0-1967, Safety Code for Overhead at all operator stations or cabs of (16) No modifications or additions and Gantry Cranes. equipment. , which affect the capacity or safe opera (e) Derricks. All derricks in use shall (11) All fuels shall be transported, tion of the equipment shall be made by meet the applicable requirements for stored, and handled to meet the rules of the employer without the manufacturer's design, construction. Installation, inspec Subpart F of this part. When fuel is written approval. If such modifications tion. testing, maintenance, and operation transported by vehicles on public high or changes are made, the capacity, opera as prescribed in American National ways, Department of Transportation tion, and maintenance instruction plates, Standards Institute B30.6-1969, Safety rules contained in 49 CFR Parts 177 and tags, or decals, shall be changed accord Code for Derricks. 393 concerning such vehicular trans ingly. In no case shall the original safety (f) Floating cranes and derricks--(1) portation are considered applicable. factor of the equipment be reduced. Mobile cranes mounted on barges. (1) (15) Except where electrical distribu tion and transmission lines have been de energized and visibly grounded at point of work or where insulating barriers, not a part of or an attachment to the equip ment or machinery, have been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, equipment or.machines shall be operated proximate to power lines only in accord ance with the following: (i) For lines rated 60 kV. or below, minimum' clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet; . (il) For lines rated over 60 kV,, mini (17) The employer shall comply with Power Crane and Shovel Association Mobile Hydraulic Crane Standard No. 2. (18) Sldeboom cranes mounted on wheel or crawler tractors shall meet the requirements of SAE J743a-1964. (b) Crawler, locomotive, and truck cranes. (1) All Jibs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more than 6* above the straight line of the Jib and boom on conventional type crane booms. The.use of cable type belly slings does not constitute compliance with this rule. . When a mobile crane is mounted on a barge, the rated load of the crane shall not exceed the original capacity specified by the manufacturer. (11) A load rating chart, with clearly legible letters and figures, shall be pro vided with each crane, and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the opera tor. . (ill) When load ratings are reduced to stay within the limits for list of the barge with a crane mounted on it, a new load rating chart shall be provided. (lv) Mobile cranes on barges shall be positively secured. mum clearance between the lines and . (2) All crawler, truck, or locomotive (2) Permanently mounted floating any part of the crane or load shall be 10 cranes in use shall meet the applicable cranes and derricks, (i) When cranes and feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV. over 60 requirements for design, inspection, con derricks are permanently installed on a kV., or twice the length' of the line struction, testing, maintenance and op barge, the capacity and limitations of use insulator, but never less than io feet; eration as prescribed in the ANSI shall be based on competent design (iii) In transit with no load and boom B30i5-I968, Safely. Code for Crawler, criteria. ' - lowered, the equipment clearance shall Locomotive and Truck Cranes. (il) A load rating chart with clearly be a minimum of 4 feet for voltages less (c) Hammerhead tower cranes. (1) legible letters and figures shall be pro than 50 kV., and 10 feet for voltages over Adequate clearance shall be maintained vided and securely fixed at a location eas 50 kV. up to and Including 345 kV., and between moving and rotating structures ily visible to the operator. 16 feet for voltages up to and including of the crane and fixed objects to allow (ill) Floating'cranes and floating der 750 kV. the passage of employees without harm. ricks in use shall meet the applicable (lv) A person shall be designated to (2) Employees required to perform requirements for design, construction, in observe clearance of the equipment and duties on the horizontal boom of hazq* stallation, testing, maintenance, and give timely warning for all operations merhead tower cranes shall be protected operation as prescribed by the manufac where it is difficult for the operator to against falling by guardrails or by turer. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262585 206043 AC&S 014139 22846 RULES AND REGULATIONS (3) Protection of employees working on barges. The. employer shall comply with the applicable requirements for pro tection of employees working onboard marine vessels specified In S 1926.605. ' 1926.551 Helicopters. . (a) Helicopter regulations. Helicopter cranes shall be expected to comply with any applicable regulations of the Fed eral Aviation Administration. <b) Briefing. Prior to each day's oper ation a briefing Shall be conducted. This briefing shall set forth the plan of opera tion for the pilot and ground personnel (c) Slings and tag lines. Load shall be properly Slung. Tag lines shall be of a length that will not permit their being drawn up Into rotors. Pressed sleeve, swedged eyes, or equivalent means shall be used for all freely suspended loads to prevent hand splices from spinning open or cable clamps from loosening. <d) Cargo hooks. All electrically oper ated cargo hooks shall have the electrical activating device so designed and In stalled as to prevent Inadvertent opera tion. In addition, these cargo hooks Shall be equipped with an emergency me chanical control for releasing the load. The hooks shall be tested prior to each day's operation to determine that the release functions properly, both elec trically and mechanically. (e) Personal protective equipment. (1) Personal protective equipment for employees receiving the load shall con sist of complete eye protection and hard hats secured by chinstraps. (2) Loose-fitting clothing likely to flap in the downwash, and thus be snagged on hoist line, shall not be worn. (f) Loose gear and objects. Every practical precaution shall be taken to provide for the protection of the em ployees from flying objects in the rotor downwash. All loose gear within 100 feet of the place of lifting the load, depositing the load, and all other areas susceptible to rotor downwash shall be secured or removed. (g) Housekeeping. Good housekeeping shall be maintained in all helicopter -loading and unloading areas. (h) Operator responsibility. The heli copter operator shall be responsible for size, weight, and manner in which loads are connected to the helicopter. If, for any reason, the helicopter operator be lieves the lift cannot be made safely, the lift Shall not be made.. (1) Hooking and Unhooking loads. When employees are required to perform work under hovering craft, a safe means of access shall be provided for employees to reach the hoist line hook and engage or disengage cargo slings. Employees Shall pot-perform work under hovering craft except when necessary to hook or unhook loads. (j) Static charge. Static charge on the suspended' load shall be dissipated with a grounding device before ground per sonnel touch the suspended load, or pro tective rubber gloves shall be worn by all ground personnel touching the sus pended load. (k) Weight limitation. The weight of an external load shall not exceed the manufacturer's rating. CD' Ground lines. Holst wires or other gear, except for pulling lines or conduc tors that are allowed to "pay out" from acontainer or roll off a red, shall not be attached to any fixed ground structure, or allowed to foul an any fixed structure. Cm) Visibility. When visibility Is re duced by dust or other conditions, ground personnel shall exercise special caution to keep clear of main and stabilizing rotors. Precautions shall also be taken by the employer to eliminate as far as practical reduced visibility. . (n) Signal systems. Signal systems be tween aircrew and ground personnel shall be understood and checked in advance of hoisting the load. This applies to either radio or hand signal systems. Hand signals shall be as Shown in Figure N-l. (o) Approach distance. No unauthor ized person shall be allowed to approach within 50 feet of the helicopter when the rotor blades are turning. (p) Approaching helicopter. Whenever approaching or leaving a helicopter with blades rotating, all employees shall re main in full view of the pilot and keep In a crouched position. Employees shall avoid the area from the cockpit or cabin rearward unless authorized by the heli copter operator to work there. . (q) Personnel. Sufficient ground per sonnel shall be provided when required for safe helicopter loading and unloading operations. O O. MOVE RIGHT A Left arm renneted horismtafly; right m tweepe upward to pceitfm warbead, A^1 hsn The dgnal "Held* b Matted by pfco> tig atroovw head wWicienchedfine. MIO0VE LEeFrTr TAKEOFF Right tnemandadhorbontatty;lift nti awvapeupward to pvdtiwt owtail Rbfat land behind back;lefthod poising up. MOVE FORWARD LAND Combination of anaand land maw Inn csflactlng motion puffingtoward body* MOVE REARWARD Hindi rfxwe atm, palm out wing ncUcaabta ahovtng motion.' Arasooaeidlnftwitofbodrand pointingdownwod. 0 AMOVE UPWARD Ann extended, prfim up; weeping UP. . RELEASE SUNG' LOAD left am held down away frombody; Right arm cute acmes lift arm in dadiing movement fromabove. AMOVE IWARD Anntextandad, pafma doaawjann* FIGURE N-l HELICOPTER HAND SIGNAL FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262586 2060>AA AC&S 014140 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22847 (r) Communications. There shall be Inches nor more than 42 inches above sides used for entrance and exit which constant reliable communication be the floor. have car gates or doors. tween the pilot, and a designated em (11) Gates or bars protecting the en ' (6) A door or gate shall be provided ployee of the ground crew who acts as a trances to hoistways shall be equipped at each entrance to the car which shall pignaiman during the period of loading with a latching device. ' protect the full width and height of the and unloading. This signalman shall be (3) Overhead protective covering of car entrance opening. distinctly recognizable from other ground 2-lnch planking, %-lnch plywood, or (7) Overhead protective covering at personnel. other solid material of equivalent 2-lnch planking, %-lnch plywood or (s) Fires. Open fires shall not be per strength, shall be provided on the top other solid material of equivalent mitted In an area that could result In of every material hoist cage or platform. strength shall be provided on the top such fires being spread by the rotor (4) The operator's station of a hoist of every personnel hoist. . downwash. ing machine shall be provided with over (8) Doors or gates shall be provided 1926.552 Material hoists, hoists, and elevators. personnel head protection equivalent to tight planking not less than 2 Inches thick. The support for the overhead protection with electric contacts which do not allow movement of the hoist when door or gate is open. (a) General requirements. (1) The shall be of equal strength. (9) Safeties shall be capable of stop employer shall comply with the man (5) Hoist towers may be used with or ping and holding the car and rated load ufacturer's specifications and limitations without an enclosure on all sides. How when traveling at governor tripping applicable to the operation of all hoists ever, whichever alternative Is chosen, the speed: and elevators. Where manufacturer's following applicable conditions shall be (10) Cars shall be provided with a specifications are not available, the lim met: capacity and data plate secured In a con itations assigned to the equipment shall (1) When a hoist tower Is enclosed, it spicuous place on the car or crosshead. be based on the determinations of a pro shall be enclosed on all sides for Its en (11) Internal combustion engines shall fessional engineer competent In the field. tire height with a screen enclosure of not be permitted for direct drive. (2) Bated load capacities, recom mended operating speeds, and special hazard warnings or Instructions shall be Mi-Inch mesh, No. 18 HU. gauge wire or equivalent, except for landing access. (11)' When a hoist tower Is not en (12) Normal and final terminal stop ping devices shall be provided. (13) An emergency stop switch hn posted on cars and platforms. closed, the hoist platform or car shall be be provided In the car and marked . (3) Wire rope shall be removed from totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for "Stop." service when any of the following con the full height between the floor and the (14) Regies: (1) The minimum num ditions exists: . (1) In hoisting ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires In one rope lay or three broken wires In one strand In one rope lay; - (11) Abrasion, scrubbing, flattening, or overhead protective covering with, %Inch mesh of No. 14 UJ3. gauge wire or equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure shall Include the required gates for load ing and unloading. A 6-foot high en closure shall be provided an the unused ber of hoisting ropes used Shall be three for traction hoists and two far drum-type hoists. (II) The minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight wire ropes shall be Ms-Inch. peening, causing loss of more than onethird of the original diameter of the outside wires; - (HI) Evidence of any heat damage re sides of the hoist tower at ground level. (6) Car arresting devices shall be In stalled to function In case of rope failure. (7) All material hoist towers shall be (III) Safety factors: Mxnxbtum Factors or Satttt for Sttspknsxoh Wm Ropes sulting from a torch or any. damage caused by contact with electrical wires; (iv) Reduction from nominal diam designed by a licensed professional engi neer. ' (8) All material hoists shall conform Hope speed In feet per minute: Minimum factor of safety eter of more than three sixty-fourths inch for diameters up to and Including three-fourths Inch; one-sixteenth inch for diameters seven-eighths to Inches; and three thirty-seconds Inch for diameters 1*4 tol% Inches. (4) Hoisting ropes shall be Installed in accordance with the wire rope manu facturer's recommendations. (5) The Installation of live booms on hoists Is prohibited. (6) The use of endless belt-type manllfts an construction shall be prohibited. (b) Material hoists. (1) (1) Operating rules shall be established and posted at the operator's station of the hoist. Such to the requirements of ANSI A10.5-1969, Safety Requirements for Material Holsts. (c) Personnel hoists. (1) Holst towers outside the structure shall be enclosed for the full height on the side or sides used for entrance and exit to the struc ture. At the lowest landing, the enclosure on the sides not used for exit cr entrance to the structure shall be enclosed to a height of at least 10 feet. Other sides of the tower adjacent to floors or scaffold platforms shall be enclosed to a height of 10 feet above the level of such floors or scaffolds. 50 ______________________ 75 . M 7.60 7.75 100-_____ __ - 7.95 125____________ _ 8.10 150________________________ a 25 176____________________ 8.40 200 _ . ... 8.60 225 . 250________________________ & 75 a so 800 _ 9.20 350________________________ 9.50 400________________________ 9.75 450 10.00 500-___ . . . .. 10.25 RfiA 10.45 non 10.70 (15) Following assembly and erection rules Shall Include signal system and (2) Towers Inside of structures Shall of hoists, and before being put In serv allowable Une speed for various loads. be enclosed on all four sides throughout ice, an Inspection and test of all func Buies and notices shall be posted on the the full height. tions and safely devices shall be made car frame or crosshead In a conspicuous (3) Towers shall be anchored to the under the supervision of a competent location, Including the statement "No structure at intervals not exceeding 25 'person. A similar Inspection and test is Riders Allowed." ` feet. In addition to tie-ins, a series of required following major alteration of an (11) No person 6hall be allowed to ride guys shall be Installed. Where tie-ins existing installation. All hoists hnii be on material hoists except for the pur are not practical the tower shall be an Inspected and tested at not more than poses of Inspection and maintenance. chored by means of guys made of wire 3-month Intervals. Records whan be (2) All entrances of the hoistways rope at least one-half Inch In diameter, maintained and kept on file for the du shall be protected by substantial gates securely fastened to anchorage to en ration' of the Job. or bars which shall guard the full width sure stability. (16) All personnel hoists used by em of the landing entrance. All hoistway (4) Hoistway doors or gates shall be ployees shall be constructed of materials entrance bars and gates shall be painted not less than 6 feet 6 Inches high and and components which meet the speci with diagonal contrasting colors, such shall be provided with mechanical locks fications for materials, construction, as black and yellow stripes. which cannot be operated from the land safety devices, assembly, and structural (1) Bars shall be not less than 2- by ing side, and shall be accessible only to integrity as stated In the American Na 4-lnch wooden bars or the equivalent, persons on the car. tional Standard A10.4-1963, Safety Re located 2 feet from the hoistway line. (5) Cars shall be permanently en quirements for Workmen's Holsts. The Bars Shall be located not less than 36 closed on all sides and the top, except requirements of this subparagraph (16) 206045 FEDERAL--REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262587 22848 RULES AND REGULATIONS do not apply tercantilever type person nel hoists. (17) U) Personnel hoists used In bridge tower construction shall be approved by a registered professional engineer and . erected under the supervision at a quali fied engineer competent in this Held. (II) When a hoist tower Is not en closed, the hoist platform or car shall be totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for the full height between the floor and the overhead protective covering with ftInch mesh of No. 14 UJ3. gauge wire or equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure Khan Include the required gates for load ing and unloading. (III) These hoists shall be Inspected and maintained on a weekly basis. When ever the hoisting equipment is exposed to winds exceeding 35 miles per hour It shall be inspected and put In operable condi tion before reuse. (iv) Wire rope shall be taken out of service when any of the following condi tions' exist: (a) In rimhlng ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or three broken wires in one strand In one lay; / . (b) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside Individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, -or any ^ other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure; (c) Evidence of any heat damage from any cause; id) Reductions from nominal diam eter of more than three-sixty-fourths Inch for diameters to and Including three-fourths inch, one sixteenth inch for diameters seven-eighths inch to 1 ft Inches Inclusive, three-thirty-seconds Inch for diameters lft to 1% inches Inclusive; (e) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections be yond end connections or more than one . broken wire at an end connection. (d) Permanent elevators under the care and custody of the employer and used by employees for work covered by thi Act shall comply with the require ments of American National Standards - Institute A17.1-19S5 with addenda A17.1a-1967, A17.1b-1968, A17JC-1909, A17.Id-1970, and inspected In accordance with A17.2-1960 with addenda A17.2*1965,A17.2b-1967. - 1926.553 Base-mounted drum hoists. (a) General requirements. (1) Ex posed moving parts such as gears, pro jecting screws, setscrews, chain, cables, ebatn sprockets, and reciprocating or rotating parts, which constitute a hazard, shall be guarded. (2) All controls used during the nor mal operation cycle shall be located within easy reach of the operator's station. (3) Electric motor operated hoists shall be provided with: a) A device to disconnect all motors from the line upon power failure and not permit' any motor to be restarted until the. controller handle is brought to the "off" position; (11) Where applicable, an overspeed preventive device; (ill) A means whereby remotely operated hoists stop when any control is Ineffective. (4) All base-mounted drum hoists in use Shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction, installa tion, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operations, as prescribed by the manufacturer. (b) Specific requirements. (Reserved] 1926.554 Overhead hoists. (a) General requirements. (1) The safe working load of the overhead hoist, as determined by the manufacturer. Shall be indicated on the hoist, and this safe working load shall not be exceeded. (2) The supporting structure to which the hoist is attached shall have a safe working load equal to that of the hoist. (3) The support shall be arranged so as to provide for free movement of the hoist and shall not restrict the hoist from lining Itself upwith the load. (4) The hoist shall be Installed only in locations that will permit the operator to 6tand clear of the load at alltimes. (5) Air hoists shall be connected to an air supply of sufficient capacity and pres sure to safely operate the hoist. All air hoses supplying air shall be positively connected to prevent their becoming dis connected during use. (6) All overhead hoists In use shall meet the applicable requirements for construction, design, installation, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operation, as prescribed by the manufacturer. (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved] 1926.555 Conveyors. - () General requirements. (1) Means for stopping the motor or engine Shall be provided at the operator's station. Conveyor systems shall be equipped with an audible warning signal to be sounded immediately before starting up the conveyor. (2) If the operator's station Is at a re mote point, similar provisions for stop ping the motor or engine shall be pro vided at the motor or engine location. (3) Emergency stop switches shall be arranged so that the conveyor cannot be started again until the actuating stop switch has been reset to running or "On" position. _ (4) Screw conveyors Shall be guarded to prevent employee contact with turn ing flights. (5) Where a conveyor passes over work areas, aisles, or thoroughfares, suitable guards shall be provided to protect em ployees required to work below the con veyors. . () All crossovers, aisles, and passage ways shall be conspicuously marked by suitable signs, as required by Subpart G of this part. (7) Conveyors shall be locked out or otherwise rendered inoperable,. and tagged out with a "Do Not Operate" tag during repairs and when operation is hazardous to employees performing maintenance work. (8) All conveyors in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, con struction, Inspection, testing, mainte nance, and operation, as prescribed In the ANSI B20.1-1957, Safety Code for Conveyors, Cableways, and Related Equipment. ' 1926.556 Aerial Bfls. (a) General requirements. (1) Unless otherwise provided in this section, aerial lifts acquired for use on or after the ef fective date of this section shall be designed and constructed In conform ance with the applicable requirements of the American - National Standard for "Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Ro tating Work Platforms," ANSI A92.2- 1969, including appendix. Aerial lifts acquired before the effective date of this section, which do not meet the re quirements of ANSI A92.2-1969, may not be used after January 1,1976, unless they shall have been modified so as to con form with the applicable design and construction requirements of ANSI A92.2--1969. Aerial lifts include the fol lowing types of vehicle-mounted aerial devices used to elevate personnel to job sites above ground: (1) Extensible boom platforms, (11) aerial ladders, (ill) articu lating boom platforms, (iv) vertical towers, and (v) a combination of any of the above. Aerial equipment may be made of metal, wood, fiberglass rein forced plastic (ERP), or other material; may be powered or manually operated; and are deemed to be aerial lifts whether or not they are capable of rotating about a substantially vertical axis. (2) Aerial lifts may be "field modified" for uses other than those Intended by the manufacturer provided the modifica tion has been certified in writing by the manufacturer or by any other equivalent entity, such as a nationally recognized testing laboratory, to be hi conformity with all applicable provisions of ANSI A92.2-1969 and this section and to be at least as safe as the equipment was before modification. (b) Specific requirements--(1) Ladder trucks and tower trucks. Aerial ladders shall be secured in the lower traveling position by the locking device on top of the truck cab, and the manually oper ated device at the base of the ladder before the truck is moved for highway travel. (2) Extensible and articulating boom platforms, (i) lift controls shall be tested each day prior to use to determine that such controls are In safe working con dition. ' (11) Only authorized persons shall op erate an aerial lift. ' (ill) Bfelting off to an adjacent pole, structure, or equipment while working from an aerial lift shall not be permitted. (iv) Employees shall always stand firmly on the floor of the basket, and shall not sit or climb on the edge of the basket or use planks, ladders, or other devices for a work position. (v) A body belt shall be worn and a lanyard attached to the boom or basket when working from an aerial lift. (vl) Boom and basket losid limits speci fied by the manufacturer shall not be exceeded. (vll) The brakes shall be set and when outriggers are used, they shall be posl- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262588 AC&S 014142 RULEf AND REGULATIONS 22849 tloned on pads or a solid surface. Wheel jacent to a highway In normal use, or ad U) The vehicle has a reverse signal chocks shall be Installed before using an jacent to construction areas where work alarm audible above the surrounding aerial lift on an Incline, provided they Is In progress, shall have appropriate noise level or: ; can be safely installed. lights or reflectors, or barricades (ii) The vehicle is backed up only (viii) An aerial lift truck shall not be equipped with appropriate lights or re when an observer signals that It is Safe moved when the boom is elevated in a flectors, to identify the location of the to do so. ' working position with men in the basket, equipment. - (5) AH vehicles with cabs shall be except fqr equipment which is specifi (2) A safety tire rack, cage, or equiva equipped with windshields and powered cally designed for this type of operation lent protection shall be-provided and - wipers. Cracked and broken glass shall in accordance with the provisions of used when inflating, mounting, or dis be replaced. Vehicles operating in areas subparagraphs (1) and (21 of paragraph mounting tires installed on split rims, or or under conditions that cause fogging (a) of this section. rims equipped with locking rings or sim or frosting of the windshields shall be (lx) Articulating boom and extensible ilar devices. - equipped with operable defogglng or de boom platforms, primarily designed as (3) (D Heavy machinery, equipment, frosting devices. ` personnel carriers, shall have both plat or parts thereof, which are suspended or (6) All haulage vehicles, whose pay form (upper) and lower controls. Upper held aloft by use of slings, hoists, or jacks load, is loaded by means of cranes, power controls shall be in or beside the plat shall be substantially blocked or cribbed shovels, loaders, or rimnar equipment, form within easy reach of the operator. to prevent falling or shifting before em shall have a cab shield and/or canopy Lower controls shall provide for over ployees are permitted to work under or adequate to protect the operator from riding the upper controls. Controls shall between them. Bulldozer and scraper shifting or falling materials. be plainly marked as to their function. blades, end-loader buckets, dump bodies, (7) Tools and material shair be se Lower level controls shall not be operated and similar equipment, shall be either cured to prevent movement when trans unless permission has been obtained fully lowered or blocked when being re ported in the same compartment with from the employee in the lift, except in paired or when not In use. All controls employees.' case of emergency. shall be in a neutral position, with the (8) Vehicles used to transport em <x) Climbers shall not be worn while motors stopped and brakes set, unless ployees shall have seats firmly secured performing work from an aerial lift. work being performed requires other and adequate for the number of employ (xi) The insulated portion of an wise. ees to be carried. aerial lift shall not be altered in any (ii) Whenever the equipment is (9) Seat belts and anchorages meeting manner that might reduce its insulating parked, the parking brake shall be set. the requirements of 49 CFR Part 571 (De value. Equipment parked on inclines shall have partment of Transportation, Federal (xil) Before moving an aerial lift for the wheels chocked and the parking Motor Vehicle Safety Standards) shall travel, the boom(s) shall be inspected to brake set. be installed In all motor vehicles. see that It Is properly cradled and out (4) The use, care and charging of all (10) Trucks with dump bodies ahan riggers are in stowed position except as batteries shall conform to the require be equipped with positive means of sup provided in subdivision (viii) of this ments of Subpart K of this part. port, permanently attached, and capable subparagraph. (5) All cab glass shall be safety glass, of being locked in position to prevent (3) Electrical tests. All electrical tests or equivalent, that Introduces no visible accidental lowering of the body while shall conform to the requirements of distortion affecting the safe operation maintenance or inspection work is being ANSI A92.2-1969 section 5. However of any machine covered by this subpart. done. . equivalent d.c. voltage tests may be used (6) All equipment covered by this sub (11) Operating levers controlling in lieu of the a.c. voltage specified in part shall comply with the requirements hoisting or dumping devices an haulage A92.2-1969; d.c. voltage tests which are of i 1518.550(a) (15) when working or bodies shall be equipped with a latch approved by the equipment manu being moved In the vicinity of power or other device which will prevent acci facturer or equivalent entity shall be lines or energized transmitters. dental starting or tripping of the considered an equivalent test for the (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved! mechanism. purpose of this subparagraph (3). (4) Bursting safety factor. The provi sions of the American National Stand g 1926.601 Motor vehicles. (a} Coverage. Motor vehicles as cov (12) Trip handles for tailgates of dump trucks shall be so arranged that, in dumping, the operator will be in the ards Institute standard ANSI A92.2- ered by this part are those vehicles that dear. . 1969, section 4.9 Bursting Safety Factor operate within an off-highway jobsite, (13) (1) All rubber-tired motor vehicle shall apply to all critical hydraulic and not open to public traffic. The require equipment manufactured on or after pneumatic components. Critical com ments of this section do not apply to May 1, 1972, shall be equipped with fend ponents are those in which a failure equipment for which rules are prescribed ers. All rubber-tired motor vehicle would result in a free fall or free rotation in S 1926.602. equipment manufactured before May 1, of the boom. All noncrltical components (b) General requirements. (1) All ve 1972, shall be equipped with folders not shall have a bursting safety factor of at hicles shall have a service brake system, later than May 1, 1973. least 2 to 1. an emergency brake system, and a park (ii) Mud flaps may be used in lieu of (5) Welding standards. All welding ing brake system. These systems may use fenders whenever motor vehicle equip shall'Conform to the following standards common components, and shall be main ment is not designed for fenders. as applicable: tained in operable condition. (14) All vehldes in use shall be (1) Standard Qualification Procedure, AWS B3.0--41. (ii) Recommended Practices for Auto motive Welding Design, AWS D8.4-61. (2) (i) Whenever visibility conditions warrant additional light, all vehicles, or combinations of vehicles. In use 6hall be equipped with at least two headlights checked at the beginning of each shift to assure that the following parts, equip ment, and accessories are in safe operat ing condition and free of apparent (ill) Standard Qualification of Weld ing Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing, AWS D10.9-69. (Iv) -Specifications for Welding High way and Railway Bridges, AWS D2.0-69. Subpart O--Motor Vehicles, Mecha nized Equipment, and Marine Operations and two tailllghts in operable condition. . (11) All vehicles, or combination of vehicles, shall have brake lights in opera ble condition regardless of light con ditions. (3) All vehicles shall be equipped with an adequate audible warning device at the operator's station and in an operable condition. damage that could cause failure while in use: service brakes. Including trailer brake connections; parking system (hand brake); emergency stopping sys tem (brakes); tires; horn; steering mechanism; coupling devices; seat belts; operating controls; and safety devices. All defects shall be corrected before the 1926.600 Equipment. (4) No employer shall use any motor vehicle is placed in service. These (a) General requirements. (1) All vehicle equipment having an obstructed requirements also apply to equipment equipment left unattended at night, ad view to the rear unless: such as lights, reflectors, windshield 206047 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262589 AC&S 014143 22850 RULES AND REGULATIONS wipers, defrosters, fire extinguishers, etc., where such equipment Is necessary. g 1926.602 Material handling equipxnent. (a) Earthmovlng equipment; General (1) These rules -apply to the follow ing types of earthmovlng equipment: scrapers, loaders, crawler or wheel trac tors, bulldozers, off-highway trades, graders, agricultural and Industrial trac tors, and gtiriiTar equipment. The promul gation of specific rules tor compactors and rubber-tired "skid-steer" equipment Is reserved pending consideration of standards currently being developed. (2) Seat belts. (1) Seat belts shall be provided on all equipment covered by this section and shall meet the require ments of the Society of Automotive En gineers, J386-1969. Seat Belts for Con struction Equipment. Seat belts for agri cultural and light Industrial tractors Khali meet the seat belt requirements of Society of Automotive Engineers J333a1970, Operator Protection for Agricul tural mid light Industrial Tractors. (II) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which Is designed only for standup operation. (III) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which does not have roll over protective structure CROPS) or adequate canopy protection. (3) Access roadways and grades. (1) No employer shall move or cause to be moved construction equipment or ve hicles upon any access roadway or grade liniBgg the access roadway or grade Is constructed and maintained to accom modate safely the movement of the equipment and vehicles involved. (11) Every emergency access ramp and berm used by an employer Shall be constructed to restrain and control run away vehicles. (4) Brakes. All earthmovlng equip ment mentioned in this } 1926.602(a) fhnii have a service braking system ca pable of stopping and holding the equip ment fully loaded, as specified In Society of Automotive Engineers SAE-J237, Loader Dozer-1971, J236, draders1971, and J3l9b, Scrapers-1971. Brake systems for self-propelled rubber-tired off-highway equipment manufactured after January 1, 1972 shall meet the applicable minimum performance cri teria set forth In the following Society of Automotive. Engineers Recom mended Practices: Sell-Propelled Scrapers -- SAE J319b-1971 Self-Propelled Grader* SAE J236-1971 Trucks and Wagons____ BAS J160-1971 Front End * Loaders ud Dozers_______SAE J237-1971 (5) Fenders. Pneumatic-tired earthmoving haulage equipment (trucks, scrapers, tractors, and trailing units) whose maximum speed exceeds 15 miles per hour, shall be equipped with fenders on all wheels to meet the requirements of Society of Automotive Engineers SAE J321a-1970, Penders for Pneumatic- Tired Earthmovlng Haulage Equipment. An employer may, of course, at any time seek to show under 11926.2, that the un covered wheels present no hazard to per sonnel from flying materials. . (6) Rollover protective structures (HOPS). See Subpart W of this part for requirements far rollover protective structures and overhead protection. (7) Rollover protective structures tor off-highway trucks. The promulgation of standards for rollover protective struc tures for off-highway tracks Is reserved pending further study and development (8) Specific effective dates--brakes and fenders. (1) Equipment mentioned In paragraph (a) .(4) and (5) of this sec tion, and manufactured after January 1, 1972, which Is used by any employer after that date, shall comply with the applicable rules prescribed therein con cerning brakes and fenders. Equipment mentioned in paragraph (a) (4) and (5) of this .section, and manufactured before January 1, 1972, which is used by shy employer after that date, shall meet the applicable rules prescribed herein not later than June 30, 1973. It should be noted that, as permitted under S 1926.2. employers may request varia tions from the applicable brakes and fender standards .required by this sub part. Employers wishing to seek varia tions from the applicable brakes and fenders rules may submit any requests for variations after the publication of this document In the Federal Register. Any statements Intending to meet the requirements of S 1926.2(b) (4), should specify how the variation would protect the safety of the employees by provid ing for any compensating restrictions on the operation of equipment. (11) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) (6) and (a) (8) (1) of this section, the requirement that fen ders be Installed on pneumatic-tired earthmovlng haulage equipment. Is sus pended pending reconsideration of the requirement. (9) Audible alarms. (1) All bidirec tional machines, such as rollers, compacters, front-end loaders, bulldozers, and similar equipment, shall be equipped with a horn, distinguishable from the surrounding noise level, which shall be operated as needed when the machine Is moving In either direction. The horn Shall be maintained In an operative condition. (11) No employer shall permit earthmoving or compacting equipment which has an obstructed view to the rear to be used In reverse gear- unless the equip ment has In operation a reverse signal alarm distinguishable from the sur rounding noise level or an employee sig nals that It Is safe to do so. (10) Scissor points. Scissor points on all front-end loaders, which constitute a hazard to the operator during normal operation, shall be guarded. (b) Excavating and other equipment. (1) Tractors covered In paragraph (a) of this section shall have seat belts as required for the operators when seated In the normal seating arrangement for tractor operation, even though back- hoes, breakers, or other similar attach ments are used on these machines for excavating or other work. (2) For the purposes of this subpart and of Subpart N of this part, the nomen clatures and descriptions for measure-, meat of- dimensions of machinery and attachments shall be as described In So ciety of Automotive Engineers 1970 Handbook, pages 1088 through 1103. (3) The safety requirements, ratios, or limitations applicable to machines or attachment usage covered In Power Crane and Shovel Associations Stand ards No. 1 and No. 2 of 1968, and No. 3 of 1969, shall be complied with, and shall apply to cranes, machines, and attach ments under this part. ' (c) Lifting and hauling equipment (other than equipment covered under Subpart N of this part), (1) Industrial trades shall meet the requirements of ( 1926.600 and the following: ' . (1) Lift tracks, stackers, etc., shall have the rated capacity clearly posted on the vehicle so as to be dearly visible to the operator. When auxiliary remov able counterweights are provided by the manufacturer, corresponding alternate rated' capacities also shall be dearly shown on the vehicle. These ratings Shall not be exceeded. til) No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe opera tion of the equipment shall be made without the manufacturer's written ap proval. If 6uch modifications or changes are made, the capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly. Hi no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced. (Ill) If a load Is lifted by two or more tracks working in unison, the proportion of the total load carried by any one track shall not exceed Its capacity. (lv) 8teerlng or spinner knobs shall not be attached to the steering whed unless the steering mechanism Is of a type that prevents road reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin. The steering knob shall be mounted within the periphery of the wheel. (v) All high lift rider Industrial tracks shall be equipped with overhead guards which meet the configuration and struc tural requirements as defined In para graph 421 of American National Stand ards Institute B56.1-1969, Safety Stand ards for Powered Industrial 'Trucks. (vl) All industrial tracks In use shall meet the applicable requirements of de sign, construction, stability, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, as defined in American National Standards Institute B56.1-1969, Safety Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks. . (Sec. 6. Pub. L. 91-696. B4 Stat. 1693 (29UJ3.C. 066)) .(37 FR 27603, Dec. 10, 1972, as amended at 33 FR 16866, June 27,1978] 1926.603 Pile driving equipment. (a) General requirements. (1) Boilers and piping systems which are a part of. or used with, pile driving equipment shall meet the applicable requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engi neers, Power Boilers (section I). FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. T22--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262590 o VO 06048 AC&S 014144 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22851 (2) AH pressure vessels which are a least twice the length of the longest pile part of, or used with, pile driving equip from the driver. ment shall meet the applicable require (6) When driving jacked piles, all ac ments of the American Society of Me cess pits shall be provided with ladders chanical Engineers, Pressure Vessels and bulkheaded curbs to prevent mate (section VHD. rial from falling into the pit. ' (3). Overhead protection, which will not obscure the vision of the operator and 1926.604 Site dealing, . which meets the requirements of Subpart (a) General requirements. (1) Em N of this part, shall be provided. Protec ployees engaged in site clearing shall be tion shall be the equivalent at 2-inch, protected from hazards of irritant and planldng or other solid material of equiv toxic plants and suitably Instructed in alent strength. ' the first aid treatment available. (4) Stop blocks shall be provided for (2) All equipment used in site clear the leads to prevent the hammer from ing operations shall be equipped with being raised against the head block. rollover guards meeting the require (5) A blocking device, capable of safely ments of this subpart. In addition, rider supporting the weight of the hammer, operated equipment shall be equipped gbftii be provided for placement In the with an overhead and rear canopy guard leads under the hammer at all times meeting the following requirements: while employees are working under the (1) Hie overhead covering on this hammer. canopy structure shall be of not lets than (6) Guards shall be provided across, %-lhch steel plate or %-lnch woven wire the top of the head block to prevent the mesh with openings no greater than 1 cable from Jumping out of the sheaves. Inch, or equivalent. (7) When the leads must be Inclined (ID The opening in the rear of the in the driving of batter piles, provisions canopy structure shall be covered with hnii be made to stabilize the leads. not less than %-lnch woven wire mesh (8) Fixed leads shall be provided with with openings no greater than 1 Inch. ladder, and adequate rings, or similar (b) Specific requirements. (Reserved! attachment points, so that the loft 1926.605 Marine operations and cqnfp- worker may engage his safety belt lan . ment, yard to the leads. If the leads are pro vided with loft platform(8). such plat form(s) shall be protected by standard guardrails. . (9) Steam hose.leading to a steam hammer or jet pipe shall be securely at tached to the hammer with an adequate length of at least %-lnch diameter chain (a) Material handling operations. (1) Operations fitting the definition of "ma terial handling" shall be performed In conformance with applicable require ments of Fart 1918, "Safety and Health Regulations for Langshoring** of this chapter. The term "longshoring opera or cable to prevent whipping In the event tions" means the loading, unloading, the joint at the hammer Is broken. Air moving, or handling of construction ma hammer hoses shall be provided with the terials, equipment and supplies, etc. into. same protection as required for steam In, on, or out of any vessel from a fixed lines. structure or shore-to-vessel, vessel-to- (10) Safely chains, or equivalent Shore or fixed structure or vessel-to- means, shall be provided for each hose connection to prevent the line from vesseL (b> Access to barges. (1) Ramps for thrashing around In case the coupling access of vehicles to or between barges becomes disconnected. shall be of adequate strength, provided (11) Steam line controls shall consist with side boards, well maintained, and of two shutoff valves, one of which shall properly secured. be a quick-acting lever type within easy reach of the hammer operator. . (12) Guys, outriggers, thrustouts, or counterbalances shall be provided as necessary to maintain stability of idle driver rigs. (b) JHle driving from, barges and floats. Barges or floats supporting pile (2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the wharf, float, barge, or river towboat, either a ramp, meeting the requirements of: subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, or a safe walkway, shall be provided. - (3) Jacob's ladders shall be of the double rung or flat tread type. They shall driving operations shall meet the ap be well maintained and properly secured. plicable requirements of S 1926.605. (4) A Jacob's ladder shall either hang (c) POe driving equipment. (1) En without slack from its lashings or be gineers and wlnchmen shall accept sig pulled up entirely. nals only from the designated signalmen. (5) When the upper end of the means (2) All employees Shall be kept clear when piling Is being hoisted into the leads. (3) When piles are bring driven in an excavated pit, the walls of the pit shall be sloped to the angle of repose or sheet- of access rests cm or is flush with the top of the bulwark, substantial steps, prop erly secured and equipped with at least one substantial hand rail approximately 33 inches in height, shall be provided between the top of the bulwark and the deck. . piled and braced. . , (6) Obstructions shall not be laid on (4) When steel tube piles are being or across the gangway. . "blown out", employees shall be kept well (7) The means of access shall be ad beyond the range of falling materials. equately illuminated for its full length. (5) When It Is necessary to cut off the (8) Unless the structure makes it im tops-of. driven piles, pile driving oper possible, the means of access Shall be so ations Shall be suspended except where located that the load will not pass over the cutting operations are located at employees. . (c) Working surfaces of barges. (1) Employees shall not be permitted to walk along the sides of covered lighters or barges with coamings more than S feet high, tmiras there Is a 3-foot clear walk way, or a grab rail, or a taut handline Is provided. (2) Decks and other working surfaces Shall be maintained In a safe condition. (3) Employees shall not be permitted to pass lore and aft, over, or around deck loads, unless there Is a safe passage. (4) Employees shall not be permitted to walk over deckloads freon rail to coaming unless there Is a safe passage. If it is necessary to stand at the out board or Inboard edge of the deckload where less than 24 inches of bulwark, rail, coaming, or other protection exists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection against fall ing from the deckload. (d) First-aid and lifesaving equip ment. (1) Provisions for rendering first aid and medical assistance shall be in accordance with Subpart D of this part. (2) The employer Shall ensure that there is in the vicinity of each barge in use at least.one UJ3. Coast Guardapproved 30-lnch lifering with not less, than 90 feet of line attached, and at least one portable or permanent ladder which will reach the top of the apron to the surface of the water. If the above equip ment Is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish it during the time that he Is working the barge. (3) Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges bn.n be protected with UJS. Coast Guardapproved work vests or buoyant vests. (e) Diving operations. [Reserved] 1926.606 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) "Apron"--The area along the waterfront edge of the pier or wharf. (b) "Bulwark"--The side of a Ship above the upper deck. . (c) "Coaming*'--The raised frame, as around a hatchway in the deck, to keep out water. (d) "Jacob's ladder"--A marine lad der of rope or chain with wooden or metal rungs. . (e) "Rail", for the purpose of S 1926. 605, means a light structure serving as aguard at the outer edge of a drip's deck. Subpart P--Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring 1926.650 General protection require ments. ' 1 (a) Walkways, runways1, and side walks shall be kept clear of excavated material or other obstructions and no sidewalks tu>ii be. undermined imi Shored to carry a minimum live load, of one hundred and twenty-five (125) pounds per square foot. r, (b) If planks are used for raised walkways, runways, or sidewalks, they shall be laid parallel to the length of the walk and fastened together against displacement.' -. ,, (c) Flanks shall be uniform in thick ness and all exposed ends-shall be pro- 2060s9 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262591 AC&S 014145 z^S52 RULES AND REGULATIONS Tided with beveled cleats to prevent ing; loading Imposed by structures, tripping. equipment, overlying material, or stored (d) Raised walkways, runways, and material; and vibration from equipment, sidewalks shall be provided with plank blasting, traffic, or other sources. steps on strong stringers. Ramps, used (f) Supporting systems; l.e,, piling, in lieu of steps, shall be provided with cribbing, shoring, etc., shall be designed cleats to Insure a safe walking surface. by a qualified person and meet accepted (e) All employees shall be protected engineering requirements. When tie rods with personal protective equipment for are used to restrain the top of sheeting the protection of the head, eyes, respira or other retaining systems, the rods shall tory organs, hands, feet, and other parts be securely anchored well back of the of the body as set forth In Subpart E angle of repose. When tight sheeting or of this part. sheet piling Is used, full loading due to (f) Employees exposed to vehicular ground water table shall be assumed, un traffic shall be provided with and shall less prevented by weep holes or drains be Instructed to wear warning vests or other means. Additional stringers, ties, marked with or made of reflectorized or and bracing shall be provided to allow high visibility material. - . for any necessary temporary removal of (g) Employees subjected to hazardous individual supports. dusts/gases, fumes, mists, or atmospheres (g) All slopes shall be excavated to at deficient In- oxygen, shall be protected least the angle of repose except for areas with approved respiratory protection as where solid rock allows for line' drilling set forth In Subput D of this part. or presplitting. (h) No person shall be permitted un (h) The angle of repose shall be flat der loads handled by power shovels, der tened when an excavation has water ricks, or hoists. To . avoid any spillage conditions, silty materials, loose boulders, employees shall be required to stand and areas where erosion, deep frost ac away from.any vehicle being loaded. tion, and slide planes appear. (1) Daily Inspections of excavations (1) Cl) In excavations which employees shall be made tor a competent person. If may be required to enter, excavated or evidence of possible cave-ins or slides Is other material shall be effectively stored apparent, all work in the excavation shall and retained at least 2 feet or more from cease until the necessary precautions the edge of the excavation. have been taken to safeguard the em (2) As an alternative to the clearance ployees. prescribed In subparagraph (1) of this 1926.651 meats. Specific excavation require- paragraph, the employer may- use effec tive barriers or other effective retaining devices in lieu thereof in order to prevent (a) Prior to opening an excavation, excavated or other materials from falling effort shall be made to determine Into the excavation. whether underground installations; i.e., (j) Sides, slopes, and faces of all ex sewer, telephone, water, fuel, electric cavations shall meet accepted engineer lines, etc., will be encountered, and If so, ing requirements by scaling, benching, where such underground installations barricading, rock bolting, wire meshing, are located. When the excavation ap or other equally effective means. Special proaches the estimated location of such attention shall be given to slopes which an installation, the exact location shall may be adversely affected by weather or be determined and when it Is uncovered, moisture content. proper supports shall be provided for the (k) Support systems shall be planned existing installation. Utility companies and designed by a qualified person when shall be contacted and advised of pro excavation is in excess of 20 feet in depth, posed. work prior to the start of actual adjacent to structures or Improvements, excavation. or subject to vibration or ground water. (b) Trees, boulders, and other surface (l) Materials used for sheeting, sheet encumbrances, located so as to create a piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, and hazard to employees Involved In excava underpinning shall be In good serviceable tion work or In the vicinity thereof at any condition, and timbers shall' be sound, time during operations, shall be removed free from large or loose knots, and of or made safe before excavating Is begun. proper dimensions. (c) The walls and faces of all excava (m) Special precautions shall be taken tions In which employees are exposed to In sloping or shoring the sides of excava danger from moving ground shall be tions adjacent to a previously backfilled guarded by a shoring system, sloping of excavation or a fill, particularly when the ground, or some other equivalent the separation Is less than the depth of means. . the excavation. Particular attention also (d) Excavations shall be Inspected by shall be paid to Joints and seams of mate a competent person after every rain rial comprising a face and the slope of storm or other hazard-increasing occur such seams and Joints. rence, and the protection against slides (n) Except In hard rock, excavations and cave-ins shall be Increased if below the level of the base of footing of necessary. any foundation or retaining wall shall (e) The determination of the angle not be permitted, unless the wall Is un of repose and design of the supporting derpinned and all other precautions system shall be based on careful evalu taken to Insure the stability of the ad ation of pertinent factors such as: Depth jacent walls for the protection of em of cut; possible variation In water con ployees involved In excavation work or tent of the material while the excavation In the vicinity thereof. Is open; anticipated changes In materials (o) If the stability of adjoining build from exposure to air, sun, water, or freez ings or walls Is endangered by excava tions, shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided as necessary to insure their safety. Such shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be inspected dally or more often, as conditions warrant, by a competent person and the protection ef fectively maintained. . (p) Diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering an excava tion and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Wa ter shall not be allowed to accumulate In an excavation. (q) If It is necessary to place or oper ate power shovels, derricks, trucks, mate rials, or other heavy objects on a level above and near an excavation, the side of the excavation shall be sheet-piled, shored, and braced as necessary to resist the extra pressure due to such superim posed loads. (r) Blasting and the use of explosives shall be performed In accordance with Subpart U of this part. (s) When mobile equipment Is utilized or allowed adjacent to excavations, sub stantial stop logs or barricades shall be Installed. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation. (t) Adequate barrier physical protec tion shall be provided at all remotely lo cated excavations. All wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and similar op erations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be backfilled. (u) If possible, dust conditions shall be kept to a minimum by the use of water, salt, calcium chloride, oil, or other means. (v) In locations where oxygen defi ciency or gaseous conditions are possible, air in the excavation shall be tested; Con trols, as set forth In Subparts D and E of this part, shall be established to assure acceptable atmospheric conditions. When flammable gases are present, adequate ventilation shall be provided or sources of ignition shall be eliminated. Attended emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, basket stretcher, etc., shall be readily available where adverse atmos pheric conditions may exist or develop In an excavation. (w) Where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations, walkways or bridges with standard guardrails shall be provided. (x) Where ramps are used for em ployees or equipment, they shall be de signed and constructed by qualified per sons In accordance with accepted engi neering requirements. (y) All ladders used on excavation op erations shall be In accordance with the requirements of Subpart L of this part. 1926.652 Specific trenching require ments. (a) Banks more than 5 feet high shall be shored, laid back to a stable slope, or some other equivalent means of protec tion shall be provided where employees may be exposed to moving ground or cave-ins. Refer to Table P-1 as a guide in sloping of banks. Trenches less than 6 feet In depth shall also be effectively pro tected when examination of the ground FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 2000^0 1262S92 AC&S 014146 rules regulations 22853 Indicates hazardous ground movement may be expected. . (b) Sides of trenches in unstable or soft material, 5 feet or more in depth, shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or otherwise supported by means of suffi cient strength to protect the employees working within them. See Tables P-1, P-2 (following paragraph (g) of this section). (c) Sides of trenches in hard or com pact soil, including embankments, shall be shored or otherwise supported when the trench is more than 5 feet in depth and 8 feet or more in length. In lieu of shoring, the sides of the trench above the 5-foot level may be sloped to pre clude collapse, but shall not be steeper than a 1-foot rise to each %-foot hori zontal. When the outside diameter of a pipe is greater than 6 feet, a bench of 4-foot minimum shall be provided at the toe of the sloped portion. (d) Materials used for sheeting and sheet idling, bracing, shoring, and under pinning, shall be in good serviceable con dition, and timbers used shall be sound and free from large or loose knots, and shall be designed and Installed so as to be effective to the bottom of the excavation. (e) Additional precautions by way of shoring and bracing shall be taken to prevent slides or cave-ins when excava tions or trenches are made in locations adjacent to backfilled excavations, or where excavations are subjected to vi brations from railroad or highway traf fic, the operation of machinery, or any other source. (f) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes shall be protected by the in stallation of a removable-type casing of sufficient strength to resist shifting of the surrounding earth. Such tempo- rary protection shall be provided for the full depth of that part of each pier hole which is above the bell. A lifeline, suit able for Instant rescue and securely fastened to a shoulder harness, shall be worn by each employee entering the shafts. This lifeline shall be individually manned and separate from any line used to remove materials excavated from the bell footing. _ (g)(1) Minimum requirements for trench timbering shall be in accordance with Table P-2. . (2) Braces and diagonal shores in a wood shoring system shall not be sub jected to compressive stress In excess of values given by the following formula: 8=1300--201, D Maximum ratio =60 . D. Where: Z*=Length, unsupported. In Inches. D=Least side of the timber In Inches. S=Allowable stress In pounds per square Inch of cross-section. Table r - 1 APPROXIMATE .ANGUE OF REPOSE FOR SLOPING OF 3I0ES OF EXCAVATIONS Nolt' Clays; Slttt, tuai or Waa-lUangsaoss Sella Reqelre Sborlag aoa Bracing. The Prasaan'af Qraae* Water Rquirts SatcM Trsalswnl. | e j /s -d S a9 IS 1% |a - TRENCH SHORING--KINDTUM RSQUXRKUKNTS Depth of trench Kind or condition of earth Uprights . Stringers Minimum MBTlfWtWn Minimum MflThnnm dimension spacing dimension spacing Size and spacing of members ' Cross braces * Width of trench Up to 3 feet 3to6 feet 6 to 9 feet ' 9 to 12 feet VATtTmtm 12 to 16 Vertical Horizontal feet Feet Inches 6 to 10 Hard, compact............... Likely to crack__...... ___ 3x4 or 2x6 Soft, sandy, or filled___ -----8xtor2x6 Hydrostatic pressure... ----- 8x4or2x6 10 to 16 Hard............................. Likely to crack ______ ___ 8x4or2x6 Soft, sandy, or filed ....... 8x4 or 2x6 Hydrostatic pressure... 16 to 20 All kinds or conditions.. ----- SxO Over 20 All kinds or conditions Feet 6 3 Close sheeting Close sheeting 4 2 Close sheeting Close sheeting . Close sheeting Close sheeting Inches 4X6 4x6 6x8 4x6 ' 4x6 4x6 8x10 4x12 6x8 " Feet Inches 2x6 2x6 Inches 4X4 4X4 Tnnhftt Inches 4x6 6X6 4x6 - 6x6 Tnnhuj 6X6 6X8 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 8X8 4X4 4x4 4X4 4x6 4x6 4x6 6x6 6x6 6x6- 6X8 6x8 6x8 8X8 8x8 8x8 4X6 6x6 6x8 8x8 8x10 4x6 6x6 6x8 8x8 8x10 4x12 6x8 8x8 "8x10 10x10 4X12 8X8 8 k 10 10x10 10x12 Feet 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Feet 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 i Trench Jacks may be used in lieu of, or in combination with, cross braces. Shoring is not required in solid rock, hard shale, or hard dag.. Where desirable, steel sheet piling and bracing of equal strength may be substituted for wood. o r>: r> r- f a FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262593 AC&S 014147 22854 RULES AND REGULATIONS (h> When employees are required to (1) "Slope"--The angle with the hori be In trenches 4 feet deep or more, an zontal at which a particular earth mate adequate means of exit, such as a ladder rial will stand indefinitely without move or steps, be provided and located ment. ` so as to require no more than 25 feet of (m) "Stringers" (wales)--The hori lateral travel. ' zontal members of a Shoring system (I) Bracing or shoring of trenches whose sides bear against the uprights or shall be carried along with the earth. ' excavation. ~; (n) "Trench"--A narrow excavation (J) Cross braces or trench jacks shall made below, the surface of the ground. be placed In true horizontal position, In general, the depth Is greater than the be spaced vertically, and be secured to width, but the width of a trench 1s not prevent `sliding, falling, or kickouts. greater than 15 feet. (k) Portable trench boxes or sliding (o) "Trenclvjack"--Screw or hydraulic trench shields may be used for the pro type Jacks used as cross bracing In a tection of personnel In lieu of a shoring trench shoring system. system or sloping. Where such trench (p) "Trench shield"--A shoring sys boxes or shields are used, they shall be tem composed of steel plates and bracing, designed, constructed, and maintained In welded or bolted together, which support a manner which will provide protection the walls of a trench from the ground equal to or greater than the sheeting or level to the trench bottom and which shoring required for the trench. can be moved along as work progresses. (l) Backfilling and removal of trench' (q) "Unstable soil"--Earth material, supports shall progress together from other than running, that because of Its the bottom of the trench. Jacks or nature or the Influence of related condi braces shall be released, slowly and. In tions, cannot be depended upon to re unstable soil, ropes shall be used to pull main In place without extra support, out the jacks or braces from above after such as would be furnished by a system employees have cleared the trench. of shoring. 61926.653 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) "Accepted engineering require ments (or practices)"--Those require ments or practices which are compatible with standards required by a registered architect, a registered professional engi neer, or other duly licensed,or recognized (r) "Uprights"--The vertical members of a shoring system. . is) "Wales"--See paragraph (m) of this section. (t) "Walls"--See paragraph (k) of this section. Subpart Q--Concrete, Concrete Forms, and Shoring authority. 1926.700 General provisions. (b) "Angle of repose"--The greatest angle above the horizontal plane at which a material will lie without sliding. (c) "Bank"--A mass of soli rising above a digging level. (d) "Belled excavation"--A part of a shaft or footing excavation, usually near the bottom and bell-shaped; i.e., an en largement of the cross section above. (e) "Braces (trench)"--The horizon tal members pf the shoring system whose ends bear against the uprights or stringers. (f) "Excavation"--Any manmade cav ity or depression In the earth's surface. Including Its sides, walls, or faces, formed by earth removal and producing unsup ported earth conditions by reasons of the excavation. If Installed forms or sim ilar structures reduce the depth-to-wldth relationship, an excavation may become a trench. * (g) "Paces"--See paragraph (k) of this section. (h) "Hard compact soil"--All earth materials not classified as running or unstable. (I) "Kickouts"--Accidental release or failure of a shore or brace. ' (a) General. All equipment and mate rials used In concrete construction and masonry work shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction. In spection, testing, maintenance and oper ations as prescribed In ANSI A10.9-1970, Safety Requirements for Concrete Con struction and Masonry Work. (b) Reinforcing steel. (1) Employees working more than 6 feet above any ad jacent working surfaces, placing and ty . lng reinforcing steel In walls, piers, columns, etc., shall be provided with a safety belt, or equivalent device. In ac cordance with Subpart E of thin part. (2) Employees shall not be permitted to work above vertically protruding re inforcing steel unless It has been pro tected to eliminate the hazard of Im palement. (3) Guying; Reinforcing steel for walls, piers, columns, and similar verti cal structures shall be guyed and sup ported to prevent collapse. (4) Wire mesh rolls: Wire mesh rolls shall be secured at each end to prevent dangerous recoiling action. (c) Bulk concrete handling. Bulk stor age bins, containers, or silos shall have (J) "Sheet pile"--A pile, or sheeting, conical or tapered bottoms with mechan that may form one of a continuous Inter ical or pneumatic means of starting the locking line, or a row of timber, concrete, flow of material. . or steel piles, driven In close contact to (d) Concrete placement--(IX Con provide a tight wall to resist the lateral crete mixers. Concrete mixers equipped pressure of water, adjacent earth, or with 1-yard or larger loading skips shall other materials. - be equipped with a mechanical device to (k) "Sides". "Walls", or "Paces"--The clear the skip of material. vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed (2) Guardrails. Mixers of 1-yard ca as a result of excavation work. pacity or greater shall be equipped with protective guardrails Installed on each side of the skip. (3) Bull floats. Handles on bull floats, used where they may contact energized electrical conductors, shall be con structed of nonconducttve material, or Insulated with a nonconductive sheath whose electrical and mechanical char acteristics provide the equivalent pro tection of a handle constructed of non conductive material. . (4) Powered concrete, trowels. Pow ered and rotating-type concrete trowel ing machines that are manually guided Shall be equipped with a control switch that will automatically shut off the power whenever the operator removes his hands from the equipment handles. (5) ' Concrete buggies. Handles of bug gies shall not extend beyond the wheels on either side of the buggy. Installation of knuckle guards on buggy handles Is recommended. (6) Pumpcrete systems. Pumpcrete or similar systems using discharge pipes shall be provided with pipe supports de signed for 100 percent overload. Com pressed air hose In such systems shall be provided with positive fall-safeJoint con nectors to prevent separation of sections when pressurized. (7) Concrete buckets. (1) Concrete buckets equipped with hydraulic or pneu matically operated gates shall have posi tive safety latches or similar safety de vices Installed to prevent aggregate and loose material from accumulating on the top and sides of the bucket. (11) Riding of concrete buckets for any purpose shall be prohibited, and vibrator crews shall be kept out from under con crete buckets suspended from cranes or cableways. (8) When discharging on a slope, the wheels of ready-mix trucks shall be blocked and the brakes set to prevent movement. (9) Nozzlemen applying a cement, sand, and water mixture through a pneu matic hose shall be required to wear pro tective head and face equipment, as pre scribed in Subpart E of this part. (e) Vertical shoring--(1) General re quirements. (l) when temporary stor age of reinforcing rods, material, or equipment on top of formwork becomes necessary, these areas shall be strength ened to meet the intended loads. (11) The sills for shoring shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum Intended load. (ill) All shoring equipment shall be In spected prior to erection to determine that It is as specified In the shoring lay out. Any equipment found to be dam aged shall not be used for shoring. (iv) Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected Immediately prior to, dur ing, and immediately after the place ment of concrete. Any shoring equip ment that Is found to be damaged or weakened shall be Immediately rein forced or reshored. . (v) Reshoring shall be provided when necessary to safely support 6labs and beams after stripping, or where such members are subjected to superimposed loads due to construction weak done. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 132--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262594 20605:2 AC&S 014148 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22855 (2) Tubular welded frame shoring. Cl) completely encircling the area of place (c) "Guy"--A line that steadies a high Metal tubular frames used for shoring ment. piece or structure by pulling against an shall not be loaded beyond the safe work (c) Tube and coupler shoring. (1) off-center load. - . ing load recommended by the manu Couplers .(damps) shall not be used if (d) "Shore"--A supporting member facturer. they are -deformed, broken, or have that resists a compressive force imposed (II) All locking devices on frames and defective or missing threads on bolts, or by a load. . braces shall be In good working order; other defects. " - (e) "Vertical slip forms"--Forms coupling pins shall align the frame or (2) The material used for the couplers which are jacked vertically and continu- panel legs; pivoted cross braces shall have (damps) shall be of a structural type - ously during placing of the concrete. their center pivot In place; and all com such as -drop-forged steel, malleable ponents shall be In a condition similar Iron, or structural grade aluminum. Gray - Subpart R--Steel Erection to that of original manufacture. . cast Iron shall not be used. ' 1926.750 Flooring requirements. ' (III) When checking the erected shor (3) When checking the erected shor ing frames with the shoring layout, the ing towers with the shoring layout, the spacing between towers and cross brace spacing between posts shall not exceed spacing shall not exceed that shown on that shown on the layout, and all Inter the layout, and all locking devices shall locking of tubular members and tight be In the closed position. ness of couples shall be checked. (lv) Devices for attaching the external . (4) All baseplates, shore heads, ex lateral stability bracing shall be securely tension devices, or adjustment screws fastened to the legs of the shoring frames. shall be In firm contact with the footing (v) All baseplates, shore heads, ex sill and the form material and shall be tension devices, or adjustment screws snug against the posts. shall be In firm contact with the footing (d) Single post shores. (1) For sta sill and the form. bility. single post shorea sball be hori 1924.701 Forms and shoring. (a) General provisions. (1) Form work and shoring shall be designed, erected, supported, braced, and main zontally braced In both the longitudinal and transverse directions, and diagonal bracing shall also be Installed. Such bracing shall be Installed as the shores are being erected. - tained so that It will safely support all: (2) All baseplates or shore heads of vertical and lateral loads that may be single poet shores shall be In firm contact Imposed upon It during placement of with the footing sill and the form mate concrete. (2) Drawings or plans showing the Jack layout, formwork, shoring, working decks, and scaffolding, shall be available rials. ' (3) Whenever single post Shores are used In more than one tier, the layout shall be designed and Inspected by a at the Jobdte. structural engineer. (3) Stripped forms and shoring shall ' (4) When formwork Is at an angle, or be removed and stockpiled promptly sloping, or when the surface shored after stripping, in all areas in which per Is Sloping, the shoring shall be designed sons are required to work or pass. Pro for such loading. truding nails, wire ties, and other form (5) Adjustment of single post Shores accessories not necessary to subsequent to raise formwork shall not be made after work shall be pulled, cut, or other means concrete Is In place. taken to eliminate the hazard. (6) Fabricated single post shores shall (4) Imposition of any construction not be used If heavily rusted, bent, loads on the partially completed struc dented, rewelded, or having broken weld ture shall not be permitted unless such ments or other defects. If they contain loading has been considered In the de timber, they shall not be used If timber sign and approved by the engineer- is split, cut, has sections removed. Is architect. rotted, or otherwise structurally dam (b) Vertical slip forms. (1) The steel aged. . rods or pipe on which the Jacks climb or 17) AH timber and adjusting devices by which the forms are lifted shall be to be used for adjustable timber single specifically designed for the purpose. post shores shall be Inspected before Such rods shall be adequately braced erection. ' where not encased In concrete. (8) Timber shall not be used If It Is (2) Jacks and vertical supports Shall split, cut, has sections removed. Is rotted, be positioned In such a manner that the or Is otherwise structurally damaged. vertical loads are distributed equally and (9) Adjusting devices shall not be do hot exceed the capacity of the Jacks. used If heavily rusted, bent, dented, re (3) The jacks or other lifting devices welded, or having broken weldments or shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other defects. 'Other automatic holding devices to pro (10) All nails used to secure bracing or vide protection In case of failure of the adjustable timber single post shores shall power supply or the lifting mechanism. be driven home and the point of the nail (4) lifting shall proceed steadily and bent over If possible. uniformly and shall not exceed the pre determined safe rate of lift. 1926.702 Definitions applicable to this (5) Lateral and diagonal bracing of subpart. (a) Permanent flodring--skeleton steed construction in tiered buddings* (1) The permanent floors shall be Installed as the erection of structural members pro gresses, and there shall be not more than eight stories between the erection floor and the uppermost permanent floor, ex- ' cept where the' structural Integrity Is maintained as a result of the design. , (2) At no time shall there be more than four floors or 48 feet of unfinished bolting or welding above the foundation or uppermost permanently secured floor. (b) Temporary flooring--skeleton steel construction in tiered buddings. (l)(i) The derrick or erection floor shall be solidly planked or decked over its en tire surface except for access openings. Planking or decking of equivalent strength, shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load. Planking shall be not less than 2 Inches thick full size un dressed, and shall be laid tight and se cured to prevent movement. -. (II) On buildings or structures not adaptable to temporary floors, and where scaffolds are not used, safety nets shall be installed and maintained whenever the potential fall distance exceeds two stories or 25 feet. The nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent con tacts with tb6 surface of structures below. (III) Floor periphery--safety railing. A safety railing of %-lnch wire rope or equal shall be Installed, approximately 42 Inches high, around the periphery of all temporary-planked or temporary metal-decked floors of tier buildings and other multlfloored structures .during structural steel assembly. ' (2) Where erection Is being done by means, of a crane operating on the ground, atight and substantial floor shall be maintained within two stories or 25 feet, whichever is less, below and directly under that portion of each tier of beams on which bolting, riveting, welding, or painting is being done. (c) Flooring--other construction. (1) In the erection of a building having double wood floor construction, the rough flooring shall be completed as the building progresses. Including the tier below the one on which floor Joists are being installed. ~. (2) For single wood floor or other floor ing systems, the floor Immediately below the forms diall be provided to prevent (a) "Bull float**--A tod used to spread the story where the floor joists are being excessive distortion of the structure dur out and smooth the concrete. Installed shall be kept planked or ing the jacking operation. (b) "Formwork" or "falsework"--The decked over. . (6) During jacking operations, the total system of support for freshly placed form structure shall be maintained In concrete. Including the mold or sheath 1926.751 Structural steel assembly. line and plumb. ' ing which contacts the concrete as well (a) During the final placing of solid (7) All vertical lift forms shall be pro as all supporting members, hardware, web structural members, the load shall vided with scaffolding or work platforms and necessary bracing. not be released from the hoisting line 206053 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 132--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262595 AC&S 014149 22856 RULES AND REGULATIONS until the members are secured with not less than two bolts, or the equivalent at each connection and drawn up wrench tight. . (b) Open web steel joists shall not be placed on any structural steel frame work unless such framework Is safely bolted or welded. (c) (1) In steel framing, where bar Joists are utilized, and columns are not framed In at least two directions with structural steel members, a bar joist shall be field-bolted at -columns to provide lateral stability during construction. (2) Where longspan Joists or trusses, 40 feet or longer, are used, a center row of bolted bridging shall be Installed to provide lateral stability during construc tion prior to slacking of hoisting line. (3) No load shall be placed on open web sted Joists until these security re quirements are met. (d) Tag lines shall be used for con trolling loads. g 1926.752 Bolting, riveting, fitting-up, and plumbing-up. (a) General requirements. Cl) Con tainers shall be provided for storing or carrying rivets, bolts, and drift pins, and secured against accidental displacement when aloft. (2) Pneumatic hand tools shall be dis connected from the power source, and pressure in hose lines shall be released, before any adjustments or repairs are made. (3) Air line hose sections shall be tied together except when quick disconnect couplers are used to join sections. (4) Eye protection shall be provided in accordance with Subpart E of this part. (b) Bolting. (1) When bolts or drift pins are being knocked out, means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (2) Impact wrenches shall be provided with a locking device for retaining the socket. (c) Riveting. (1) Riveting shall not be done In the vicinity of combustible material unless precautions are taken to prevent fire. (2) When rivet heads are knocked off. or backed out,'means shall be provided to keep them from falling.' (3) A safety wire shall be properly In stalled on the snap and on the handle of the pneumatic riveting hammer and shall be used at all times. The wire size shall be not less than No. 9 (B&S gauge), leaving the handle and annealed No. 14. on the snap, or equivalent.' (d) Plumbing-up: (1) Connections of the equipment used In plumbing-up shall be properly secured. . (2X The turnbuckles shall be secured to prevent unwinding while under stress. . (3) Plumblng-up guys related equip ment shall be placed so that employees can get at the connection points. (4) Plumbing-up guys shall be re moved, only under the supervision of a competent person. (e) Wood planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but shall be not less than 2 Inches thick Tull size undressed, exterior grade plywood, at least %-lnch thick, or equivalent material. (f) Metal decking of sufficient strength shall be laid tight and secured to prevent movement. (g) planks shall overlap the bearing on each end by a minimum of 12 Inches. (h) Wire mesh, exterior plywood, or equivalent, shall be used around columns where planks do not fit tightly. (1) Provisions shall be made to secure temporary flooring against displacement. <J) All unused openings In floors, tem porary or permanent, shall be completely planked over or guarded In accordance with Subpart M of this part. (k) Employees shall be provided with safety belts in accordance with { 1926.104 when they are working on float scaffolds. Subpart S--Tunnels and Shafts, Cais sons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air 1926.800 Tunnels and shafts. (a) General. (1) The specific require ments of this Subpart S, Tunnels, Shafts, Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air, shall be complied with as well as the applicable provisions of all other sub parts of this park ' (2) Safe means of access shall be pro vided and maintained to all working places. (3) When ladders and stairways are provided in shafts and steep Inclines, they shall meet the requirements of Sub parts L and M of this part. (4) Access to unattended underground openings shall be restricted by gates or doors. Unused chutes, manways, or other openings shall be tightly covered, bulk headed, or fenced off, and posted. Con duits, trenches, and manholes shall meet the requirements of Subparts M and P of this part. . (5) Subsidence areas that present hazards shall be fenced and posted. (6) Each operation shall have a check-in and check-out system that will provide positive identification of every employee underground. An accurate rec ord and location of the employees shall be kept on the surface. (b) Emergency provisions. (1) Evac uation plans and procedures shall be developed and made known to the employees. (2) Emergency hoisting facilities shall be readily available at shafts more than 50 feet in depth, unless hoisting facilities are provided that are Independent of electrical power failures. A boatswain's chair shall meet the requirements of Subpart L of this part. (3) Bureau of Mines approved self rescuers shall be available near the ad vancing face to equip each face em ployee. Such equipment shall be on the haulage equipment- and in other areas where employees might be trapped by smoke-or gas, and shall be maintained In good condition., (4) Telephone or other signal commu nication shall be provided between the work face and the tunnel portal, and such systems shall be Independent of the tunnel power supply. (c) Air Quality and Ventilation--(1) Air quality and quantity. (1) Instruments Shall be provided to test the atmosphere quantitatively for carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, flammable or toxic gases, dusts, mists, and fumes that occur. In the tunnel or shaft. Tests shall be con ducted as frequently as necessary to as sure that the required quality and quan tity of air la maintained. A record of all tests shall be maintained and be kept available. (11) field-type oxygen analyzers, or other suitable devices, shall be used to test for oxygen deficiency. (iii) Respirators shall not be substi tuted for environmental control meas ures. However, where environmental controls have not yet been developed, or when necessary by the nature of the work Involved (for example, welding, sand blasting, lead burning), an em ployee may work for short periods of time In concentrations of airborne con taminants which exceed the limit of per missible excursions referred to in sub divisions (iv) and (v) of this subpara graph, If such employee wears a respira tory protective device approved by the Bureau of Mines as protection against the particular hazards Involved. (iv) The exposure to airborne con taminants of an employee working In a tunnel or shaft shall not exceed the threshold limit values adopted by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and explained In the 1970 edition of "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants.'' (v) Employees shall be withdrawn from areas In which there Is a concentra tion of an airborne contaminant which exceeds the threshold limit value listed for that cantamlnank (vl> Atmospheres In all active areas shall contain at least 20 percent oxygen. (2) Ventilation. (1) Tunnels shall be provided with mechanically Induced pri mary ventilation In all work areas. The direction of airflow shall be reversible. (II) Ventilation doors, not operated mechanically. Shall be designed and In stalled so that they are self-closing and will remain closed regardless of the di rection of the air movement. (III) When there has been a failure of ventilation, and ventilation has been restored In a reasonable time, all places where flammable gas may have accumu lated shall be examined by a competent person and determined to be free of flammable gas before power Is restored and work resumed. (iv) When the main fan or fans have been shut down with all employees out of the adit, tunnel or Shaft, no employee, other than those qualified to examine the adit, tunnel, or shaft, or other au thorized employee, shall go underground until the fans have been started, the work areas examined for gas and other hazards, and declared safe. (v) The supply of fresh air shall not. be less than 200 cubic feet per minute for each employee underground. The linear velocity of the air flow in the tunnel bore shall not be less than 30 feet per minute FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 20G054 01262596 AC&S 014150 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22857 In those tunnels where blasting or rock ground at least two rescue crews- (10 (1) Drilling. (1) Equipment that is to drilling is conducted or where there are employees divided between shifts) shall be used during a shift shall be inspected other conditions that are likely to pro be trained annually in rescue procedures, each shift by a competent person. Equip duce dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases in in the use, care, and limitations of oxy ment defects affecting safety shall be harmful quantities. .- . gen breathing apparatus, and the use corrected before the equipment is used. . (vi) If 15 percent or higher concen and maintenance of firefighting equip (2) The drilling area shall be in tration of flammable gas is detected in ment. Not less than one crew (5 em spected for hazards before starting the air returning from an underground ployees) shall be trained at smaller drilling operation. -- working place or places, the employees operations. , (3) Employees shall not be allowed shall be withdrawn and the power cut (f) Personal protective equipment. on a drill mast while the drill bit is in off to the portion of the area endangered . Protective clothing or equipment shall operation. . by such flammable gas until the con be worn as specified in Subparts D and (4) When a drill is being moved from centration of such- gas is reduced to 1 E of this part. one drilling area to another, drill steel, percent or less. (g) Noise. (1) Permissible noise ex tools, and other-equipment shall be se (vil) Internal combustion engines posures shall conform to those specified cured, and the. mast placed in a safe other than mobile diesel shall not be in Subpart D of this part. position. used underground! Mobile diesel-powered (h) Ground support--(1) Tunnel por (6) Receptacles or racks shall be pro equipment used underground shall be tal area. Portals shall be protected and vided for drill steel stored on jumbos. certified by the Bureau of Mines, UfJ. supported where loose soil or rock or (6) Before drilling cycle is started, Department of the Interior according to fractured material is encountered. warning Shall be given to- men working the Bureau of Mines publication "Me (2) Tunnel area, (i) The employer below jumbo decks. . chanical Equipment for Mines--tests for shall examine and test the roof, face, (7) Drills on columns shall be an permissibility and suitability. Part 32, and walls of the work area at the start chored firmly before drilling is started Mobile Diesel Power Equipment for Non of each shift and frequently thereafter. - and shall be retightened frequently Coal Mines, Schedule 24" of March 23, (ii) Loose ground shall be taken down thereafter. 1865. or supported. Ground conditions along (8) The employer shall provide me (d) Illumination. (1) Sufficient light haulage ways and travelways shall be chanical means for lifting drills, roof ing shall be provided, in accordance with examined periodically and scaled or bolts, mine straps, and other unwieldy the requirements of Table D-3 of Sub supported as necessary. heavy material to the top decks of jum part D of this put, to permit safe opera tions at the face as well as in the gen eral tunnel or shaft area and at the (Hi) Torque meters and torque wrenches shall be available at tunnels where rock bolts are used for ground bos over 10 feet in height. (9) The employer shall provide stair access to jumbo decks wide enough to employees' workplace. . (e) Fire prevention and control--(1) General, (i) The requirements for fire prevention and protection specified in Subpart F of this part shall be complied with in all tunnel and shaft operations. (il) Signs warning against smoking and open flames shall be posted so that they can be readily seen in areas or places where fire or explosion hazards exist. . (ill) The carrying of matches, fighters, or other flame-producing smoking ma terials shall be prohibited in all under ground operations where fire or explo sion hazards exist. (iv) Not more than a 1 day's supply of diesel fuel shall be stored under ground. (v) Gasoline or liquefied petroleum gases shall not be taken, stored, or used underground. (vi) Oil, grease, or fuel stored under ground shall be kept in tightly sealed containers in fire-resistant areas, at safe distances from explosives magazines, electrical installations, and shaft stations. (vil) Air that has passed through un derground oil or fuel-storage areas shall not be used to ventilate working areas.. (vlil) Approved fire-resistant hydrau lic fluids shall be used in hydraulically actuated underground machinery and equipment. (ix) Fires shall not be built under ground. (x) Noncombustible barriers shall be Installed below welding or burning op erations in or over a shaft or raise. support. Frequent tests shall be made to determine if bolts meet the required torque. The test frequency shall be de termined by rock conditions and distance from vibration sources. . (iv) Damaged or dislodged tunnel sup ports, whether steel sets or timber, shall be repaired or replaced. New supports shall be Installed whenever possible be fore removing the damaged supports. (v) All sets, including horseshoe shaped or arched rib steel sets, shall be designed and Installed so that the bot toms will have required anchorage to prevent pressures from pushing them inward into the excavation. Lateral brac ing shall be provided between sets to further stabilize the support. (3) Shafts. (I} Small diameter shafts, which employees are required to enter, shall he provided with a - steel casing, concrete pipe, timber, or other material of required strength to support the sur rounding earth. . (11) The casing and bracing shall be provided the full depth of the shaft, or at least 5 feet into solid rock if possible, end shall extend at least 1 foot above ground level. (ill) All wells or shafts over 5 feet in depth shall be retained with lagging, spiling, or casing. (iv) In shafts, the employer shall in spect the wails, ladders, timbers, block ing, and wedges of the last set to deter mine if they have loosened following blasting operations. Where found un safe, corrections shall be made before shift operations are started. accomodate two persons if the deck is over 10 feet in height. (10) On Jumbo decks over 10 feet in height, guardrails which are removable (pipe in sockets with chain handrail), or equal, shall be provided on all sides and back platforms. . (11) Scaling bars shall be in good condition at all times, and blunted and severely worn bars shall not be used. (12) When jumbos are being moved, riders will not be allowed on the jumbo unless they are assisting the driver: (13) Before commencing the drill cycle, the face and lifters shall be ex amined for misfires (residual explosives) and, il found, they shall be removed before drilling commences at the face. Lifters shall not be drilled through blasted rock' (muck) or water. . (14) Air lines that are buried in the invert shall be identified by signs posted nearby, warning -all personnel; (J) Blasting. All blasting and explo- sives-handllng operations shall be con ducted in compliance with Subpart U of this part.. (k) Haulage. (1) Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be in spected by a competent person each shift. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used. (2) Powered mobile equipment shall be provided with adequate brakes. (3) Powered mobile haulage equip ment shall be provided with audible warning devices. Lights shall be,pro vided at both ends. (4) Cab windows shall be of safety (xi) Fire extinguishers or equivalent protection shall be provided at the head and tall pulleys of underground belt con veyors and at 300-foot Intervals along the belt line. (v) Safety belts shall be worn on skips and. platforms used in shafts by crews when the skip or cage does not occlude the opening to within 1 foot of the sides glass, or equivalent, in good condition, and shall be kept clean. (5) Adequate backstops or brakes shall be installed on inclined copveyor drive units to prevent conveyors from (xil) At tunnel operations, employing of the shaft, unless guardrails or cages running in reverse and creating a hazard 25 or more employees at one time under are provided. -- to employees. 55 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262597 i j -v<V '^ r/'7T*;` AC&S 014151 12858 RULES AND REGULATIONS . (6) No employee shall be permitted to in the shaft. The cage shall be designed ride a power-driven chain, belt, or with a safety factor of 4 and shall be bucket conveyor, unless the conveyor la load-tested prior to use. The exterior of specifically designed lor the transporta the cage shall be. free of projections or tion ol employees. sharp comers. Only closed shackles shall (7) The employer, shall not permit be used In the cage rigging. employees to ride In dippers, shovel - (9) If the cage Is equipped with- a buckets, forks, clamshells, or In the beds door, a positive locking device shall be ol dump trucks, or on haulage equipment Installed to prevent the door from open not specifically designed or adapted for ing accidentally while the cage Is being the transportation ol employees. lowered or raised while hoisting or lower (8) Electrically powered mobile equip ing employees. ment shall not be left unattended unless the master switch is In the oil position, 1926.801 Caissons. all operating controls are In the neutral (a) Wherever, In caisson work In position, and the brakes ore set, or other which compressed air is used, and the equivalent precautions are taken against working chamber Is less than 11 feet In rolling. length, and when such caissons are at (9) When dumping cars by hand, the any time suspended or hung while work car dumps shall be provided with tie -Is in progress so that the bottom of the down chains or bumper blocks to prevent excavation Is more than 9 feet below the cars from overturning. deck of the working chamber, a shield (10) Rocker-bottom or bottom-dump Shall be erected therein for the protection cars shall be equipped with positive lock of the employees. ing devices. (b) Shafts shall be- subjected to a (11) Equipment which Is to be hauled hydrostatic or air-pressure test, at which shall be so loaded and protected as to pressure they shall be tight. The shaft prevent sliding or spillage. shall be stamped an the outside shell (12) Parked railcars shall be blocked about 12 Inches from each flange to show securely. . the pressure to which they have been (13) Berms, bumper blocks, safety subjected. hooks, or similar means shall be pro (c) Whenever a shaft Is used. It shall vided to prevent overtravel and over be provided, where space permits, with turning at dumping locations. a safe, proper, and suitable staircase for (14) Where necessary, bumper blocks.- Its entire length, including landing plat or the equivalent, shall be provlded at all forms, not more than 20 feet apart. track dead ends. Where this Is impracticable, suitable lad (15) Supplies, materials, and tools, ders shall be installed with landing plat other than small handtools. shall not be forms located about 20 feet apart to transported with employees In mantrlp break the climb. cars. .(d) All caissons having a diameter, or (1) Electrical equipment. (1) Electri side greater than 10 feet shall be pro cal equipment shall conform to the vided with a man lock and shaft for the requirements of Subpart K of this part. exclusive use of employees. (2) Powerlines shall be well separated (e) m addition to the gauge In the or insulated from waterlines, telephone locks, an accurate gauge shall be main lines, and airlines. tained on the outer and Inner side of (3) Oil-filled transformers shall not each bulkhead. These gauges shall be be used underground unless they are accessible at all times and kept In ac located In a fire-resistant enclosure and curate working-order. surrounded by a dike to contain the con (f) In caisson operations where em tents of the transformers in event of a ployees are exposed to compressed air rupture. working environments, the requirements (m) Hoisting. (1) Hoisting machines, contained in { 1926.803 shall be complied either powered or hand operated, shall with. be worm-geared or powered both ways. The design must be such that when the power Is stopped, the load cannot move. (2) Controls for powered hoists shall be of the deadman type with a nonlock ing switch or control. (3) A device to shut off the power shall be Installed ahead of the operating control. - (4) Hand-operated , release mecha nisms, which can permit the load to descend faster than the speed rating, Khali not be used. (5) Holst machines with cast metal parts shall not be used. (6) Every hoist shall be tested with twice the mariynmn load before being 1926.802 Cofferdams. (a) If overtopping of the cofferdam by high waters Is possible, means shall be provided for controlled flooding of the work area. ' (b) Warning signals for evacuation of employees In case of emergency shall be developed and posted. (c) Cofferdam walkways, bridges, or ramps with at least two means of rapid exit shall be provided with guardrails as specified In Subpart M of this part. . (d) Cofferdams located close to navi gable shipping channels shall be pro tected from vessels in transit, where possible. - put Into operation, and annually there 1926.803 Compressed air. after. (a) General provisions. (1) There (7) All anchorages of hoists shall be shall be present, at all times, at least one Inspected at the beginning of each shift. competent person designated by and rep (8) An enclosed covered-metal cage resenting the employer, who shall be shall be used to raise and lower persons familiar with this subpart In all respects. and responsible for full compliance with these and other applicable subparts. (2) Every employee shall be In structed In the rules and regulations which concern his safety of the safety of others. ' (b) Medical attendance, examination, and regulations. (1) There shall be re tained one or more licensed physicians familiar with and experienced In the physical requirements and the medical .aspects of compressed air work and the treatment of decompression Illness. He shall be available at all times while work is In progress In order to provide medical supervision of employees employed In compressed air work. He shall himself be physically qualified and be willing to enter a pressurized environment. (2) No employee shall be permitted to enter a compressed air environment until he has been examined by the physician and reported by him to be physically qualified to engage In such work. (3) In the event an employee is ab sent from work for 10 days, or Is absent due to sickness or injury, he shall not re sume work until he Is reexamined by the physician, and his physical condition re ported. as provided in this paragraph, to be such as to permit him to work In com pressed air. (4) After an employee has been em ployed continuously in compressed air for a period designated by the physician, but not to exceed 1 year, he shall be re examined by the physician to determine if he is still physically qualified to en gage in compressed air work. (5) Such physician shall at all times keep a complete and full record of ex aminations made by him. The physician shall also keep an accurate record of any decompression Illness or other Illness or Injury Incapacitating any 'employee for work, and of all loss of life that occurs In the operation of a tunnel, caisson, or other compartment in which compressed air is used. (6) Records shall be available for the Inspection of the Secretary or his rep resentatives, and a copy thereof shall be forwarded to OSHA within 48 hours following the occurrence of the accident, death, injury, or decompression Illness. It shall state as fully as possible the cause of said death or decompression Illness, and the place where the Injured or sick employee was taken, and such other relative Information as may be required by the Secretary. (7) A fully equipped first aid station shall be provided at each tunnel project regardless of the number of persons em ployed. An ambulance or transportation suitable for a litter case shall be at each project. (8) Where tunnels are being exca vated from portals more than S road miles apart, a first aid station and trans portation facilities shall be provided at each portal. (9) A medical lock shall be established and maintained in Immediate working order whenever air pressure In the work ing chamber is Increased above the nor mal atmosphere. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. T22--MONDAY", JUNE 24, 1974 206056 01262598 AC&S 014152 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22859 (10) Hie medical lock shall: communication, such as bells, whistles, or the establishment of methods and pro (I) -Have at least 6 feet of clear head telephones, shall be maintained at all cedures of decompression applicable to room at the center, and be subdivided times between all the following locations: repetitive exposures. into not less than two compartments; (1) The working chamber face; (3) If decanting is necessary; the ap (11) Be readily accessible to employees (II) The working chamber side of the pointed physician shall establish pro working under compressed air; man lock near the door; - - - cedures before any employee is permitted (111) Be kept ready for immediate use (III) The interior of the man lock; to be decompressed by decanting meth for at least 5 hours subsequent to the (lv) lock attendant's station; ods. The period of time that the em emergence of any employee from the (v) The compressor plant; ployees spend at atmospheric pressure working chamber; (vl) The first-aid station; - - between the decompression following the (iv) Be properly heated, lighted and (vil) The emergency lock (If one Is re shift and recompression shall not exceed ventilated; quired) ; and 6 minutes. (v) Be maintained in a sanitary con (vlil) The special decompression (g) Man locks and special decompres dition; chamber (if one is required). sion chambers--(1) Man locks. (1) Ex (vl) Have a nonshatterable port (d) Signs and records. (1) The time cept in emergency, no employees em through which the occupant(s) may be of decompression shall be posted in each ployed In compressed air shall be per kept under constant observation; man lock as follows: mitted to. pass from the working chamber (vil) Be designed for a working pres Tzitr or Decoupskssiok roa This Lock to atmospheric pressure until after de sure of 75 p.s.l.g. (vlil) Be equipped with internal con trols which may be overridden by exter compression, in accordance with the pro i---- pounds topounds In_______ minutes. '' cedures In this subpart. pounds topounds In_______________(_1_1) The lock attendant in charge of nal controls; minutes. a man lode shall be under the direct su (lx) Be provided with air pressure gauges to show the air pressure within each' compartment to observers inside and outside the medical lock. (x) Be equipped with a manual type (Signed by)i (Superintendent) This form shall be posted In the Man Lock at ell times. . pervision of the appointed physician. He Shall be stationed at the lock controls on the free air side during the period of compression and decompression and shall remain at the lock control station sprinkler system that can be activated (2) Any code of signals used shall be whenever there are men in the working inside the lock or by the outside lock conspicuously posted near workplace en chamber or in the man lock. tender. trances mid such other locations as may (ill) Except where air pressure in the (xl) Be provided with oxygen lines be necessary to bring them to the atten working chamber is below 12 psi.g., and fittings leading into external tanks. tion of all. employees concerned. each man lock, (hall be equipped with The lines shall be fitted with check valves (3) For each 8-hour shift, a record of automatic controls which, through taped to prevent reverse flow. The oxygen sys tem inside the chamber shall be of a closed circuit design and be so designed as to automatically shut off the oxygen supply whenever the fire system is activated. (xli) Be in constant charge of an at tendant under the direct control of the retained physician. The attendant Bhall be trained in the use of the lock and suit ably Instructed regarding steps to be taken in the treatment of employee ex hibiting symptoms compatible with a diagnosis of decompression illness; (xlil) Be adjacent to an adequate emergency medical facility; (xlv) The medical facility shall be equipped with demand-type oxygen in halation equipment approved by the XJJS. Bureau of Mines; . (xv) Be capable of being maintained at a temperature. In use, not to exceed 00* P. nor be less than 70* F.; and (xvi) Be provided with sources of air, free of dl and carbon monoxide, for normal and emergency use, which are capable of raising the air pressure in the lock from 0 to 75 psig:. in 5 minutes. (II) Identification badges shall be furnished to all employees, indicating that the wearer .is a compressed air worker. A permanent record shall be kept of all Identification badges issued. The badge shall give' the employee's name, address of the medical lock, the telephone number of the licensed physi cian for the compressed air project, and contain Instructions that in caseof emer employees employed under air pressure programs, cams, or similar apparatus, shall be kept by an employee who shall shall automatically regulate decompres remain outside the lock near the en sions. It shall also be equipped with man trance. This record shall show the period ual controls to permit the lock attendant each employee spends in the air cham to override the automatic mechanism in ber and the time taken from decompres the event of an emergency, as provided sion. A copy shall be submitted to the in subdivision (vlil) of this subparagraph. appointed physician after each shift. (iv) A manual control, which can be (e) Compression, tt) Every employee used in the event of an emergency, haii going under air pressure for the first be placed Inside the man lock. time shall be instructed on how to avoid (v) A clock, thermometer, and con excessive discomfort. tinuous recording pressure gauge with (2) During the compression of em a 4-hour graph shall be installed outside ployees, the pressure shall not be in of each man lock and shall be changed creased to more than 3 pjsXg. within the prior to each shift's decompression. The first minute. The pressure Shall be held chart shall be of sufficient size to reg at 3 psig. and again at 7 psJg. suffi ister a legible record of variations in pres ciently long to determine if any employ sure within the man lock and shall be ees are experiencing discomfort. visible to the lock attendant. A copy of (3) After the first minute the pres each graph shall be submitted to the ap sure shall be raised uniformly and at a pointed physician after each shift, m rate not to exceed 10 pad. per minute. addition, a pressure gauge, dock; and (4) --If any employee complains of dis thermometer shall also be installed in comfort, the pressure shall be held to each man lock. Additional fittings shall determine if the symptoms are relieved. be provided so that test gauges may be If, after 6 minutes the discomfort does -attached whenever necessary. . not disappear, the lock attendant shall . (vl) Except where air pressure is be gradually reduce the pressure until the low 12 psJ.g. and there is no danger of employee signals that the discomfort has rapid flooding, all caissons having a ceased. If he does not Indicate that the working area greater than 160 square discomfort has disappeared, the lock at tendant shall reduce the pressure to feet, and each bulkhead in fbnnels of 14 feet or more in diameter, or equivalent atmospheric and the employee shall bereleased from the lock. area, shall have , at least two locks in perfect working condition, one of which (5) No employee shall be subjected to shall be used exclusively as a man lock, pressure exceeding SO pounds per square the other, as a materials lock. Inch except In emergency. (vli) Where only a combination man- (f) Decompression. (1) Decompression and-materlals lock is required, this sin gency of unknown or doubtful cause or to normal condition shall be In accord gle lock shall be of sufficient capacity to Illness, the wearer Shall be rushed to the ance with the Decompression Tables hold the employees constituting two suc medical lock. The badge shall be worn at In Appendix A of this subpart. cessive shifts. all times--off the Job, as well as on the (2) In the event it is necessary for an (vlil) Emergency locks Shall be large Job. . employee to be In compressed air more enough to hold an entire heading shift (c) Telephone and signal communica than once in a 24-hour period, the ap and a limit maintained of 12 psi-g. tion. (1) Effective and reliable means of pointed physician shall be responsible for There shall be a chamber available for 20G057 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262599 AC&S 014153 22860 RULES AND REGULATIONS oxygen decompression therapy to 28 p.sXg. (lx) The man lock shall he large enough so that those using It are not compelled to be In a cramped position, and shall not have less than 5 feet clear head room at the center and a minimum 'of 30 cubic feet of air space per occupant. (x) Locks on caissons shall be so lo cated that the bottom door shall be not less than 3 feet above the water level sur rounding the caisson on the outside. (The water level, where it is affected by tides, is construed' to mean high tide.) (x1) In addition to the pressure gauge in the locks, an accurate pressure gauge shall be maintained on the outer and inner side of each bulkhead. These gauges shall be. accessible at all times and shall be kept in accurate working order. (xii) Man locks shall have an observa tion port at least 4 inches in diameter located in such a position that all oc cupants of the man lock may be ob served from the working chamber and from the free air side of the lock. (xiii). Adequate ventilation in the lock shall be provided. - (xlv) Man locks shall be maintained at a minimum temperature of 70* F. (xv) When locks are not in use and employees are in the working chamber, lock doors shall be kept open to the working chamber, where practicable. (xvi) Provision shall be made to allow for rescue parties to enter, the tunnel if the working force is disabled.. (xvii) A special decompression cham ber of sufficient size to accommodate the entire force of employees being de compressed at the end of a shift shall be provided whenever the regularly es tablished working period requires a total time of decompression exceeding 75 minutes. ' (2) Special decompression chamber. (i) The headroom in the special decom pression chamber shall be not less than a minimum 7 feet and the cubical con tent shall provide at least 50 cubic feet of airspace for each employee. For each occupant, there shall be provided 4 square feet of free talking area and 3 square feet of seating space, exclusive of area re quired for lavatory and toilet facilities. The rated capacity shall be based oh the stated minimum space per employee and shall be posted at the chamber entrance. The posted capacity shall not be exceed ed, except in oase of emergency. (11) Each special decompression chamber shall be equipped with the fol lowing: f (a) A clock or clocks suitably placed so that the attendant and the chamber occupants can readily ascertain the time: (b) Pressure gauges which will In dicate to the attendants and to the chamber occupants the pressure In the chamber; (c) Valves to enable the attendant to control the supply and discharge of compressed air into and from the chamber: (d) Valves and pipes, in connection with the air supply and exhaust, ar ranged so that the chamber pressure (4) The capacity, arrangement, .and be controlled from within and with number of compressors shall be sufficient out: - to maintain the necessary pressure with (e) Effective means of oral intercom out overloading the equipment and to munication between the attendant, oc assure maintenance of such pressure in cupants of the chamber, and the air the working chamber during periods of compressor plant; and breakdown, repair, or emergency. i Cf> An observation port at the en (5) Switching from one .independent trance to permit observation of the source of power supply to the other shall chamber occupants. be done periodically to ensure the work (Ill) Seating facilities in special de ability of the apparatus in an emergency. compression chambers shall be so ar (6) Duplicate low-pressure air feed ranged as to permit a normal sitting lines and regulating valves shall be pro posture without cramping. Seating vided between the source of air supply space, not less than 18 inches by 24 and a point beyond the locks with one of inches wide, shall be . provided per the lines extending to within 100 feet occupant. of the working face. (iv) Adequate toilet and washing fa cilities, in a screened or enclosed recess, shall be provided. Toilet bowls shall have a built-in protector on the rim so that an air space is created when the seat lid Is closed. (v) Fresh and pure drinking water shall be available. This may be accom plished by either piping water into the special decompression chamber and providing drinking fountains, or by pro viding individual canteens, or by some other sanitary means. Community drink ing vessels are prohibited. (vi) No refuse or discarded material of any kind shall be permitted to accu mulate, and the chamber shall be kept clean. (vll) Unless the special decompression chamber Is serving as the man lock to (7) All high- and low-pressure air supply lines shall be equipped with check valves. . (8) Low-pressure air shall be regu lated automatically. In addition, man ually operated valves shall be provided tor emergency conditions. (9) The air Intakes for all air com pressors shall be located at a place where fumes, exhaust gases, and other air con taminants will be at a minimum. (10) Gauges indicating the pressure in the working chamber shall be Installed in the compressor building, the lock at tendant's station, and at the employer's field office. (1) Ventilation and air quality. (1) Exhaust valves and exhaust pipes shall be provided and 'operated so that the working chamber shall be well ventilated, and there shall be no pockets of dead air. atmospheric pressure, the special decom Outlets may be required at intermediate pression chamber shall be situated, where points along the main low-pressure air practicable, adjacent to the man lock supply line to the heading to eliminate on the atmospheric pressure side of the bulkhead. A passageway shall be pro vided, connecting the special chamber such pockets of dead air. Ventilating air shall be not less than 30 cubic feet per mihute. .- with the man lock, to permit employees (2) The air in the workplace shall be in the process of decompression to move analyzed by the employer not less than from the man lock to the special chamber once each shift, and records of such tests without a reduction in the ambient pres shall be kept on file at the place where sure from that designated for the next stage of decompression. The passageway shall be so arranged as to not interfere with the normal operation of the man lock, nor with the release of the oc cupants of the special chamber to atmospheric pressure upon the comple tion of the decompression procedure. the work is in progress. The test results shall be within the threshold limit values specified in Subpart D of this part, for hazardous gases, and within 10 percent of the lower explosive limit of flammable gases. If these limits are not met, im mediate action to correct the situation shall be taken by the employer. (h) Compressor plant and air supply. (3) The temperature of all working (1) At all times there shall be a thor chambers which are subjected to air oughly experienced, competent, and pressure shall, by means of after-coolers reliable person on duty at the air control or other suitable devices, be maintained valves as a gauge tender who shall regu a. a temperature not to exceed 85* F. late the pressure In the working areas. (4) Forced ventilation Shall be pro During tunneling operations, one gauge vided during decompression. During the tender may regulate the pressure in not entire decompression period, forced ven more than two headings: Provided, That tilation through chemical or mechanical the gauge and controls are all in one air purifying devices that will ensure location. In caisson work, there shall be a source of fresh air shall be provided. a gauge tender for each caisson. ' (5) Whenever heat-producing ma (2) The low air compressor plant chines (moles, shields) are used in com shall be of sufficient capacity to not only pressed air tunnel operations, a positive permit the work to be done safely, but means of removing the heat build-up at shall also provide a margin to meet the heading shall be provided. emergencies and repairs. (J) Electricity. (1) AH lighting in (3) Low air compressor units shall compressed-air chambers shall be by have at least two Independent and sepa electricity exclusively, and two Inde rate sources of power supply and each pendent electric-lighting systems with shall be capable of operating the entire independent sources of supply shall be low air plant and its accessory systems. used. The emergency source shall be FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262600 AC&S 014154 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22861 arranged to become automatically op erative In the event of failure of the regularly used source. " (2) The minimum intensity of light on any walkway, ladder, stairway, or working level shall be not less than 10 foot-candles, .and In all workplaces the lighting shall at all times be such as to enable employees to see clearly. (3) All electrical equipment, and wir ing for light and power circuits, shall comply with requirements of the Na tional Electrical Code. ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968) for use In damp, hazard ous, high temperature, and compressed air environments. (4) External parts of lighting fixtures and all other electrical equipment, when within 8 feet of the floor, shall be con structed of noncombustible, nonabsorp- tive, insulating materials, except that metal may be used if it is effectively grounded. (5) Portable lamps shall be equipped with noncombustible, nonabsorptive, in sulating sockets, approved handles, bas ket guards, and approved cords. (6) The use of worn or defective portable and pendant conductors is prohibited. . (k) Sanitation. (1) Sanitary, heated, lighted, and ventilated dressing rooms and drying rooms shall be provided for all employees engaged in compressed air work. Such rooms shall contain suitable benches and lockers. Bathing accommo dations (showers at the ratio of one to 10 employees per shift), equipped with running hot and cold water, and suitable and adequate toilet accommodations, shall be provided. One toilet for each 15 employees, or fractional part thereof, shall be provided. (2) When the toilet bowl is shut by a cover, there should be an air space so that the bowl or bucket does not implode when pressure is increased. (3) AH parts of caissons and other working compartments shall be kept in a sanitary condition. (l) Fire prevention and protection. (1) Firefighting equipment shall be available at all times and shall be main tained in working condition. (2) While welding or flame-cutting is being done in compressed air, a fire- watch with a fire hose or approved ex tinguisher shall stand by until such op eration is completed. (3) Shafts and caissons containing flammable material of any kind, either above or below ground, shall be provided with a waterline and- a fire hose con nected thereto, so arranged that all points of the shaft or caisson are within reach of the hose stream. (4) Fire hose shall be at least 1% inches in nominal diameter; the water pressure shall at all times be adequate for efficient operation of the type of noz zle used; and the water supply shall be 6uch as to ensure an uninterrupted flow. Fire hose, when not in use, shall be lo cated or guarded to prevent injury thereto. (5) The power house, compressor house, and all buildings housing venti lating equipment, shall be provided with at least one hose connection in the water line, with a fire hose connected thereto. A fire hose shall be maintained within reach of structures of wood over or near shafts. (6) Tunnels shall be provided with a 2-inch minimum diameter waterline ex tending into the working chamber and to within 100 feet of the working face. Such line shall have hose outlets with 100 feet of fire hose attached and maintained as follows: One at the working face; one immediately inside of the bulkhead of the working chamber; and one immedi ately outside such bulkhead. In addition, hose outlets shall be provided at 200-foot intervals throughout the length of the tunnel, and 100 feet of fire hose shall be attached to the outlet nearest to any lo cation where flammable material is be ing kept or stored or where any flame is being used. (7) In addition to fire h06e protection required by this subpart, on every floor of every building not under compressed air, but used in connection with the com pressed air work, there shall be provided at least one approved fire extinguisher of the proper type for the hazard involved. At least two approved fire extinguishers shall be provided in the working chamber as follows: One at the working face and one immediately inside the bulkhead (pressure side). Extinguishers in the working chamber shall use water as the primary extinguishing agent and shall not use any extinguishing agent which could be harmful to the employees in the working chamber. The fire extinguisher shall be protected from damage. (8) Highly combustible materials shall not be used or stored in the working chamber. Wood, paper, and similar com bustible material shall not be used in the working chamber in quantities which could cause a fire hazard. The compres sor building shall be constructed of non combustible material. (9) Man locks shall be equipped with a manual type fire extinguisher system that can be activated inside the man lock and also by the outside, lock attendant. In addition, a fire hose and portable fire extinguisher shall be provided inside and outside the man lock. The portable fire extinguisher shall be the dry chemical type. (10) Equipment, fixtures, and furni ture in man locks and special decompres sion chambers shall be constructed of noncombustible materials. Bedding, etc., shall be chemically treated so as to be fire resistant. (11) Head frames shall be constructed of structural steel or open frame-work fireproofed timber. Head houses and other temporary surface buildings or structures within 100 feet of the shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening shall be built of fire-resistant materials. (12) No oil, gasoline, or other combus tible material shall be stored within 100 feet of any shaft, caisson, or tunnel open ing, except that oils may be stored- in suitable tanks in Isolated fireproof build ings, provided such buildings are not less than 50 feet from any shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening, or any building directly connected thereto. (13) Positive means shall be taken to prevent leaking flammable liquids from flowing into the areas specifically men tioned in the preceding paragraph. (14) All explosives used in connection with compressed air work shall be se lected, stored, transported, and used as specified in Subpart U of this part. . (m) Bulkheads and safety screens. (1) Intermediate bulkheads with locks, or in termediate safety screens or both, are re quired where there is the danger of rapid flooding. (2) In tunnels 16 feet or more in di ameter, hanging walkways shall be pro vided from the face to the man lock as high in the tunnel as practicable, with at least 6 feet of head room. Walkways shall be constructed of noncombustible mate rial. Standard railings shall be securely installed throughout the length of all walkways on open sides in accordance with Subpart M of this part. Where walk ways are ramped under safety screens, the walkway surface shall be skidproofed by cleats or by equivalent means. (3) Bulkheads used to contain com pressed air shall be tested, where prac ticable. to prove their ability to resist the highest air pressure which may be ex pected to be used. 1926.804 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) "Bulkhead"--An airtight struc ture separating the working chamber from free air or from another chamber under a lesser pressure than the working pressure. (b) "Caisson"--A wood, steel, concrete or reinforced concrete, air- and water tight chamber in which it is possible for men to work under air pressure greater than atmospheric pressure to excavate material below water level. (c) "Decanting"--A method used for decompressing under emergency circum stances. In this procedure, the employees are brought to atmospheric pressure with a very high gas tension in the tissues and then immediately recompressed in a sec ond and separate chamber or lock. (d) "Emergency locks"--A lock de signed to hold and permit the quick passage of an entire shift of employees. (e) "High air"--Air pressure used to supply power to pneumatic tools and devices. (f) "Low air"--Air supplied to pres surize working chambers and locks. ' (g) "Man lock"--A chamber through which men pass from one air pressure environment into another. (h) "Materials lock"--A chamber through which materials and equipment pass from one air pressure environment into another. : (i) "Medical lock"--A special cham ber in which employees are treated for decompression illness. It may also be used in preemployment physical examinations to determine the adaptability of the pro spective employee to changes in pressure. (J) "Normal condition"--One during which exposure to compressed air is limited to a single continuous working period followed by a single decompres sion in any given 24-hour period; the total time of exposure to compressed air 2GG059 FEDERAl REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262601 AC&S 014155 22862 RULES AND REGULATIONS during the single continuous working period Is not Interrupted by exposure- to normal atmospheric pressure, and a sec ond exposure to compressed air does not occur until at least 12 consecutive hours of exposure to normal atmospheric pres sure has elapsed since the employee has been under pressure. (k) "Pressure"--A force acting on a unit area. Usually shown as pounds per square inch. (ps.l.) (l) "Absolute pressure" (p-sl.a.)-- The sum of the atmospheric pressure and gauge pressure (p.s.l.g.). (m) "Atmospheric pressure"-^-T h e pressure of air at sea level, usually 14.7 pji.a. (1 atmosphere), or 0 pjs.i.g. (n) "Gauge pressure" (pJig.)--Pres sure measured by a gauge and Indicat ing the pressure exceeding atmospheric. (o) "Safety screen"--An air- and water-tight diaphragm placed across the upper part of a compressed air tun nel between the face and bulkhead. In order to prevent flooding the crown of the tunnel between the safety screen and the bulkhead, thus providing a safe means of refuge and exit from a flooding or flooded tunnel. (p) "Special decompression cham ber"--A chamber to provide greater comfort for employees when the total decompression time exceeds 75 minutes. (q) "Working chamber"--The space or compartment under air pressure in which the work is being done. AAppend'X DECOMPRESSION TABLES 1. Explanation. The decompression tables are computed for working chamber pressures from 0 to 14 pounds, and from 14 to 60 pounds per square Inch gauge inclusive by 2-pound increments and for exposure times for each pressure extending from one-half to over 8 hours Inclusive. Decompressions will be conducted by two or more stages with a TymTiTwnm of four stages, the latter for a working chamber pressure of 40 pounds per square Inch gauge or over. Stage 1 consists of a reduction In ambient pressure ranging from 10 to a maximum of 18 pounds per square Inch, but In no In stance will the pressure be reduced below 4 pounds at the end of stage 1. This reduction In pressure In stage 1 will always take place at a rate not greater than 6 pounds per minute. Further reduction In pressure wm take place during stage 2 and subsequent stages as required at a slower rate, but In no event at a rate greater than 1 pound per minute. Decompression Table No. 1 indicates In the body of the table the total decompression time In minutes for various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposure time. Decompression Table No. 2 Indicates for the same various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposure time the following: a. The number of stages required: b. The reduction In pressure and the ter minal pressure for each required stage; o. The time in mlnutee through which the reduction In pressure Is accomplished for each required stage; d. The pressure reduction rate in minutes per pound for each required stage; Important Note: The Pressure Reduction In Each Stage Is Accomplished at a Uni form Rate. Do Not Interpolate Between Values Shown on the Tables. Use the Next TTigh.r Value of Working Chamber Pres sure or Exposure Time Should the Actual Working Chamber Pressure or the Actual Exposure Time, Respectively, Pall Between Those for Which Calculated Values Are Shown In the Body of the Tables. Examples: Example No. 1: 4 hours working period at 20 pounds gauge. Decompression Table No. 1: 20 pounds for 4 hours, total decompression time. Decompression Table No. 2: Stage 1: Reduce pressure from 20 pounds to 4 pounds at the uniform rate of 5 pounds per minute. 43 minutes. Elapsed time stage 1: _ '6 Stage 2 (final stage): Re duce -pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pounds to 0-pound gage over a period of 40 minutes. Rate--0.10 pound per minute or 10 minutes per pound. Stage 2 (final) elapsed 3 minutes. . 40 minutes. Total time___________ Example No. 2: C-hour working period at 24 pounds gage. 43 minutes. Decompression Table No. 1: 24 pounds for 5 hours, total decompression time. Decompression Table No. 2: Stage 1: Reduce pressure from 24 pounds to 8 pounds at the uniform rate of 6 pounds per minute. Ela- psed time stage 115--6 Stage 2: Reduce pressure at a uniform rate from 8 pounds to 4 pounds over a period of 4 mlnutes. Rate, 1 pound per minute elapsed time, stage 2_________ Transfer men to special decompression cham ber maintaining the 4-pound pressure dur ing the transfer oper ation. Stage 3 (final stage): In the special decom pression chamber, re duce the pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pounds to 0-pound gage over a period of 110 minutes. Rate, 0.037 pound per min ute or 27.6 minutes .per pound. Stage 3 (final) elapsed time___ Total time 117 minutes. 3 minutes. i 4 minutes. 110 minutes. 117 minutes. Decoktbession Tablx No. 1--Total Decompression Tims Work pressure Working period hours p.sJ.g. H 1 1H 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Over 8 0-12...................................... 14..................................... 16.......................................... 18.......................................... 20.......................................... .................................. 22.......................................... 26.......................................... 28.......................................... so....................................... 32.......................................... 34.......................................... 36.......................................... 38.......................................... 40.......................................... 42.......................................... 44.......................................... 46.......................................... ....................... s........ 48.......................................... ................................... 60.......................................... ................................... 7 44 61 68 33 3 333 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 16 16 7 7 7 7 7 17 33 48 48 7 7 8 11 17 48 63 63 73 7 8 15 15 43 63 73 83 103 16 24 38 68 93 103 113 128 12 23 27 62 92, 117 122 127 137 14 29 34 69 104 126 141 142 142 23 31 41 98 127 143 163 163 166 28 38 62 105 143 165 168 178 188 35 43 86 126 163 178 193 203 213 39 6S 98 161 178 196 218 223 233 44 63 113 170 198 223 233 243 263 49 73 128 178 203 223 238 283 263 49 84 143 183 213 233 248 268 278 66 102 144 189 216 245 260 263 268 64 118 164 199 234 264 264 269 269 74 139 171 214 244 269 274 289 299 69 144 189 229 269 299 309 819 319 . 94 164 209 249 279 309 329 . DxcoxrBxssiOH Tablx No. 2 (Do not Interpolate, use next higher value for conditions not computed.) 3 33 62 87 113 133 151 163 183 204 226 248 273 278 288 293 293 318 Working chamber pressure P-a-I.g. Working period Houii Decompression data Pressure reduction stage No. Pa.lg. ----------------------------- From To Time In stage Minutes Pressure reduction - rats Mln/Found Total time decompress Minutes h........... _____ . 1............ ............ m......... ............ 2............ ............ 3....... ... ...__ _ 4-........... ............. 6_______----------- * 6......... ... ............. 7............ .. 8............ _______ Over 8.. r ....... - 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 i 2 1 2 1 21 2 1 2 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 0 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 2 < o 4 2 4. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 14 2 14 2 80 0.20 6 1.00 6 0.20 1.00 .6 6 0.20 6 1.00 6 0.20 . 6 1.00 6 0.20 6 1.00 6 0.20 6 1.00 6 0.20 6 1.00 6 0.20 1.00 8 a 20 3.60 16 0.20 3.60 u a 20 7.80 39, NO,. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 206060 01262602 JAC&S 014156 M `.U. m * RULES AND REGULATIONS 22863 3&II cssssg = s a a ssaaas zstssssss il.I fin* A. g 888S888S8B8S8g88888888888888888S88g88S88888S8888g888S88888888888SS888SS8SS c!>aeodjodidd(|Dd^d^dMiJo'JH6iH'>dncd'-^'a`^>dM,^dH^dfJgdr^dc<'dnQMndM o*-5o' <d n*nN SM.Sg S<5.S *S*9S<QSM8c0S<cc9*0M*e5a'^(0^IMSe0'*'S*Q^lS<9^,9c0'4>S*0^>SM'*>S*e^SM^>S<0a&Sae*D'r<co'cee ocooooccoeoceOK<>otoo'#ooa*oaoooo'oo'*oooooo'oooo^oofooooiio ?" s gsg8.j38.8s,,s^soo^s|^a*js<*a,a,s,,s,a,8g,gsgo*8o8sgg^8o*go<gs. z M ^N-eiilN-ClHWf-lN-iM-^eC-eltC-NM wNNrtCOWr-iN^t-iNnjrtWlNW-rort HNWrtCIWMClWwMIC^WW^WW 5 co c 5fl 111* Safte III* o S ^ sw* CO 0 t to . o J- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122-- MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 ip lag lip t*4> >ns n n - r-r>h. 3 3 I* H | 5 28PSN,'"225SI!855 a o c Pal iiH Oh S3 888888S8gSg8S8SS88S88Sg88S88S888S83S8888SSS88S88S8S8S8S8S8S88888S8SS8888S o'HdMO,*Hd<diJd'>'d(fedh>,oijd^died'Hd*4d>He>>4c$Nd<edMc{aje`^drdMO'HdpldiHend(4ddd<rfdfe*d^c>^dj*dHdvjtfHdi4 9.S | sl "3 ^W^PS^r',(^'^><0'^#CO5*gf5Jgr3gCO^*^t^^M3aOCOjJjeOigfCgfOgCOOrt2g,SI*,r,5*,fC*Cr5Wf>5P*OOfOg<COtCgfOg*flO00^eiecej| 9. *c fee -- rovotovovo'tie^o^o^oi'ofevo^ovovofo^owowovovofevovc^ofo^ofo-iio^oiioiiscoeooovo g ** 2 *' "** ^ 2 ** * ** js "* 3,r jS $5^ ^ ** ^ *g * ** } <g ^ g ^ g -+ g * g* g g << g# g g ** jo g* go <d go No. 122-- P t. I I ------9 ( 5o*x? C| SH ]fJ* 5osaa?,-it-ga* *N>HtMCtMeHNp4CMeiP*CMniNNM4nlHMHN>NN*NC<lHMfHNH(l<HN*4nMe*HClMN^C<fHr4^f|HNHNHC<HNHe>i^HH4*HC1C4HM i i : i i i : : : :: : :! : : : : : i : : : :: : ::: : i i i i i : : : :i i l i ii i : ; : :: ::::!i:!i:i : : : : i : i : i s : i: j J !!J to : : : i i : fe : i : : 1 a o :J ' i 1 1 o* !X i :ji: Ia w e < a 1M~ 2 ___ :i:i j :!:i *. i : | is:: 00 ii ! i c ( a O w3 . 3 61 01262603 AC&S 014157 RULES AND REGULATIONS aassa ggaga ssSs-SsaSHfs^ FEDERAL REGISTER, V O L .'39, NO. 122-- MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 -a''"aa"sa"8S"ss"3"3g"sg"g8'osg"a"s-'"sa"ss"asM?*os"gg"sgwss~s|"2g"s",wsa ^ o o og^ojo^oog^ojo^og^o <o*<o oo^o ao*# oo*o f | I aa-S3-8S-SS-SS-SS-gS-8S-S5S-BS*SS-*3-SS-SS-SS-;S9'';sa-33-'S5-3S~S3-Sa-*S8*88'' :; jij ! j j5,, **i*t < V< O3 w5 i :: aSc ei n - 0 ft a 8 oX 3f ! 3828SSSS3g33SSSS n 8S33 8"008TMS8,'32"ag"8g"8g"8g"Sg"S''"23,oS8"33,,aS',8Sw8g"3g,,,3g',8g"K8 | i s=-jta''82',a2''8H''Ra',,8a''a2''a2''8a''8a''8a''a3''83''S3"'8S''83''S3''83''83''83''83''83''83'' nHnnHnn^MNHNt4>nn>MN'4NNHNitNtiN><NH>nnHMN4nn<tot>4N( OXJ - i 01262604 20GGG2 AC&S 014158 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22865 lie 111 If 22sSS2i26 S .2gs2g2 ll.l < a 8S8R8SS88SS883SS838Sg8888g8S83888888888888ffi8S88E88S8888S8SS8886S88S883S8 o^*dj^OiM*^gcc<odgdc<cg^*ojog rf^o^de^o -.3 VI Pis"s! i 9. *883*0888'!*8g,'!;8g"88S''8Sg"E8g"8Sg"8'DS*SK{S`0S88,28S*0S8'8g'e{!8g*"S8g*088g"88g e* e* ro^oo^ojreo^o^so-^oj^oa^ojgo-^ogo^o^o^caj^o^ejge^oj^o'^iojgo^'oj^o^iogo^ojgo^c S5"'*8a"''Sa''8a""'SS'*Saoo''SS"''8a"-'SSS''8S''S8S''88S-'5SS''SSS,'58S,'Sag,'a8S'*58S- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122-- MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 CT5 C ?f |S Hi* SoB*5-5 Srga* X wn 3ilfl* sls f8l 8N 3W Efl PM.KSE8h S 22 2 d e g=2 I2**a0 geB; "e s 8$S8gg8Se8SgSSgS8S8ffiS82S8E288g8888Sa8S882S82885S8S8S8reS82S8aS88888SSa888a dVof* t^ot6a>d Vo* o ksc- d C'Jio'fbof o ad-o* HHOHiodH'od 1-iM'c4rdcd'c5'o't'-''Vf;*rf5':c3rfR^^<dr^cJW4tf-*.-4drf*-JJJ ^nnnnnnM h cl ft n ci . n m s .IM3 B2J t-"S ^g*c55,t`Se*0SS*08^<08??*,92S"SS`,9SSeC2"2S<,58gf0SSwS3,,2SwSSwSwSlgroSSpo2lgccS,#w>S,0fiwS85 <DOg4 40Og*>OgWOg4<DOgJ<DOOOWO'0O'ga'*O<p^O2(O^O SS~g8^S~S^8~g8^SR^gR^g8~gS~SS"8SS8S~,3KSS*888,DSS8a,033:*'*S*,*,93w gS'SxgE |W fill EOc-gfaiA0* 9 r- r-Ki yj O nV>/\'J-Q* ) t* oX ft. 0 ob 01262605 AC&S 014159 22866 i E-2** ~ &s 0b oSS ssa RULES AND REGULATIONS 28S88 2kO2 a0 23*o SSa* il g 888S88SS8888888S888S888888SS88E8888S8888888S88e8888888S:S88S8a88S888R a &a Bo e*"S *5ggSSS"S5gwSSS*888,a598w588*S38SS2"S8gSggwSSSwSS,05gg*,5gwS38,*SS3 g^^eg^oe^^og^eg^^ogefOgc'fOge^onjD^ogv^oije'VOge^ogv^oUe'fOQv^ejg^ojij^o *Saaa. o. 0< o Z sa be S3 8 tjs 5SS''5S3'rSSS''SSS'*SSS''33a''9gS''gS''?f8S''9SS''3!SS''3aS-'5as,9!5S''5S3S''gSa'*SSa'" Mnni<Nna'<NnVNnnHnnHe.naHciAaMHaMe.n4*.flttHttnHMnHnnHNHp4flNHein.NH s N 0 O X IIIsSs- FEDERAL REGISTER, V O L 39, NO. 122-- MONDAY, JUNB 24, 1974 las -Bls= H.gga 82 Cl C4 8 S3 t* fOl 35 o f0l o IjsS; o.3,, sa 8ESS888888838888388"88888888882S888S888S888S8S8S888S88SSS88R88S8888S88S8 SJ 8B92a3 5"s w88gwS<l0Sw,S8a'a5S;9SSSwS8g*#S3gMSSgw2Sg#0SggwSggf*9gg**SSSe0S33#S33e0S5g-0Sgg,,23g jjo^ogjg^oggg^oggej^ogjcj^ogg.^o eg'gj^o gw ^^ej-^ogjej'* g*j<*<-ogj ** 3 *=04 . g8S^38a*382*589*Sa9*3a3^a*3a2*:^a*382;*38S*:t8S*3g;5^3g:S*$8:!i'*S8:S*'S8r*S8S* fc aa at 9gs |rf Nnn^HNn^HNM^HMNwNMnvNnngiHMH^HBin^NNn^NflM^HenQyHnn^HMn^MCin^^nn^HnN^NnH^MMa# j J4 1s J 1 ii 41 \t4 :1i4I i 111 I1 11 111 X ml 5 J J <111 114J111I* m i1iiii1 m !{ 41I | *1 1I144 44 4 J | 4 ma t ii:i4i 5 ; * : ; jj 2 jt j 4 444441 441 5 j W J 23aAa*3s*d?* HP 01262606 20GGG4 AC&S 014160 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22867 PicOMPBtssioiT Tabu No. 2--Continued substantially covered over at a point not Working chamber pieesore P-s-Lg. period Boon ~ Decompression data Pressure redaction Stage No. P.sJ.g. From To Time in stage Minutes Pressure redaction rate Min/Poond Total time decompress Minutes less than two floors below the floor on which work is being performed, and ac cess to the floor where the work is in progress shall be through a properly lighted, protected, and separate pas ________ ___M---------------2 1 ... . . .....__ _ . A . . _____ . __________ _ ____ _-- 1 2 S 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 30 84 84 18 13 4 40 00 34 84 18 18 4 40 00 34 34 18 18 4 40 00 34 34 18 18 4 40 00 34 34 18 18 4 40 00 34 34 18 18 4 40 3 16 05 00 3 16 70 120 3 16 100 130 3 16 130 130 8 16 160 130 8 16 180 130 a 20 1.00 8.93 22.00 0.20 1.00 6.00 3a 00 a 20 1.00 7.15 32.60 a 20 LOO 8.66. 82.60 0.20 LOO 1L42 82.60 a 20 LOO 12.85 32.60 sageway. 1926.852 Chutes. 161 (a) No material shall be dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the structure unless the area is effec 209 tively protected. (b) All materials chutes, or sections ' 249 thereof, at an angle of more than 45* from the horizontal, shall be entirely en closed, except for openings equipped with 279 closures at or about floor level for the insertion of materials. The openings Shall not exceed 48 inches in height measured 809 along the wall of the chute. At all stories below the top floor, such openings shall be kept closed when not in use. 829 (c) A substantial gate shall be in stalled in each chute at or near the dis Subpart T--Demolition S 1926.850 Preparatory operations. (a) Prior to permitting employees to start demolition operations, an engineer ing survey shall be made, by a compe tent person, of the structure to determine the condition of the framing, floors, and walls, and possibility of unplanned col lapse of any portion of the structure. Any adjacent structure where employees may be exposed shall alsc be similarly checked. The employer shall have in writing evidence that such a survey has been performed. (b) When employees are required to work within a structure to be demol high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs, warning of the hazard of falling materials, shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted In this lower area until debris handling ceases above. (I) All floor openings, not used as ma terial drops, shall be covered over with material substantial enough to support the weight of any load which may be Imposed. Such material shall be prop erly secured to prevent its accidental movement. (J) Except for the cutting of holes In floors for chutes, holes through which to drop materials, preparation of storage charge end. A competent employee shall be assigned to control the operation of the gate, and the backing and loading of trucks. (d) When operations are not in prog ress, the area surrounding the discharge end of a chute shall be securely closed off. (e) Any chute opening, into which workmen dump debris, shall be protected by a substantial guardrail approximately 42 inches above - he floor or other surface on which the men stand to dump the ma terial. Any space between the chute and the edge of openings in the floors through which it passes shall oe solidly covered over. ished which has been damaged by fire, space, and similar necessary preparatory (f) Where the material is dumped flood, explosion, or other cause, the work, the demolition of exterior walls from mechanical equipment or wheel walls or floor shall be shored or braced. and floor construction shall begin at the barrows, a securely attached toeboard or (c) All electric, gas, water, steam, top of the structure and proceed down bumper, not less than 4 inches thick and sewer, and other service lines shall be ward. Each story of exterior wall and 6 Inches high, shall be provided at each shut off, capped, or otherwise controlled, floor construction shall be removed and chute opening. outside the building line before demoli tion work Is started. In each case, any utility company which Is involved shall be notified In advance. (d) If It Is necessary to maintain any power, water or other utilities during demolition, such lines shall be tempo dropped -into the storage space before commencing the removal of exterior walls and floors in the story next below. (k) Employee entrances to multi story structures being demolished shall be completely protected by sidewalk sheds or canopies, or both, providing pro (g) Chutes shall be designed and con structed of such strength as to eliminate failure due to impact of materials or de bris loaded therein. - 1926.853 Removal of materials through floor openings. rarily relocated, as necessary, and pro tection from the face of the building for Any openings cut in a floor for the tected. a minimum of 8 feet. All such canopies disposal of materials shall be ho larger (e) It shall also be determined If any 6hall be at Ifeast 2 feet wider than the in size than 25 percent of the aggregate type of hazardous chemicals, gases, ex building entrances or openings <1 foot of the total floor area, unless the lateral plosives, flammable materials, or sim wider on each side thereof), and shall be supports of the removed flooring re ilarly -dangerous substances have been capable of sustaining a load of 150 main in place. Floors weakened or other used in any pipes, tanks, or other equip pounds per square foot. wise made unsafe by demolition opera ment on the property. When the pres ence of any such substances is apparent or suspected, testing and purging shall 1926.851 ders. Stairs, passageways, and lad tions shall be shored to carry safely the intended Imposed load from demolition operations. be performed and the hazard eliminated before demolition Is started. (f) Where a hazard exists from frag (a) Only those stairways, passage ways, and ladders, designated as means of access to the structure of a building, 1926.854 Removal of walls, masonry sections, and chimneys. mentation of glass, such hazards shall shall be used. Other access ways shall be (a) Masonry walls, or other sections Le removed. entirely closed at all times. of masonry, shall not be permitted to fall (g) Where a hazard exists to em (b) All stairs, passageways, ladders upon the floors of the building in such ployees falling through wall openings, and incidental equipment thereto, which masses as to exceed the safe carrying the opening shall be protected to a are covered by this section, shall be capacities of the floors. height of approximately 42 inches. periodically inspected and maintained (b) No wall section, which Is more (h) When debris is dropped through in a clean safe condition. than one story in height, shall be per holes in the floor without the use of (c) In a multistory building, when a mitted to stand alone without lateral chutes, the area onto which the material stairwell is being used, it shall be prop bracing, unless such wall was originally Is dropped shall be completely enclosed erly illuminated by either natural or designed and constructed to stand with-_ with barricades not less than 42 inches artificial means, and completely and out such lateral support, and is in a con- 206065 FEDERAl REGISTER, VOl. 39, NO. 121--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262607 AC&S 014161 2286S RULES AND REGULATIONS ditlon safe enough to be self-supporting. All walls shall be, left In a stable condi tion at the end of each shift. . (c) Employees shall not be permitted to work on thetop of a wall when weather conditions constitute a hazard. (d) Structural or load-supporting members on any floor, shall not be cut or removed until all stories above such a floor-have been demolished and re moved. This provision shall not prohibit the cutting of floor beams for the dispos al of materials or for the Installation of equipment, provided that the require ments of S 1926.853 and 1926.855 are met. (e) Floor openings within 10 feet of any wall being demolished shall be planked solid, except when employees are kept out of the area below. (f) In buildings of "skeleton-steel" construction; the steel framing may be left in place during the demolition of masonry. Where this is done, all steel beams, girders, and similar structural supports shall be cleared of all loose ma terial as the masonry demolition pro gresses downward. ' (g) Walkways or ladders shall be pro vided to enable employees to safely reach or leave any scaffold or wall. . (h) Walls, which serve as retaining walls to support earth or adjoining struc tures, shall not be demolished until such earth has been properly braced or ad joining structures have been properly underpinned. (1) Walls, which are to serve as re taining walls against which debris will be piled, shall not be so used unless capa ble of safely supporting the imposed load. 1926.855 Manual removal of floors. (a) Openings cut in a' floor shall ex tend the full span of the arch between supports. (b> Before demolishing any floor arch, debris and other material shall be re moved from such arch and -other ad jacent floor area. Planks not less than 2 inches by 10 inches In cross section, full size undressed, shall be provided for, and shall be used by employees to stand on while breaking down floor arches be tween beams. Such planks shall be so located as to^provide a safe support for the workmen should the arch between the beams collapse. The open space be tween planks shall not exceed 16 inches. (c) Safe walkways, not less than 18 Inches wide, formed of planks not less than 2 inches thick if wood, or of equiv alent strength if metal, shall be pro vided and used by workmen when necessary to enable them to reach any point without walking upon exposed beams. (d) Stringers of ample strength shall be Installed to support the flooring planks, and the aids of such stringers shall be supported by floor beams or gird ers, and not by floor arches alone. (e) Planks shall be-laid together over solid bearings with the ends overlapping at least 1 foot. (f) When floor arches are being re moved, employees shall not be allowed in the area directly underneath, and such an area shall be barricaded to pre vent access to it. -. (g) Demolition of floor arches shall not be started until they, and the sur rounding floor area for a distance of 20 feet, have been cleared of debris and any other unnecessary materials. 1926.856 Removal of walls, floors, and material with equipment. (a) Mechanical equipment shall not be used on floors or working surfaces un less such floors or surfaces are of suf ficient strength to support the imposed load. (b) Floor openings shall have purbs or stop-logs to prevent equipment from running over the edge. (c) Mechanical equipment used shall meet the requirements specified In Sub parts N and O of this part. _ 1926.857 Storage. (a) The storage of waste material and debris on any floor shall not exceed the allowable floor loads. <b) In buildings having wooden floor construction, the flooring boards may be removed from not more than one floor above grade to provide storage space for debris, provided falling material is not permitted to endanger the stability of the structure. (c) When wood floor beams serve to brace interior walls or free-standing ex terior walls, such beams shall be left In place until other equivalent support can be installed to replace them. <d) Floor arches, to an elevation of not more than 25 feet above grade, may be removed to provide storage area for debris: -Provided, That such removal does not endanger the stability of the structure. (e) Storage space into'which material is dumped shall be blocked off, except for openings necessary for the removal of material. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times when material Is not being removed. 1926.858 Removal of steel construc tion. (a) When floor arches have been re moved. planking in accordance with 5 1926.855(b) shall be provided for the workers engaged in razing the steel framing. , (b) Cranes, derricks, and other hoist ing equipment used shall meet the re quirements specified in Subpart N of this part. (c) Steel construction shall be dis mantled column length by column length, and tier by tier (columns may be in two-story lengths). (d) Any structural member being dis membered shall hot be overstressed. 1926.859 Mechanical demolition. (a) No workers shall be permitted in any area, which can be adversely affected by demolition operations, when balling or clamming is being performed. Only those workers necessary for the perform ance of the operations shall be permitted in this area at any other time. (b) The weight of the demolition ball shall not exceed 50 percent of the crane's rated load, based on the length of the boom and the maximum angle of opera tion at which the demolition ball will be used, or it shall not exceed 25 percent of the nominal breaking strength of the line by which it is suspended, which ever results in a lesser value. (c) The crane boom and loadline shall be as short as possible. (d) The ball shall be attached to the loadline with a swivel-type connection to prevent twisting of the loadline, and shall be attached by positive means in such manner that the weight cannot become accidentally disconnected. (e) When pulling over walls or portions thereof, all steel members affected shall have been previously cut free. (f) All roof cornices or other such ornamental stonework shall be removed prior to pulling walls over. " (g) During demolition, continuing-in spections by a competent person shall be made as the work progresses to detect hazards resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors, or walls, or loosened material. No employee shall be permitted to work where such hazards exist until they are corrected by shoring, bracing, or other effective means. 1926.860 Selective demolition liy explosives. Selective demolition by explosives shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable sections of Subpart U of this part. Subpart U--Blasting and the Use of Explosives 1926.900 General provisions. (a) The employer shall permit only authorized and qualified persons to han dle and use explosives. (b) Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lamps, and other fires, flame or heat producing devices and sparks shall be prohibited in or ndSr explosive maga zines or while explosives are being han dled, transported or used. (c) No person shall be allowed to han dle or use explosives while under the in fluence of intoxicating liquors, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs. - (d) AH explosives shaU be accounted for at all times. Explosives not being used shall be kept in a locked magazine, unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The employer shall main tain an inventory and use record of all explosives. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any loss, theft, or unauthor ized entry into a magazine. (e) No explosives or blasting agents shall be abandoned. ' (f) No fire shall be fought where the fire is in imminent danger of contact with explosives. AH employees shall be re moved to a safe area and the fire area guarded against intruders. (g) Original containers, or Class II magazines, shall be used for taking deto nators and other explosives from storage magazines to the blasting area. (h) When blasting is done in con gested areas or in proximity to a struc ture, railway, or highway, or any other Installation that may be damaged, the FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 .206066 01262608 AC&S 014162 / RULES AND REGULATIONS 22869 blaster shall take special precautions In Blasting Caps, IME Publication No. 20, motor vehicle or conveyance transporting the loading, delaying. Initiation, and March 1971. explosives. confinement of each blast with mats or (1). Empty boxes and paper and fiber (d) Explosives, blasting agents, and other methods so as to control the throw packing materials, which have previ blasting supplies shall not be transported of fragments, and thus prevent bodily ously contained high explosives, shall not with other materials or cargoes. Blast injury to employees. be used again for any purpose, but shall ing caps (including electric) shall not (i) Employees authorized to prepare be destroyed by burning at an approved be transported in the same vehicle with explosive charges or conduct blasting op* location. other explosives. eratlons shall use every reasonable pre <m) Explosives, blasting agents, and (e) Vehicles used for transporting ex caution including, but not limited to, blasting supplies that are obviously de plosives shall be strong enough to carry visual and audible warning signals, flags, teriorated or damaged shall not be used. the load without difficulty, and shall be or barricades, to ensure.employee safety. (n) Delivery and issue of explosives in good mechanical .condition. (J) Insofar as possible, blasting opera shall only be made by and to authorized (f) When explosives are transported tions above ground shall be conducted persons and into authorized magazines by a vehicle with an open body, a Class between sunup and sundown. ^ or approved temporary storage or han H magazine or original manufacturer's (k> Due precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental discharge of electric blasting caps from current induced by radar, radio transmitters, lightning ad jacent powerlines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. These precautions shall include: (1) Detonators shall be short-circuited in holes which have been primed and shunted until wired into the blasting circuit. (2) The suspension of all blasting op erations and removal of persons from the blasting area during the approach and progress of an electric storm: (3) fi) Tne, prominent display of ade quate signs: warning against the use of mobile radio transmitters, on all roads within 1,000 feet of blasting operations. dling areas. (o) Blasting operations in the prox imity of overhead power lines, com munication lines, utility services, or other services and structures shall not be car ried on until the operators and/or owners have been notified and measures for safe control have'been taken. (p) The use of black powder shall be prohibited. (q) All loading and firing shall be di rected and supervised by competent per sons thoroughly experienced in this field. (r) All blasts shall be fired electrically with an electric blasting machine or properly designed electric power source, except as provided in 1926.906 (a) and <r). 1926.901 Blaster qualifications. Whenever adherence to the 1,000-foot (a) A blaster shall be able to under distance would create an operational stand and give written and oral orders. handicap, a competent person shall be (b) A blaster shall be in good physical consulted to evaluate the particular condition and not be addicted to nar situation, and alternative provisions may cotics, intoxicants, or similar types of be made which are adequately designed drugs. to prevent any premature firing of elec (c) A blaster shall be qualified, by tric blasting caps. A description of any reason of training, knowledge, or experi such alternatives shall be reduced to ence, in the field of transporting, storing, writing and shall be certified as meeting handling, and use of explosives, and have the purposes of this subdivision by the a working knowledge of State and local competent person consulted. The de laws and regulations which pertain to scription shall be maintained at the con explosives. struction site during the duration of the (d) Blasters shall be required to fur work, and shall be available .for inspec nish satisfactory evidence of competency tion by representatives of the Secretary in handling explosives and performing of Labor. in a safe manner the type of blasting container shall be securely mounted on the bed to contain the cargo. (g> All vehicles used for the trans portation of explosives shall have tight floors and any exposed spark-producing metal on the inside of the body shall be covered with wood, or other nonsparking material, to prevent contact with con tainers of explosives. (h) Every motor vehicle or conveyance used for transporting explosives shall be marked or placarded on both sides, the front, and the rear with the word "Ex plosives" in red letters, not less than 4 inches in height, on white background. In addition to such marking or placard ing, the motor vehicle or conveyance may display, in such a manner that it will be readily visible from all directions, a red flag 18 Inches by 30 inches, with the word "Explosives" painted, stamped, or sewed thereon, in white letters, at least 6 inches in height. (1) Each vehicle used for transporta tion of explosives shall be equipped with a fully charged fire extinguisher, in good condition. An Underwriters Laboratoryapproved extinguisher of not less than 10-ABC rating will meet the minimum requirement. The driver shall be trained in the use of the extinguisher on his vehicle. (j) Motor vehicles or conveyances carrying explosives, blasting agents, or blasting supplies, shall not be taken in side a garage or shop for repairs or servicing. (11) Specimens of signs which would that will be required. (k) No motor vehicle transporting meet the requirements of paragraph (e) The blaster shall be knowledgeable explosives shall be left unattended. (k) (3) of this section are the following: and competent in the use of each type of blasting method used. 1926.903 Underground transportation of explosives. . TURK OFF 2-WAY RADIO 1926.902 Surface transportation of explosives. (a) Transportation of explosives shall meet the provisions of Department of (a) All explosives or blasting agents in transit underground shall be taken to the place of use or storage without delay. Transportation regulations contained in (b) The quantity of explosives or 14 CFR Part 103. Air Transportation; 46 blasting agents taken to an underground CFR Parts 146-149, Water Carriers; 49 loading area shall not exceed the CFR Parts 171-179, Highways and Rail amount estimated to be necessary for the About 48* X 48* About 42* X 36* ways; 49 CFR Part 180, Pipelines; and blast. (4) Ensuring that mobile radio trans m mitters which are less than 100 feet away from electric blasting caps, in other than original containers, shall be de energized and effectively locked; (6) Compliance with the recommen dations of The Institute of the Makers of Explosives with regard to blasting in the vicinity of radio transmitters as stip ulated in Radio Frequency Energy--A 49 CFR Parts 390-397, Motor Carriers. (c) Explosives in transit shall not be (b) Motor vehicles or conveyances left unattended. transporting explosives shall only be* (d) The hoist operator shall be noti- driven by, and be in the charge of, a fled'before explosives or blasting agents licensed driver who is physically fit. He are transported in a shaft conveyance. shall be familiar with the local. State, (e) Trucks used for the transporta and Federal regulation governing the tion of explosives underground shall transportation of explosives. have the electrical system checked (c) No person shall smoke, or carry weekly to detect any failures which may matches or any other flame-producing constitute an electrical hazard. A written device, nor shall firearms or loaded car record of such Inspections shall be kept Potential Hazard in the Use of Electric tridges be carried while in or near a on file. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262609 ir i 22870 RULES AND REGULATIONS (f) The installation of auxiliary lights on truck beds, which are powered by the truck's electrical system, shall be prohibited. . (g) Explosives and blasting agents shall be hoisted, lowered, or conveyed in a powder car. No other materials, sup plies, or equipment shall be transported in the same conveyance at the same time! (h) No one, except the operator, his helper, and the powderman. shall be permitted to ride on a conveyance trans porting explosives and blasting agents. (l) No person shall ride in any shaft conveyance transporting explosives and blasting agents. (j) No explosives or blasting agents shall be transported on any locomotive. At least two car lengths shall separate the locomotive from the powder car. (k) No explosives or blasting agents shall be transported on a man haul trip. a) The car or conveyance containing explosives or blasting agents shall be pulled, not pushed, whenever possible. (m) The powder car or conveyance especially built for the purpose of trans porting explosives or blasting agents shall bear a reflectorized sign on each side with the word "Explosives" in letters, not less than 4 inches in height; upon a background of sharply contrasting color. (n) Compartments for transporting detonators and explosives in the same car or conveyance shall be physically separated by a distance of 24 inches or by a solid partition at least 6 inches thick. (e) Detonators and other explosives shall not be transported at the same time in any shaft conveyance. (p) Explosives, blasting agents, or blasting supplies shall not be transported with other materials. (q) Explosives or blasting agents, not in original containers, shall be placed in a suitable container when transported manually. (r) Detonators, primers, and other explosives shall be carried in separate containers when transported manually. 1926.904 Storage of explosive* and blasting agents. (a) Explosives and related materials shall be stored in approved facilities re quired under the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Service regula tions contained in 26 CFR 181, Com merce in Explosives. (b) Blasting caps, electric blasting caps; detonating primers, and primed cartridges shall not be stored in the same magazine with other explosives or blast ing agents. (c) Smoking and open flames shall not be permitted within 50 feet of explosives and detonator storage magazine. Cd) No explosives or blasting agents shall be permanently stored in any underground operation until the opera tion has been developed to the point where at least two modes of exit have been provided. (e) Permanent underground storage magazines shall be at least 300 feet from any shaft, adit, or active underground working area. (f> Permanent underground maga zines containing detonators shall not be located closer than 50 feet to any maga zine containing other explosives or blast ing agents. 1926.905 Loading of explosives or blas|ing agents. (a) Procedures that, permit safe and efficient loading shall be established be fore loading is started. (b) All drill holes shall be sufficiently large to admit freely the insertion of the cartridges of explosives. . (c) Tamping shall be done only with wood rods or plastic tamping poles with out exposed metal parts, but nonsparking metal connectors may be used for jointed poles. Violent tamping shall be avoided. The primer shall never be tamped. <d) No holes shall be loaded except those to be fired in the next round of blasting. After loading, all remaining ex plosives and detonators shall be immedi ately returned to an authorized maga zine. (e) Drilling shall not be started until all remaining butts of old holes are ex amined for unexploded charges, and if any are found, they shall be refired be fore work proceeds. (f) No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explosives or blasting agents. (g) No explosives or blasting agents shall be left unattended at the blast site. (h) Machines and all tools not used for loading explosives into bore holes shall be removed from the Immediate location of holes before explosives are delivered. Equipment shall not be oper ated within 50 feet of loaded holes. (i) No activity of any nature other than that which is required for loading holes with explosives shall be permitted in a blast area. Cj) Powerlines and portable electric cables for equipment being used shall be kept a safe distance from explosives or blasting agents being loaded into drill holes. Cables in the proximity of the blast area shall be deenergized and locked out by the blaster. (k) Holes shall be checked prior to loading to determine depth and conditions. Where a hole has been loaded with explosives but the explosives have failed to detonate, there shall be no drill' ing within 50 feet of the hole. (l) When loading a long line of holes with more than one loading crew, the crews shall be separated by practical distance consistent with efficient opera- tlon and supervision of crews. (m) No explosive shall be loaded or used underground in the presence of combustible gases or combustible dusts. (n) No explosives other than those in Fume Class 1, as set forth by the In stitute of Makers of Explosives, shall be used; however, explosives complying with the requiremen ts of Fume Class 2 and Fume Class 3 may be used if ade quate ventilation has been provided. (o) All blast holes in open work shall be stemmed to the collar or to a point which will confine the charge. <p) Warning signs, indicating a blast area, shall be maintained at all ap proaches to the blast area. The warning sign lettering shall not be less than 4 inches in height on a contrasting back ground. . (q) A bore hole shall never be sprung when it is adjacent to or near a hole that is loaded. Flashlight batteries shall not be used for springing holes. (r) Drill holes which have been sprung or chambered, and which are not water-filled, shall be allowed to cool before explosives are loaded. <s> No loaded holes shall be left un attended or unprotected. (t) The blaster shall keep an ac curate, up-to-date record of explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies used in a blast and shall keep an ac curate running inventory of all explosives and blasting agents stored on the opera tion. 1926.906 Initiation of explosive charges--electric blasting. (a) Electric blasting caps shall not be used where sources of extraneous elec tricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. Blasting cap leg wires shall be kept short-circuited (shunted) until they are connected into the circuit for firing. (b) Before adopting any system of electrical firing, the blaster shall conduct a thorough survey for extraneous cur rents, and all dangerous currents shall be eliminated before any holes are loaded. (c) In any single blast using electric blasting caps, all caps shall be of the same style or function, and of the same manufacture. (d) Electric blasting shall be carried out by using blasting circuits or power circuits in accordance with the electric blasting cap manufacturer's recommen dations, or an approved contractor or his designated representative. (e) When firing a circuit of electric blasting caps, care must be exercised to ensure that an adequate quantity of delivered current is available, in ac cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. (f) Connecting wires "and lead wires shall be insulated single solid wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. (g) Bus wires shall be solid single wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. (h> When firing electrically, the in sulation on all firing lines shall be ade quate and in good condition. (I) A power circuit used for firing electric blasting caps shall not be grounded. (J) In underground operations when firing from a power circuit, a safety switch shall be placed in the permanent firing line at intervals. This switch shall be made so it can be locked only in the "Off" position and shall be provided with a short-circuiting arrangement of the firing lines to the cap circuit . . (k) In underground operations there shall be a "lightning" gap of at least 5 feet in the firing system ahead of the main firing switch; that is. between this FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 2G60G8 01262610 AC&S 014164 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22871 switch and the source of power, This gap gh*H be bridged by a flexible Jumper cord Just before firing the blast . O) When firing from a power- circuit the firing switch shall be locked In the open or "Off" position at all times, ex cept when firing. It shall be so designed that the firing lines to the cap circuit are automatically short-circuited when the switch Is in the "Off" position. Keys to this switch shall be entrusted only to the blaster. - (ml Blasting machines shall be In good condition and the efficiency of the machine shall be tested periodically to make certain that It can deliver power at Its rated capacity. (n) When firing with blasting ma chines, the connections shall be made as recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps used. (o) The number of electric blasting caps connected to a blasting machine shall not be In excess of its rated capac ity. Furthermore, in primary blasting, a series circuit shall contain no more caps than the limits recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting oapsin use. (p) The blaster shall be in charge of the blasting machines, and no other per son shall connect the leading wires to the machine. . (q) Blasters, when testing circuits to charged holes, shall use only blasting galvanometers equipped with a silver chloride cell especially designed for this purpose. (r> Whenever the possibility exists that a leading line or blasting wire might be thrown over a live powerline by the force of an explosion, care shall be taken to see that the total length of wires are kept too short to hit the lines, or that the wires are securely anchored to the ground. If neither of these requirements can be satisfied, a nonelectric system shall be used. (s) In electrical firing, only the man. making leading wire connections shall fire the shot. All connections shall be made from the bore hole back to the source of firing current, and the leading wires shall remain shorted and not' be connected to the blasting machine or other source of current until the charge is to be fired. - (t) After firing an electric blast from a blasting machine, the leading wires shall be Immediately disconnected from the machine and short-circuited. 1926.907 Use of safety fuse. (a) Safety fuse Shall only be used where sources of extraneous electricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. The use of a fuse that has been hammered or Injured in any way shall be forbidden. (b) The hanging of a fuse on nulls or other projections which will cause a sharp bend to be formed In the fuse Is prohibited. <c) Before capping safety fuse, a.short length shall be cut from the end of the supply reel so as to assure a fresh cut end In each blasting cap. (d) Only a cap crimper of approved design shall be used for attaching blast- Ing caps to safety fuse. Crimpers shall be kept In good repair and accessible for use. (e) No unused cap or short capped fuse shall be placed In any bole to be blasted; such unused detonators shall be. removed from the working place and destroyed. (f) No fuse shall be capped, or primers made up, in any magazine or near any possible source of Ignition. (g) No one shall be permitted to cany detonators or primers of any kind on his person. Ch) The minimum length of safety fuse to be used In blasting shall be as required by State law, but shall not be less than 30 Inches. ' , (1) At least two men shall be present when multiple cap and fuse blasting Is done by hand lighting methods. (j) Not more than 12 fuses shall be lighted by each blaster when hand light ing devices are used. However, when two or more safety fuses in a group are lighted as one by means of Igniter cord, or other similar fuse-lighting devices, they may be considered as one fuse. (k) The so-called "drop fuse" method of dropping or pushing a primer or any explosive with a lighted fuse attached Is forbidden. (l) Cap and fuse shall not be used for firing mudcap charges unless charges are separated sufficiently to prevent one charge from dislodging other shots in the blast. . (m) When blasting with safety fuses, consideration shall be given to the length and burning rate of the fuse. Sufficient time, with a margin of safety, 'shall always be provided for the blaster to reach a place of safety. g 1926.908 Use of detonating cord. (a) Care shall be taken to select a detonating cord consistent with the type and physical condition of the bore hole and stemming and the type of explosives used. (b) Detonating cord shall be handled and used with the same respect and care given other explosives. (c) The line of detonating cord ex tending out of a bore hole or from a charge shall be cut from the supply spool before loading the remainder of the bore bole or placing additional charges. (d) Detonating cord shall be handled and used with care to avoid damaging or severing the cord during and after loading and hooking-up. (e) Detonating cord connections shall be competent and positive In accordance with approved and recommended meth ods. Knot-type or other cord-to-cord connections shall be "made only with detonating cord In which the explosive core Is dry. (f) All detonating cord trunklines and branchlines shall be free of loops, sharp kinks, or angles that direct the cord back toward the oncoming line of detonation. (g) All detonating cord connections shall be Inspected before firing the blast. (h) When detonating cord millisec ond-delay connectors or short-interval- delay electric blasting caps are used with detonating corth- the practice shall con form strictly, to the manufacturer's recommendations. 1~ (I) When connecting a blasting cap or an electric blasting cap to detonating cord, the cap shall be taped or otherwise attached securely along the side or the end, of the detonatlng.cord, with the end of the cap containing the explosive charge pointed in the direction In which the detonation Is to proceed. (J) Detonators for firing the trunk line shall not be brought to the loading area nor attached to the detonating cord until everything else 1s In readiness for the blast. 1926.909 Firing the blast, (a) A code of blasting signals equiva lent to Table U-l, shall be posted on one or more conspicuous places at the opera tion, and all employees shall be required to familiarize themselves with the code and conform to It. Danger signs shall be placed at suitable locations. (b) Before a blast Is fired, a loud warning signal shall be given by the blaster in charge, who has made certain that all surplus explosives are In a sale place and all employees, vehicles, and equipment are at a safe distance, or under sufficient cover. (c) Flagmen shall be safely stationed on highways which pass through the danger zone so as to stop traffic during blasting operations. (d) It shall be the duty of the blaster to fix the time of blasting. (e) Before firing an underground blast, warning shall be given, and all possible entries Into the blasting area, and any entrances to any working place where a drift, raise, or other opening Is about to hole through, shall be carefully guarded. The blaster shall make sure that all employees are out of the blast area before firing a blast. Table TT-1 Wahninq SiaifAL--A 1-minute series of long blasts 8 minutes prior to blast signal. Blast Signal--A series of short blasts 1 mlnute prior to the shot. All Cleax Signal--A prolonged blast follow ing the Inspection of blast area. 1926.910 Inspection after blasting. . (a) Immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing line shall be dis connected from the blasting machine, or where power switches are used, they shall be locked open or in the off position. (b) Sufficient time shall be allowed, not less than 15 minutes In tunnels, for the smoke and fumes to leave the blasted area before returning to the shot. An inspection of the area and the surround ing rubble shall be made by the blaster to determine if all charges have been exploded before employees are allowed to return to the operation, and in tunnels, after the muck pile has been wetted down. 1926.911 Misfires. (a) If a misfire Is found, the blaster shall provide proper safeguards for ex- FEDERAl REGISTER, VOL 39, NO.' 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 206069 01262611 AC&S 014165 22S72 RULES AND REGULATIONS eluding all employees from the danger and immediately loaded. Detonators and zone. explosives left over after loading a round <b> No other work shall be done ex shall be removed from the working cept that necessary to remove the hazard chamber before the connecting wires of the misfire and only those employees are connected up. . . necessary to do the work shall remain (b) When detonators or explosives in the danger zone. are bought into an air lock, no employee <c) No attempt shall be made to ex except the powderman, blaster, lock tract explosives from any charged or - tender and the employees necessary for misfired hole; a new primer shall be carrying, shall be permitted to enter the put In and the hole reblasted. If refir air lock. No other material, supplies, or ing of the misfired hole presents a haz equipment shall be locked through with ard. the explosives may be removed by the explosives. washing out with water or, where the (c) Detonators and explosives shall be misfire is under water, blown out with taken separately into pressure working air. ' - chambers. (d) If there are any misfires while (d) The blaster or powderman shall be using cap and fuse, all employees shall responsible for the receipt, unloading, remain away from. the charge for at storage, and on-site transportation of least 1 hour. Misfires shall be handled explosives and detonators. under the direction of the person in (e) All metal pipes, rails, air locks, charge of the blasting. All wires shall and steel tunnel lining shall be electri be carefully traced and a search made cally bonded together and grounded at for unexploded charges. or near the portal or shaft, and such (e> No drilling, digging, or picking pipes and rails shall be cross-bonded shall be permitted until all missed holes together at not less than 1,000-foot inter have been detonated or the authorized vals throughout the length of the tunnel representative has approved that work In addition, each low air supply pipe can proceed. shall be grounded at its delivery end. 1926.912 Underwater blasting. (f) The explosives suitable for use in wet holes shall be water-resistant and (a) A blaster shall conduct all blast shall be Fume Class 1. ing operations, and no shot shall be (g) When tunnel excavation in rock fired without his approval. (b) Loading tubes and casings of dis similar metals shall not be used because face is approaching mixed face, and when tunnel excavation is in mixed face, blasting shall be performed with light of possible electric transient currents charges and with light burden on each from galvanic action of the metals and hole. Advance drilling shall be per water. formed as tunnel excavation in rock face (c> Only water-resistant blasting approaches mixed face, to determine the caps and detonating cords shall be used general nature and extent of rock cover for all marine blasting. Loading shall and the remaining distance ahead to be done through a nonsparking metal loading tube when tube is necessary. (d) No blast shall be fired while any vessel. under way is closer than 1,500 soft ground as excavation advances. ] 926.914 Definitions applicable to this suliparl. ' feet to the blasting area. Those on board (at "American Table of Distances" vessels or craft moored or anchored (also known as Quantity Distance within 1,500 feet shall be notified before Tables) means American Table of Dis a blast is fired. tances for Storage of Explosives as re (e) No blast shall be fired while any vised and approved by the Institute of swimming or diving operations are in the Makers of Explosives, June 5.1964. progress in the vicinity of the blasting (b) "Approved storage facility"--A area. If such operations are in progress, facility for the storage of explosive ma signals and arrangements shall be agreed terials conforming to. the requirements upon to assure that no blast shall be fired of this part and covered by a license while any person is in the water. or permit issued, under authority, of the (f) Blasting flags shall be displayed. Internal Revenue Service. (See 26 CFR (g) The storage and handling of ex Part 181). plosives aboard vessels used in under (c) "Blast area"--The area in which water blasting operations shall be ac explosives loading and blasting opera cording to provisions outlined herein on tions are being conducted. , handling and storing explosives. (d) "Blaster"--The person or persons (h) When more than one charge is . authorized to use explosives for blasting placed under water, a float device shall be purposes and meeting the qualifications attached to an element of each charge in contained in 5 1926.901. such manner that it will be released by (e) "Blasting agent"--A blasting the firing. Misfires shall be handled in agent is any material or mixture con accordance 'with the requirements of sisting of a fuel and oxidizer used for S 1928.911. blasting,- but not classified an explosive 1926.913 Blasting in excavation work under compressed air. and in which none of the ingredients is classified as an explosive provided the furnished (mixed) product cannot be (a) Detonators and explosives shall detonated with a No. 8 test blasting' cap not be stored or kept in tunnels, shafts, when confined. A common blasting agent or caissons. Detonators and explosives presently in use is a mixture of am for each round shall be taken directly monium nitrate (NHJiO.) and carbo from the magazines to the blasting zone naceous combustibles, such as fuel oil or coal, and may either be procured, pre mixed and packaged from explosives companies or mixed In the field. (f) "Blasting cap"--A metallic tube closed at one end. containing a charge of one or more detonating compounds, and designed for and capable of detona tion from the sparks or flame from a safety fuse Inserted and crimped into the open end. (g) "Block holing"--The breaking of boulders by firing a charge of explosives that has been loaded in a drill hole. (h) "Conveyance"--Any unit for transporting explosives or blasting agents, including but not limited to trucks, trailers, rail cars, barges, and vessels. . (1) "Detonating cord"--A flexible cord containing a center core of high explosives which when detonated, will have sufficient strength to detonate other cap-sensitive explosives with which it'is in contact. (j) "Detonator"--Blasting caps, elec tric blasting caps, delay electric blasting caps, and nonelectric delay blasting caps. (k> "Electric blasting cap"--A blast ing cap designed for and capable of deto nation by means of an electric current. (1) "Electric blasting circuitry"-- (1) Bus wire. An expendable wire, used in parallel or series, in parallel circuits, to which are connected the leg wires of electric blasting caps. (2) Connecting wire. An insulated expendable wire .used between electric blasting caps and the leading wires or between the bus wire and the leading wires. (3) Treading wire. An Insulated wire used between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. (4) Permanent blasting wire. A per manently mounted Insulated wire used between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. (m) "Electric delay blasting caps"-- Caps designed to detonate at a prede termined period of time after energy is applied to the ignition system. (n) "Explosives"--(1) Any chemical compound, mixture, or device, the pri mary or common purpose of which Is to function by explosion; that is. with sub stantially instantaneous release of gas and heat, unless such compound, mix ture or device is otherwise specifically classified by the UB. Department of Transportation. (2) All material which is classified as Class A, Class B, and Class C explosives by the TUB. Department of Transporta tion. (3) Classification of explosives by the UB. Department of Transportation is as follows: . Class A Explosives. Possessing detonating hazard, auch as dynamite, nitroglycerin, picric acid, lead azide, fulminate .of mercury, black powder, blasting caps, and detonating primers. Class B Explosives. Possessing flammable hazard, such as propellant explosives. Includ ing some smokeless propellants. Class C Explosives. Include certain types of manufactured articles which contain Class A or Class B explosives, or both, as components, but In restricted quantities. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 123--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262612 2GG070 AC&S 014166 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22873 (o) "Fuse lighters"--Special devices (1) As used in this Subpart V the term Tablx V--l 6tor the purpose of Igniting safety fuse. "construction" Includes the erection of MTSSirATXiro COHSXKT--KXKmUlf DISTAKCB (p) "Magazine"--Any building or new electric transmission and distribu structure, other than an explosives tion lines and equipment, and the alter manufacturing building, used for the ation, conversion, and Improvement of Voltage range XUlimum working ' (phase to phase) amt dear hot kilovolt stick distance storage of explosives. ' existing electric transmission and dis 2.1 to IS__________________________ 2 ft. 0 In. (q> "Misfire"--An explosive charge tribution lines and equipment. 16.1 to 351_____ 2 ft. 4 In. which failed to detonate. (2) Existing electric transmission and 35.1 to 48_- 2 ft. 6 In. <r) "Mud-capping" (sometimes known distribution lines and electrical equip 464 to 72.6 3 ft. 0 In. as bulldozing, adobe blasting, or dobylng). The blasting of boulders by placing a quantity of explosives against a rock,' boulder, or other object without con fining the explosives in a drill hole. (s) "Nonelectric delay blasting cap"-- ment need not be modified to conform to the requirements of applicable stand ards in this Subpart V, until such work as described in subparagraph-(1) of this paragraph is to be performed an such lines or equipment. ; 72.8 to 121 3 ft. 4 In. 138 to 145 3 ft. 6 In. 161 to 169 3 ft. 8 in. 230 to 242_________________________ 5 ft. 0 In. 845 to 362______________________-- 17 ft. 0 In. 500 to 552________________________111 ft. 0 In. 700 to 765> 16 ft. 0 In. A blasting cap with an Integral delay element in conjunction with and capable of being detonated by a detonation Im (3) The standards set forth in this Subpart V provide minimum require ments for safety and health. Employers 'Non: Tot 345-362 kv,, 600-552 fcv,, and 700-765 kv- the minimum working distance and the minimum clear hot stick distance pulse or signal from miniaturised deto may require adherence to additional may be reduced provided that such distances nating cord. <t) "Primary blasting"--The blasting operation by which the original rock standards which are not In conflict with the standards contained In this Subpart V. . are not less than the shortest distance be tween the energized part and a grounded surface. formation Is dislodged from its natural <b) Initial inspections, tests, or deter <d) Deenergizing lines and equipment. location. minations. (1) Existing conditions shall (1) When deenergizing lines and equip (u) "Primer"--A cartridge or con tainer of explosives Into which a. deto nator or detonating cord is Inserted or attached. (v) "Safety fuse"--A flexible cord containing an internal burning medium by which fire Is conveyed at a continuous and uniform rate for the purpose of be determined before starring work, by an Inspection or a test. Such conditions shall Include, but not be limited to, ener gized lines and equipment, conditions of poles, and the location of circuits and equipment, including power and com munication lines, CATV and fire alarm circuits. ment operated In excess of 600 volts, and the means of disconnecting from electric energy Is not visibly open or visibly locked out. the provisions of subdivisions (1) through (vii) of this subparagraph shall be complied with: . (1) The particular section of line or equipment to be deenergized shall be firing blasting caps. ' (w) "Secondary blasting"--The re duction of oversize material by the use of explosives to the dimension required for handling. Including mudcapping and blockholing. (x) "Stemming"--A suitable Inert In combustible material or device used to confine or separate explosives In a drill hole, or to cover explosives In mud capping. (y) "Springing"---The creation of a pocket In the bottom of a drill hole by the use of a moderate quantity of ex plosives in order that larger quantities or explosives may be Inserted therein. (z) "Water gels, or slurry explo sives"--A wide variety of materials used for blasting. They all contain substantial proportions of water and high propor tions of ammonium nitrate, some of which Is in solution In the water. Two broad classes of water gels are: (1) Those which are sensitized by a material classed as an explosive, such as TNT or smoke less powder, and (2) those which contain no Ingredient classified as an explosive; these are sensitized with metals such as aluminum or with other fuels. Water gels may be premixed at an explosives plant of mixed at the site Immediately before delivery into the bore hole. Subpart V--Power Transmission and . Distribution (2) Electric equipment and lines shall be considered energized until determined to be deenergized by tests or other ap propriate methods or means. (3) Operating voltage of equipment and lines shall be determined before working on or near energized parts. (c) Clearances. The provisions of sub paragraph (1) or (2) of this paragraph shall be observed. ' (1) No employee shall be permitted to approach or take any conductive object without-an approved insulating hanHia closer to exposed energized parts than shown In Table V-l, unless: (1) The. employee is Insulated or guarded from the energized part (gloves or gloves with sleeves rated for the volt age involved shall be considered insula tion of the employee from the energized part), or (11) The energized part Is Insulated or guarded from him and any other conduc- rive object at a different potential, or (ill) The employee Is isolated. In sulated, or guarded from any other con- ducrive object(s), as during live-line bare-hand work. - (2) (1) The minimum working dis tance and minimum clear hot stick dis tances stated In Table V-l shall not be violated. The minimum clear hot stick distance is that for the use of live-line tools held by linemen when performing live-line work. clearly Identified, and it shall be Isolated from all sources of voltage. (ii) Notification and assurance from the designated employee shall be ob tained that: (a) All switches and disconnectors through which electric energy may be supplied to the particular section of line or equipment to be worked have been deenergized: (b) All switches and disconnectors are plainly tagged indicating that men are -at work; (c) And that where design of such switches and disconnectors permits, they have been rendered Inoperable. (ill) After all designated switches and disconnectors have been opened, ren dered inoperable, and tagged, visual in spection or tests shall be conducted to insure that equipment or lines have been deenergized. (iv) Protective grounds shall be ap plied on the disconnected lines or equip ment to be worked on. (v) Guards or barriers shall be erected as necessary to adjacent energized lines. (vl) When more than one independent crew requires the same line or equipment to be deenergized, a prominent tag for each such Independent crew shall be placed on the line or equipment by the designated employee In charge. (vli) Upon completion of work on de- ' energized lines or equipment, each desig fi 1926.950 General requirements. (a) Application. The occupational safety and health standards contained In this Subpart V shall apply to the con struction of electric transmission and distribution lines and equipment. <11) Conductor support tools, such as hnk sticks, strain carriers, and Insulator cradles, may be used: Provided, That the <dear insulation Is at least as long as the Insulator string or the minimum dis tance specified In Table V-l for the op erating voltage. nated employee In charge shall deter mine that all employees in his crew are clear, that protective grounds Installed by his crew have been removed, and he shall report to the designated authority that all tags protecting his crew may be removed. 2060:71 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262613 AC&S 014167 22874 RULES AND REGULATIONS (2) When a crew working on a line or equipment can clearly see that the means of disconnecting from electric energy axe visibly open or visibly locked-out, the provisions of subdivisions (1), and (il) of this subparagraph shall apply: (i) Guards or barriers shall be.erected as necessary to adjacent energized lines. (il) Upon completion of work on de energized lines or equipment, each desig nated employee in charge shall determine that all employees in his crew are dear, that protective grounds installed by his crew have been removed, and he shall re port to the designated authority that all tags protecting his crew may be removed. (e) Emergency procedures and first aid. (1) The employer shall provide training or require that his employees are knowledgeable and proficient in: (1) Procedures involving emergency situations, and . (il) First-aid fundamentals including resuscitation. (2) In lieu of paragraph (e)(1) of this section the employer may comply with the provisions of 8 1926.50(c) re garding first-aid requirements. . (f) Night work. When working at night, spotlights or portable lights for emergency lighting shall be provided as needed to'perform the work safely. (g) Work near and over water. When crews are engaged in work over or near water and when danger of drowning ex ists, suitable protection shall be provided as stated in 1926.104, or 8 1926.105, or 8 1926.106. (h) Sanitation facilities. The require ments of 8 1926.51. of Subpart D of this part shall be complied with for sanitation facilities. . (i) Hydraulic fluids. All hydraulic fluids used for the insulated sections of derrick trucks, aerial lifts, and hydraulic tools which are used on or around ener gized lines and equipment shall be of the Insulating type. The requirements for Are resistant fluids of 8 1926.302(d)(1) do not apply to hydraulic tools covered by this paragraph.- . 1926.951 Tools and protective equip ment. (a) Protective equipment. (1) (i) Rub ber protective equipment shall be in ac cordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ANSI J6 series, as follows: Item. Rubber Insulating gloves_______ Rubber matting for use around electric apparatus. Rubber Insulating - blankets____ Rubber Insulating hoods_______ Rubber Insulating line hose___ Rubber Insulating sleeves______ Standard J6.6-1971. J6.7-1935 (R1971). J6.4-1971. J6.2-1950 (R1971). J6.1-1950 (R1971). J6.5-1971. (il) Rubber protective equipment shall be visually Inspected prior to use. (ill) In addition, an "air" test shall be performed for rubber gloves prior to use. (iv) Protective equipment of material other than rubber shall provide equal or better electrical and mechanical protec tion' (2) Protective hats shall be in ac cordance with the provisions of ANSI Z89.2-1971 Industrial Protective Helmets for Electrical Workers, Class B, and shall be worn at the jobsite by employees who are exposed to the hazards of falling ob jects, electric shock, or burns. (b) Personal climbing equipment. (1) (i) Be equipped with three-wire cord having the ground wire permanently connected to the tool frame and means for grounding the other end; or (il) Be of the double insulated type and permanently labeled as "Double In Body belts with straps or lanyards shall sulated"; or be worn to protect employees working at (ill) Be connected to the power sup elevated locations on poles, towers, nr ply by means of an isolating transformer, other structures except where such use or other isolated power supply. > creates a greater hazard to the safety of (3) All hydraulic tools which are used the employees, in which case other safe on or around energized lines or equip guards shall be employed. ment shall use nonconducting hoses hav (2) Body belts and safety straps shall ing adequate strength for the normal meet the requirements of 8 1926.959. In operating pressures. It should be noted addition to being used as an employee that the provisions of 8 1926.302(d) (2) safeguarding item, body belts with ap shall also apply. proved tool loops may be.used for the (4) All pneumatic tools which are used purpose of holding tools. Body belts shall on or around energized lines or equip be free from additional metal hooks and ment shall:. tool loops other than those permitted in (1) Have nonconducting hoses having 8 1926.959. adequate strength for the normal oper (3) Body belts and straps shall be in ating pressures, and spected before use ekch day to determine (ii) Have an accumulator on the com that they are in safe working condition. pressor to collect moisture. (4) (i) life lines and lanyards shall comply with the provisions of 8 1926.104. 1926.952 Mechanical equipment. (il) Safety lines are not intended to (a) General. (1) Visual inspections be subjected to shock loading and are shall be made of the equipment to deter used for emergency rescue such as lower mine that it is in good condition each ing a man to the ground. Such safely day the equipment is to be used. lines shall be a minimum of one-half (2) Tests shall be made at the begin inch diameter and three or four strand ning of each shift during which the first-grade manila or its equivalent in equipment is to be used to determine strength (2,650 lb.) and durability. that the brakes and operating systems (5) Defective ropes shall be replaced. are in proper working condition. (c> Ladders. (1) Portable metal or (3) No employer shall use any motor conductive ladders shall not be used near vehicle equipment having an obstructed energized lines or equipment except as view to the rear unless: may be necessary in specialized work (1) The vehicle has a reverse signal such as in high voltage substations where alarm audible above the surrounding nonconductive ladders might present a noise level or: greater hazard than conductive ladders. (ii) Hie vehicle is backed up only when Conductive or metal ladders shall be an observer signals that it is safe to do so. prominently marked as conductive and (b) Aerial lifts. (1) The provisions of all necessary precautions shall be taken - 8 1926.556, Subpart N of this part, shall when used in specialized work. apply to the utilization of aerial lifts. (2) Hook or other type ladders used (2) When working near energized lines in structures shall be positively secured or equipment, aerial lift trucks shall be to prevent the ladder from being acci grounded or barricaded and considered dentally displaced. as energized equipment, or the aerial lift (d) Live-line tools. (1) Only live-line truck shall be insulated for the work be tool poles having a manufacturer's cer ing performed. tification to withstand the following minimum tests shall.be used: (1) 100,000 volts per foot of length for 5 minutes when the tool is made of fiber glass: or (ii) 75,000 volts per foot of length for (3) Equipment or material shall not be passed between a pole or structure and an aerial lift while an employee working ' from the basket is within reaching dis tance of energized conductors or equip ment that are hot covered with insulating 3 minutes when the tool is made of wood: or ' (iiii Other tests equivalent to para graph (d) (i) or (ii) of this section as protective equipment. (c) Derrick trucks, cranes and other lifting equipment. (1) All derrick trucks, appropriate. (2) All live-line tools shall be visually cranes and other lifting equipment shall comply with Subpart N and O of this inspected before use each day. Tools to part except: be used shall be wiped clean and if any (1) As stated in 8 1926.550(a) (15) (1) hazardous defects are indicated such and (ii) relating to clearance (for clear tools shall be removed from service. ances in this subpart see Table V-l) and (e) Measuring tapes or measuring (ii) Derrick truck (electric line ropes. Measuring tapes or measuring trucks) shall not be required to comply ropes which are metal or contain con with 8 1926.550 (a) (7) (vi), (a) (17), (b) ductive strands shall not be used when (2), and (e). working on or near energized parts. (2) With the exception of equipment (f) Handtools. (1) Switches for all certified for work on the proper voltage, powered hand tools shall comply with mechanical equipment shall not be oper 8 1926.300(d). ated closer to any energized line or equip (2) All portable electric handtools ment than the clearances set forth in shall: 8 1926.950(c) unless: FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 .2.0 GO Pt .ffc i 01262614 AC&S 014168 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22875 (I) An Insulated- barrier is installed (c) Communication conductors. Bare (4) Before installing or removing wire between the energized part and the me wire communication conductors on power or cable, strains to which poles and chanical equipment, or poles or structures shall be treated as structures will be subjected shall be con (II) The mechanical equipment is energized lines unless protected by sidered and necessary action taken to grounded, or Insulating materials. prevent failure of supporting structures. (ill) The mechanical equipment Is In (d) Voltage testing. Deenergized con (5) (i) When setting, moving, or re sulated. or .' ductors and equipment which are to be moving poles using cranes, derricks, gin (lv). The mechanical equipment Is con grounded shall be tested for voltage. Re poles, A-frames, or other mechanized sidered as energized. - sults of this voltage test shall determine equipment near energized lines or equip 1926.953 Material handling. the subsequent procedures as required in ment, precautions shall be taken to avoid $ 1926.950(d). contact with energized lines or equip (a) Unloading. Prior to unloading (e) Attaching grounds. (1) When at ment, except in bare-hand live-line work, steel, poles, cross arms and similar ma- taching grounds, the ground end shall be or where barriers or protective devices terlal, the load shall be thoroughly ex attached first, and the other end shall be areused. amined to ascertain if the load has attached and removed by means of In (ii) Equipment and machinery operat shifted, binders or stakes have broken sulated tools or other suitable devices. ing adjacent to energized lines or equip or the load Is otherwise hazardous to em (2) When removing grounds, the ment shall comply with S 1926.952(c) (2). ployees. grounding device shall first be removed (6) (i) Unless using suitable protec (b) Pole hauling, i1) During pole from the line or equipment using in tive equipment for the voltage involved, . hauling operations, all loads shall be se sulating tools or other suitable devices. employees standing on the ground shall cured to prevent displacement and a red (f) Grounds shall be placed between avoid contacting equipment or machinery xl^^flag shall be displayed at the trailing end work location and all sources of energy working adjacent to energized lines or of the longest pole. and as close as practicable to the work equipment. - . (2) Precautions shall be exercised to location, or grounds shall be placed at (ii) Lifting equipment shall be bonded prevent'blocking of roadways or en the work location. If work is to be per to an effective ground or it shall be con dangering other traffic. formed at more than one location in a sidered energized and barricaded when (3) When hauling poles during the line section, the line section must be utilized near energized equipment or hours of darkness, illuminated warning grounded and short circuited at one loca lines. devices shall be attached to the trailing tion in the line section and the conductor (7) Pole holes shall not be left unat end of the longest pole. to be worked on. shall be grounded at tended or unguarded in areas where em (c) Storage. (1) No materials or each .work location. The minimum dis ployees are currently working. equipment shall be stored under ener tance shown in Table V-l shall be main (8) Tag lines shall be of a noncon- gized bus, energized lines, or near ener tained from ungrounded conductors at ductive type when used near energized gized equipment. If it Is practical to store the work location. Where the making of lines. them elsewhere. a ground is impracticable, or the condi (b) Metal tower construction. (1) (2) When materials or equipment are tions resulting therefrom would be more When working in unstable material the stored under energized lines or near hazardous than working on the lines or excavation for pad- or pile-type footings energized equipment, applicable clear equipment without grounding, the in excess of 5 feet deep shall be either ances shall be maintained as stated in grounds may be omitted and the line or sloped to the angle of repose as required Table V-l; and extraordinary caution #shall be exercised when moving ma terials near such energized equipment. (d) Tag line. 'Where hazards to em equipment worked as energized. (g) Testing without grounds. Grounds may be temporarily removed only when necessary for test purposes and extreme in i 1926.652 or shored if entry is re quired.- Ladders shall be provided for access to pad- or pile-type footing excavations in excess of 4 feet. ployees exist tag lines or other suitable caution shall be exercised during the test (2) When working in unstable material devices shall be used to control loads procedures. provision shall be made for cleaning out being .handled by hoisting equipment. <h) Grounding electrode. When auger-type footings without requiring an (e) Oil flUed equipment. During con grounding electrodes are utilized, such employee to enter the footing unless struction or repair of oil filled equipment electrodes shall have a resistance to 6horlng is used to protect the employee. the oil may be stored In temporary con ground low enough to remove the danger (3) (1) A designated employee shall be tainers other than these required in of harm to personnel or permit prompt used in directing mobile equipment ad { 1926.152. such as pillow tanks. operation of protective devices. jacent to footing excavations. (f) Framing. During framing, opera (1) Grounding to tower. Grounding to (ii) No one shall be permitted to re tions. employees shall not work under a tower shall be made with a tower clamp main in the footing while equipment is pole or a structure suspended by a crane, capable of conducting the anticipated being spotted for placement. A-frame or similar equipment unless the pole or structure is adequately supported. (g) Attaching the load. The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load. This provision shall not apply to electric ^construction crews when setting or re moving poles. - fault current. - . (j) Ground lead. A ground lead, to be attached to either a tower ground or driven ground, shall be capable of con ducting the anticipated fault current and shall have a minimum conductance of No. 2 AWG copper. (ill) Where necessary to assure the stability of mobile equipment the loca tion of use for such equipment shall be graded and leveled. (4) (i) Tower assembly shall be car ried out with a minimum exposure of employees to falling objects when work 1926.954 Grounding for protection of 1926.95S Overhead lines. ing at two or more levels on a tower. v employees. (a) General. AH conductors and equip ment shall be treated as energized until tested or otherwise determined to be de energized or until grounded. (b) New construction. New lines or equipment may be considered deener gized and worked as such where: (1) The lines or equipment are grounded, or (2) The hazard of induced voltages Is not present, and adequate clearances or other means are Implemented to prevent contact with energized lines or equip ment and the new lines or equipment. (a) Overhead lines. (1) When work ing on or with overhead lines the pro visions of paragraph (a) (2) through (8) of this section shall be complied with in addition to other applicable provisions of this subpart. . (2) Prior to climbing poles, ladders, scaffolds, or other elevated structures, an inspection shall be made to determine that the structures are capable of sus taining the additional or unbalanced stresses to which they will be subjected. (3) Where poles or structures may be unsafe for climbing, they shall not be climbed until made safe by guying, brac ing, or other adequate means. (ii) Guy lines shall be used as neces sary to maintain sections. or parts of sections in position and to reduce the possibility of tipping. (ill) Members and sections being as sembled shall be adequately supported. (5) When assembling and erecting towers the provisions of paragraph (b) (i), (11) and (lii) of this section shall be complied with: - (1) The construction of transmission towers and the erecting of poles, hoisting machinery, Site preparation machinery, and other types of construction machin ery shall conform to the applicable re quirements of this part. - FEDERAL REGISTER,'`vOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262615 .206073 AC&S 014169 22876 RULES AND REGULATIONS - Cii) No one shall be permitted under a tower which Is In the process of erec tion or assembly, except as may be re quired to guide and-secure the section being set: ' " - : (ill) When erecting towers using hoist ing equipment adjacent to energized transmission lines, the lines shall be de energized when practical. If the lines are not deenergized, extraordinary caution shall be exercised to maintain the mini mum -clearance ' distances required" by 1926.950(c). including Table V-l* (6) (1) Erection cranes shah be set. on firm level foundations and when the cranes are so equipped outriggers shall be used.'- : <il) Tag lines shah be utilized to main tain control: of tower sections being raised and positioned except where the use of such lines would create a greater hazard. ' (ill) The loadline shah not be detached from a tower section until the section is adequately secured - (iv) Except during emergency restora tion procedures erection shall be discon tinued in the event of high wind or other adverse weather conditions which would make the work hazardous. (v) Equipment and -rigging shah be regularly inspected and maintained in safe operating condition. (7) Adequate traffic cdntrol shah be maintained when crossing highways and railways with equipment as required by the provisions of 1926.200(g) (1) and (2). (8) A designated employee shall be utilized to determine that required clear ance is maintained in moving equipment under or near energized lines. (c) Stringing or removing deenergized conductors. (1) When stringing or re moving deenergized conductors, the pro visions of subparagraph (2) through (12) of this paragraph shah be complied with. (2) Prior to stringing operations a briefing shah be held-setting forth the plan of operation and specifying the type of equipment to be used, grounding de vices and procedures to be followed, crossover methods to .be employed, and the clearance authorization required. (3) Where there is a possibility of the conductor accidentally contacting an energized circuit or receiving a danger ous induced voltage buildup, to further protect the employee from the hazards of-the conductor, the conductor being installed or removed shah be grounded or provisions made to insulate or Isolate the employee,, - (4) (1) If the existing line is deener gized, proper . clearance authorization shall 'be secured and the line grounded on both sides of the crossover or, the line being strung, or removed shah be considered and worked as energized. * (ii> When crossing over energized con ductors In excess of 600 volts, rope nets or guard structures shah be Installed unless provision is -made to isolate or Insulate the workman or the energized conductor. Where practical the auto matic reclosing feature of the circuit interrupting device shah be made in operative. In addition, the line being strung Shan be grounded on either side of the crossover or considered and worked as energized.! r- - :- : . - -. , - (5) Conductors being strung in or re moved shah be kept under-positive con trol by the use of adequate tension reels,, guard structures, tielines, or other means to prevent accidental contact with ener gized circuits. - (6) Guard structure members shall be sound and of adequate dimension and strength, and adequately supported. (7) (1) Catch-off anchors, rigging, and hoists shah be of ample capacity to pre vent loss of the lines.-' : (11) 'The manufacturer's load rating shah not be exceeded for stringing lines, pulling lines, sock connections, and all load-bearing hardware and accessories. (ill) Pulling lines and accessories shall be inspected regularly and replaced or repaired when damaged or when de pendability is .doubtful. The provi sions of S 1926.251(c) (4) (ii) (concerning splices) shah not apply. (8) Conductor grips shah not be used on wire rope unless designed for this application. . (9) While 'the conductor or pulling line is being pulled (in-motion) employ ees shah not be permitted directly under overhead operations, nor shah any em ployee be permitted on the crossarm. (10) A transmission clipping crew shah have a minimum of two structures clipped in between the crew and the conductor being sagged. When working on bare conductors, clipping and tying crews shah work between grounds at all times. The grounds shah remain Intact until the conductors are clipped In, ex cept on dead end structures. (11) (i) Except during emergency res toration procedures, work from struc tures shah be discontinued when adverse weather (such as high wind or ice on structures) makes the work hazardous. (11) Stringing and clipping operations shah be discontinued during the progress of an electrical storm in the immediate vicinity. . , (12) (1) Reel handling equipment, in cluding pulling- and braking machines, shah have ample capacity, operate smoothly, and be leveled and-aligned in accordance with the manufacturer's op erating instructions. . - ' (11) Reliable communications between the reel tender and pulling rig operator shall be provided. -' ` - (Ill) Each pull shah be snubbed or dead ended at both ends before subse quent pulls. ' (d) Stringing adjacent to energized lines. (1) Prior to stringing parallel to an existing energized transmission line a competent determination shah be made to ascertain whether dangerous Induced voltage buildups will occur, particularly during switching and ground fault con ditions. When there is a possibility that such dangerous induced voltage may exist the employer shah comply with the provisions of paragraph (d> (2) through (9) of this section in addition to the pro visions of paragraph (c) of this S 1926. 955, unless the line is worked as energized. - . (2) When stringing adjacent to ener gized lines the tension stringing method or other methods which preclude unin tentional contact between the lines being pulled and any employee shah be used. . (3) Ah pulling and-tensioning equip ment shall be isolated, insulated, or ef fectively grounded. (4) A ground shah be installed between the tensioning reel setup and the first structure in order to ground each bare conductor, subconductor, and overhead ground conductor during stringing operations. (5) During stringing operations, each bare conductor, subconductor, and over head ground conductor shah be grounded at the first tower adjacent to both the tensioning and pulling setup and in in crements so that no point is more them 2 miles from a ground. (I) The grounds shah be left in place until conductor installation is completed. (II) Such grounds shah be removed as the last phase of aerial cleanup. (ill) Except for moving type grounds, the grounds shah be placed and removed with a hot stick. (6) Conductors, subconductors, and overhead ground conductors shah be grounded at ah dead-end or catch-off points. ' (7) A ground shah be located at each side and within 10 feet of working areas where conductors, subconductors, or overhead ground conductors ar3 being spliced at ground level. The two ends to be spliced shah be bonded to each other. It is recommended that sphcing.be car ried out on either an insulated platform or an a conductive metafile grounding mat bonded to both grounds. When a grounding mat is used, it is recommended that the grounding mat be roped off and an insulated walkway provided for access to the mat. (8) (1) All conductors, subconductors, and overhead ground conductors shah be bonded to the tower at any isolated tower where it may be necessary to com plete work on the transmission line. (11) Work on dead-end towers shah re quire grounding on ah deenergized lines. (ill) Grounds may be removed as soon as the work is completed: Provided, That the line is not left open circuited at the isolated tower at which work is being completed.; (9) When performing work from the structures, clipping crews and ah others working on conductors, subconductors, or overhead ground conductors shall be protected by individual grounds installed at every work location. . ' -(e) Live-line bare-hand work. In ad dition to any other applicable standards contained elsewhere in this subpart ah live-line bare-hand work shah be per formed hi accordance with the following requirements. ' . - ----- . (1) Employees shah be Instructed and trained in the live-line bare-hand tech nique and the safety requirements per tinent thereto before being permitted to use the technique m energized circuits. (2) Before using the live-line bainhand technique on energized high-volt age conductors or parts, a check (ball toe made of: FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE [, 1974 01262616 &G6074 AC&S 014170 ...'"V:';::'*"'* 7 * A ` }- v-..*^, -, S'.'.-; _ -V . RULES'ANDREGULATIONS 2287T i-.iV-j/' d) \Thevoltage rating. of, die circuit 'permit'over-rride operation ofequlpment ,- (20) (1) A minimum clearance table (as Sa an which the work Is to be performed;*; ;i shown In table V-2) shall be printed on ... c^^>p<m) ^The clearances to ground ofJlnes f. (13).Groundlevellift control dull not J:a plate of durable noncQnductlve mate- and otherenerglzedpartsonyvhlchwork^he. o_peratedunless per. mission has been ^rlatjand mounted.In the buckets or lts - -jlAtobe performedrandv^rr^^l^^^jhbtalnedfrom^the.eniployee, lnJlfW exr > vicinity so as to be visible to.the operator .1. rT<(m)-*nu-ivoltage;llniltatlonsfof;'the;ceptln1,case,ofemergency:a'aSi'i;'r^t* Of the boom.'.''*; - .7"': *, -'A'l'A ':~ - '-4 f5;Jraerfal-lUtieiiulpinent^ Intended ^to :fce .., .7^(14).'-Before the employee contactsthe (U) .It .ls recommended that, insulated .used. ;: -\,'' energized , partita, - be '.worked* oiv the . measuring sticks be used to verify dear Ti`- (3): Only equipment designed, tested. . conductive bucket liner shall be bonded .- since distances. ^ ' . ' ..and.Intended fotllve-llnev bare-hand* work shall be used. ; ,- ?;z-r-.s,\>n - to the energlzed cpnductor a positive connectloh which by means of shall remain > '1926.956 Underground linea l-: . ; ;AH work shall be personally su-'1 attached^,to the energizedconductor (a). Guarding and ventilating street. 1 MB pervlsed by a person trained and qualified r untll the work on the energized circuit opening used for, access to underground - *^^' .to perform live-line bare-hand work.joY*'ls.completed.-i^v^&,;s:;<^:h^,'ft/i:y'^' -lines, or equipment (1) ^Appropriate **. " `(5>,The,aiitomatIc. reclosing feature ", (15) The - minimum - clearance dis warning* signs shall be promptly placed of circuit Interrupting devices . shall be ' tances for live-line bare-hand work shall when covers of: manholes, handholes, or ;.*. made'tnoperatlye.where practical before"'be as specified In Table V-41. These mini- vaults are removed. What Is an appro- working on any energized line or equip- 'mum desnance distances shall be maln- prfate warning sign Is dependent upon ment. : talned..from ail grounded-objects and the nature and location of the hazards ;, (6) WorkshaHnotbe performed dur- from lines and equipment at a different ' involved.' ;. ..-, '-, . tog the progress of an electrical storm In potential than that to which the insu- (2) Before an employee enters a street the Immediate vicinity. lated aerial device Is bonded unless such opening, such'as a manhole or an un- (7) A conductive bucket liner or other grounded objects or other lines and vented vault, it shall be promptly pro suitable conductive device shall be pro equipment , axe covered by . Insulated tected with a barrier, temporary cover, vided for bonding the Insulated aerial guards. These distances shall be main or other suitable guard. device to the energized line or equipment. tained when approaching, leaving, and (3) When work Is to be performed In a (1) The employee shall be connected when bonded to the energized circuit. manhole or unvented vault: - to tire bucket liner by use of conductive !'* .Shoes, leg clips, or other suitable means. TiBt*v-a '* ' (11) Where necessary, adequate elec - jmnwnt cleuukce ddtakcxs foe uvminb trostatic shielding for the voltage being - BIHMiro WOEX UUSEHATma CtJXJUWl) . (1) No entry shall be permitted unless forced ventilation Is provided or the at mosphere Is found to be safe by testing for oxygen deficiency and the presence worked or conductive clothing shall be provided. . ... ... _ Voltage range (phase Dletanee in lek and Inehee of explosive gases or fumes; lor mudmam voltage (II) Where unsafe conditions are de (8) Only tools and equipment In tended for live-line bare-hand work shall be used, and such tools and equipment phase) kikrvolta Phase to grottnd Phase to phase tected, by testing or other means, the work area shall be ventilated and other wise made safe before entry; shall be kept dean and dry. , . :. (9) Before the boom Is elevated, the outriggers on the aerial truck khan be extended and adjusted to stabilize the truck and the body of the truck shall be bonded to an effective ground, or barri caded and considered as . energized equipment.. . -.. .. :- (10) Before moving the aerial lift Into the work position, all controls (ground level and bucket) shall be checked and tested to determine that they are In proper working condition.': (11) Arm current tests khan be made 1H5. -- -------------- - . U.l-48 ............. ; S&.1-46........................ ............ 46.1-72J.__ ...___ ____ ___ 72.S-1H------- --------------------188-146-----------------------------161-169 _________ __ _____ 230-342 846-862 - 600-652................................ . 700-765________ ... rtr 2*4" ve"' . V4 rsr - - i TV ' ur<r , li'O" ro* - 4Wvvv2*o<wt4Prr" . y4w W4 2tnr > Non: For S4S-S62kr.. 600-652kT,, and 700TtSkr., the minimum clearance distance max be reduced provided tbe distances are not made less than the shortest distance between .the ener gised part and a grounded surface.' - (III) Provisions shall be made for an adequate continuous supply of air. (b) Work in manholes. (1) While work Is being performed In manholes, an em ployee shall be available In the Immediate vicinity to render emergency assistance as may be required. This shall not pre clude the employee in. the Immediate vicinity from occasionally entering a manhole to provide assistance, other than emergency. This requirement does not preclude a qualified employee, working alone, from entering for brief periods of before starting work each day, each time J(16) When approaching, leaving, or Time, a manhole where energized cables during the. day when higher voltage Is bonding to an energized circuit the mini or equipment are In service, for the pur going , to be worked and when changed mum distances In Table V-2 shall be pose .of inspection, housekeeping,-taking.. conditions lndlcate a need for additional maintained between an parts of the In- readings,-;or. similar work If such work tests. Aerlal buckets used__f_o__r__b_a__r_e_-_h_a__n_d_sulated boom assembly and any grounded can be performed safely.. o- live-line work shall be subjected to an - Parts (Including thelowerarmorpor- (2) When open flames must be used or aimi current test.:This test Shall,consist t*l'o* ns o-f -thet-ruck- )-* ......... ...... . .. smoking Is permitted in manholes, extra of placing the bucket In contact with an energized source equal to,the voltage, to , be worked'upon for a minimum-time of 1 three: (3); minutes. The.leakage current ' (17) .When., positioningthe >. bucket alongside ;an energized bushing or in sulator^ string,^ the minimum line-to- ground clearances of Table V-2 must be precautions shall be taken to: provide adequate ventilation. . l -i.: - (3) Before using open flames In a man- ' hole of excavation In an area where com shall not exceed 1 microampere per kilo maintained between all parts of the bustible gases or liquids may be present,; ' volt* of nominal line-to-line* voltage. bucket and the grounded end of the bush- such as near a gasoline service station,; Work operations shall be suspended im- ^ or Insulator string. ;;. . . ; . ^ the atmosphere: of the manhole or ex mediately upon any.Indication of a mal- ; >' (18) (1). The use of handlines between cavation shall be tested and found safe fiinctloh.ln the equipment, ;;; d ' buckets, booms, .and the ground ls:pro- or cleared of the combustible gases or ";(12)Allaerial lifts to be used fonllve- . hlblted. ,.i;. : .; ; liaulds-X- -^'4^::%; ; line bare-hand work shall have dual con-,V ^t.fU)-: No'cohductlve materials; over'36 . v;*cy Trenching -sand >'excavating." (1) trolsVdowerand upper) as required by y hiches long shall be placed ln the bucket, During excavation or trenchlng. ln order ` paragraph r(e) >:,-(D. -and rm nf thic t except. for appropriate length Jumper?^ to prevent. :the;-exposure: of employees sectloiif.iv&-i>a-At:-.r* -j-'p ahnaijripda.ahdtoote^^^ to the ,hazards - createdaby damage > to ' : ri). The upper controls shall be within ' (hi) Noncoriducttve-lype , luindllnes dangerous underground facilities, efforts easy,reach of the employee In the basket, may be. used from line to ground when shall be made to determine: the location If a. two.-basket-type lift is used-access not supported from the bucket.' . ..... of such, facilities and work, conducted in to the controls shall be within easy reach (19) .The bucket and upper Insulated a manner designed to avoid damage. - .from either basket - :.> *. .c a; boomr'shall not be overstressed, by. at . (2) Trenching and excavation opera ><U)V.The.lower set of controls sb.n be - temptlng to lift or support, weights' in tions shall comply wlth.SS 1926.651 and - located near base' of the boom that will excess of the manufacturer's rating.' 1926.652. ... . FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262617 AC&S 014171 22878 RULES AND REGULATIONS vt (3) 'When underground facilities are : (f) Storage. The storage requirements (11) Be at least three (3) inches hr exposed (electric, gas, water, telephone, Of i 1926.953(c) shall be compiled with: width;. - - - "'' etcJ' they shall`be protected as neces ' r (g) Substation fences. (I)' When a < (Ill) Be at least five thirty-seconds sary to avoid damage. - ' substation fence must be expanded or re (%2> Inch thick, if made of leather; aqd - (4) Where multiple cables exist In an excavation, cables other than the one be ing worked on shall be protected as necessary. ' ; . ' (5) When multiple cables exist In an excavation, .the cable to be worked on gbnii be Identified by electrical means unless Its identity-is obvious by . reason of distinctive appearance. (6) Before cutting Into a cable or opening a splice,1 the cable shall be Identi fied and verified to be the proper cable. (7) When working on buried cable or on cable In manholes, metallic, sheath continuity shall be maintained by bond ing across the opening or by equivalent means. ~ 1926.957 Construction in energized substations. (a) Work near energized equipment iacUities. (1) When construction work Is moved for construction purposes, a tem (Iv) Have pocket tabs that extended porary fence affording similar protection, at least 1% inches down and three (3)' when the site is unattended, shall be pro inches back of the inside of circle of vided. Adequate interconnection with each d ring for riveting on plier or tool ground shall be maintained between pockets. On shifting o belts, this meas temporary fence.and permanent fence. urement for pocket tabs shall be taken (2) All gates to all unattended sub when the o ring section is centered.' stations shall be locked, except when (3) A maximum of four (4) tool loops work Is In progress. ' ' ' - -shall be so situated on the body belt that (h) Footing excavation. (1) Excava four (4) Inches of the body belt in the tion for auger, pad and piling type foot center of the back, measuring from D ings for structures and towers shall re ring to D ring, shall be free of tool loops, quire the same precautions as for metal and any other attachments. - - tower construction- (see' S 1926.955(b) (4) Suitable copper, steel, or -equiv (1>). ? alent liners shall be used around bar of . (2) No employee shall be permitted to D rings to prevent wear between these enter an unsupported auger-type exca members and the leather or fabric en vation In unstable material for any-pur closing them. ' pose. Necessary dean-out In such cases (5) All stitching Shall be of a mini shall be accomplished without entry. mum 42-pound weight nylon or equiv 1926.958 External load helicopters, alent thread and shall be lock stitched. Stitching parallel to an edge shall not be performed In an energized substation, _In all operations performed using a less than three-sixteenths (%) Inch from authorization shall be obtained from rotorcraft for moving or placing external -edge of narrowest member caught by. the the designated, authorized person before loads, the provisions of 5 1926.551 of Sub thread. The use of cross stitching on work is started. part N of this part shall be complied leather Is prohibited. (2) When work Is to be done in an with. (6) The keeper of snaphooks shall energized substation,-the following Shall be determined: (1) What facilities are' energized, and (11) What protective equipment and precautions are necessary for the safety g 1926.959 Lineman's body belts, safety straps, and lanyards. (a) General requirements. The re quirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) have a spring tension that will not allow the keeper to begin to open with a weight of 2% pounds or less, but the keeper of snaphooks shall begin to open with a weight of four (4) pounds, when the of personnel. of this section shall be complied with weight Is supported on the keeper against (3) Extraordinary caution shall be for all lineman's body belts, safety the end of the nose. - exercised In the handling of busbars, straps and lanyards acquired for use (7) Testing of lineman's safety straps, tower steel, materials,' and equipment In after the effective date of this subpart. body belts and lanyards shall be in ac the vicinity of energized facilities. The (1) Hardware for lineman's body cordance with the following procedure: requirements set forth in $ 1926-950(c), belts, safety straps, and lanyards shall (I) Attach one end of the safety strap Shall be complied with. be drop forged or pressed steel and have or lanyard to a rigid support, the other (b) Deenergized equipment or lines. a corrosive resistive finish tested to end shall be attached to a 250-pound When It is necessary to deenergize equip American Society for Testing and Ma canvas bag of sand: ment or lines for protection of employ terials B117-64 (50-hour test). Surfaces (II) Allow the 250-pound canvas bag ees, the requirements of S 1926.950(d) shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. of sand to free fall 4 feet for (safety Shall be complied with. - - ' strap-test) and 6 feet for (lanyard test); (c) Barricades and barriers. (1) Barricades or barriers shall be Installed to prevent accidental contact with en ergized lines or equipment. ~ (2) Where appropriate, signs Indicat ing the hazard SJiall be posted near the barricade or barrier. These signs shall comply with S 1926.200. ... . (d> Control panels. (1) Work on or adjacent to energized'"control panels (2) All buckles shall withstand a 2,000-pound tensile test with a maxi mum permanent deformation no. greater than one sixty-fourth inch. (3) D rings shall withstand a 6.000pound tensile test without failure. Fail ure of a o ring shall be considered cracking or breaking. -. (4) Snapbooks shall withstand a 5,000- in each case stopping the fall of the 250-' pound bag: - (ill) Failure of the strap or lanyard shall be Indicated by any breakage, or slippage sufficient to permit the bag to fall free of the strap, or lanyard. The entire "body belt assembly" shall be tested using-one D ring.. A safety strap or lanyard shall be used that is capable of passing the "Impact loading test" and shell be performed, by designated pound tensile test without failure. Fail attached as required In subdivision (1) employees. - ' . ure of a snaphook shall be distortion suf of this subparagraph. The body belt shall (2) Precaution shah be taken to pre ficient to release the keeper. be secured to the 250-pound bag of sand vent accidental operation, of relays or ' (b) Specific requirements. (l) (i) All at a point to simulate the waist of a man other protective devices due to Jarring, fabric used for safety straps shall with and allowed to drop as stated in subdivi vibration, or Improper wiring.- stand an A.C. dielectric test of not less sion (11) of this subparagraph.' Failure -(e) Mechanized .equipment. (1) Use than 25,000 volts per foot "dry" for 3 _ of the body belt shall be indicated by any of vehicles, gin poles, cranes, and other' minutes, without visible deterioration. breakage, or slippage sufficient to permit equipment in restricted or hazardous (11) All fabric and leather used shall the bag to fall free of the body belt. areas shall at all times be'controlled by designated employees. : .. - (2) All mobile cranes and derricks shall be effectively grounded when being moved or operated In close proximity to energized' lines or equipment, or the equipment shall be considered energized. (3) Fenders shall not be required for lowboys used for transporting large he tested for leakage current and shall not exceed 1 milllampere when a po- tentlon of 3,000 volts Is applied to the electrodes positioned 12 Inches apart. (ill) Direct current tests may be per mitted In lieu of alternating current tests. .. . (2) The cushion part of the body belt shall: g 1926.960. Definition applicable to this anbpart. . . ' ... (a) Alive or live (.energized). The term means electrically connected to a source of potential difference, or electrically charged so as to have a potential sig nificantly different from that of the earth In the Vicinity. The term "live" Is some times used in place of the term "current electrical equipment, transformers, or (1) Contain no exposed rivets on the carrying," where the intent is clear, to breakers. Inside; avoid, repetition of the longer term. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262618 206076 AC&S 014172 RULES AND REGULATIONS 22879 .(b) Automatic circuit recloser. The eannected In an electric circuit to a (y) Ground (as averb). The term tom means a self-controlled device lor source of voltage. Nan-current-carrying means the connecting or establishment automatically interrupting and reclosing parts are those not Intended- to be so of a connection, whether by intention or " an alternating current circuit with a pre- connected. ' accident of an electric circuit or equip- ,, . determined sequence of opening and re (n) Dead (deenergized). The term ment to reference ground.-- . <. . - dosing followed by resetting, hold dosed, means free from any electrical connec (z> Grounding electrode (ground dec- , or lockout operation. ' tion to a source of potential difference trade). The term grounding electrode . '(c) Barrier. The term means a physical and from electrical charges: Not having means a conductor embedded in the obstruction which Is Intended to pre a potential difference from that of earth. earth, used for maintaining ground po vent contact with energized lines or ' Note: The term Is used only with refer tential on conductors connected to it, . equipment.- ence to current-carrying parte which' are and far dissipating Jnto the^eaxth cur (d) Barricade. The term means a phys eametlmea alive (energized). ' rent conducted to It. '' 1 '. ical obstruction such as tapes, screens, or cones-Intended to warn and limit ac cess to a hazardous area. (e) Bond. The term means an electri cal connection from one conductive ele ment to another for the purpose of mini mizing potential differences or.providing suitable conductivity for fault current or for mitigation of leakage current and electrolytic action. (f) Bushing. The term means an lnsu- lating structure Including a through con ductor, or providing a passageway for such a conductor, with provision for mounting on a barrier, conducting or otherwise,, for thepurpose of insulating the conductor from the barrier and con ducting current from one side of the barrier to the other. (g) Cable. The term means a conduc tor with insulation, or a stranded con ductor with or without Insulation and other coverings (tingle-conductor cable) or a combination of conductors Insulated from one another (multiple-conductor cable). - (o) Designated employee. The term (aa) Grounding electrode resistance. . The term means the resistance, of the means a qualified person delegated to grounding electrode to earth. perform specific duties under the condi (bb) Grounding , electrode conductor tions existing. .(grounding conductor), The.term means (p) Effectively grounded. The term a conductor used to connect equipment means Intentionally connected to earth or the grounded circuit of a wiring sys through , a ground connection or con tem to a grounding electrode. nections of sufficiently low Impedance (cc) Grounded conductor. The term and having sufficient current-carrying means a system or circuit conductor capacity to prevent the buildup of volt which Is Intentionally grounded. - ages which may result in undue hazard (dd) Grounded system. The term to connected equipment or to persons. means a system of conductors In which (q) Electric line trucks. The term at least one conductor or point (usually means a truck used to transport men, the middle wire, or neutral point' of tools, and material, and to serve as a transformer or generator windings) Is traveling workshop for electric power Intentionally grounded, either solidly or line construction and maintenance work. through a current-limiting device (not It is sometimes equipped with a boom a current-interrupting device). and auxiliary equipment for setting poles, (ee) 'Hotline tools and ropes. The term digging holes, and elevating material or means those tools and ropes which are men. . . especially designed for work on ener (r) Enclosed. The term means sur gized high voltage lines and equipment. rounded by a case, cage, or fence, which Insulated aerial equipment especially de will protect the contained equipment and signed for work on energized high volt prevent accidental contact of a person age lines and equipment shall be con (h) Cable sheath. The term means a with live parts. . sidered hot line. .. protective covering applied to cables. (s) Equipment. This is a general term (ff) Insulated. The term means sepa Non: A cable sheath may consist of mul tiple layers of which one or more Is con ductive. (I) Circuit. The term means a con ductor or system of conductors through which an electric current is Intended to flow. (J) Communication lines.- The term means the conductors and their support ing or containing structures which are used for public or private signal or com munication service, and which operate at potentials not exceeding 400 volts to ground or 750 volts between any two points of the circuit, and the transmitted power of which does not exceed 150 watts. When operating at less than 150 volts no limit is placed on the capacity of the system. Non: Telephone, telegraph, railroad sig nal, data, clock, fire, police-alarm, commu nity television antenna, and other systems conforming with the above are Included. Lines used for signaling purposes, but not Included under the above definition, are considered as supply lines of the same volt- which includes fittings, devices, appli ances. fixtures, apparatus, and the like, used as part of, or in connection with, an electrical power transmission and dis tribution system, or communication sys tems. (t) Exposed. The term means not Iso lated or guarded. . (u) Electric supply lines. The term means those conductors used to transmit electric energy and their necessary sup porting or containing structures.' Signal lines of more than 400 volts to ground are always supply lines within the mean ing of the rules, and those of less than 400 volts to ground' may be considered as supply lines, if so run and operated throughout. (v) Guarded. The term means pro tected by personnel, covered, fenced, or enclosed by means of suitable casings, barrier rails, screens mats, platforms, or other suitable devices In accordance with standard barricading techniques de signed to prevent dangerous approach or contact by persons or objects. rated from other conducting surfaces by a dielectric substance (including air space) offering a high resistance to the passage of current. - . - Note: When any object Is said to be Insu lated, It Is understood to be Insulated In suitable manner for the conditions to which It Is subjected. Otherwise, It Is within the purpose of this subpart, uninsulated. Insu lating covering of conductors Is one of making the conductor Insulated. (gg) Insulation (as applied to cable). The term means that which Is relied upon ~ to insulate the conductor from other conductors or conducting parts or from ground. ' - -. (bh) Insulation shielding. The term means an envelope which encloses the Insulation of a cable and provides an equlpotential surface in contact with cable Insulation. > (11) Isolated. The term means an ob ject that Is not readily accessible to per sons unless special means of access are used. ' -' (jj) Manhole. The term means a sub age and are to be bo run. ' Note: Wires, which ate Insulated but not surface enclosure which personnel may - (k) Conductor. The term means a ma terial, usually in the form of a wire, otherwise protected, are not considered as guarded. - , ' enter and which is used for the purpose of installing, operating, and maintain cable, or bus bar suitable for carrying an ' (w) Ground. (Reference)j'The term ing equipment and/or cable. '= . -- electric current. means ' that conductive body, usually (kk) Pulling tension. The term means (l) Conductor shielding. The term earth, to which an electric potential is the longitudinal force exerted on a cable means an envelope which encloses the referenced. _. during Installation. - ... conductor of a cable and provides an (x) Ground las a noun). The term Gl) Qualified person. The term means equlpotential surface in contact with the means a conductive connection whether a person who by reason of experience or cable Insulation. Intentional or accidental, by which an training Is familiar with the operation (m) Current-carrying part. The term electric circuit or equipment is connected to be performed and the hazards means a conducting part Intended to be to reference ground. - Involved. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, iUNE 24, 1974 01262619 AC&S 014173 22880 RULES ANO REGULATIONS (mm) Svottch. The term means a de after September l, 1972. Material han vice tor opening and closing or chang dling machinery described In paragraph ing the connection of a circuit. In these (a) of this section and manufactured on ..rules, a switch Is understood to be or after September 1, 1972, shall be manually operable, unless otherwise equipped with rollover protective struc stated...- / V. tures whichmeet the minimum perform . -tan)' Top. The term means a system ance standards prescribed in SS 1926.1001 or method of Identifying circuits, sys and 19264002, as applicable. tems or equipment for the purpose: of - (c) Equipment - manufactured before alerting persons that the circuit, sys September 1,1972. (1) All material han tem or equipment Is being worked on.-V- . dling equipment described in paragraph (oo) Unstable material. The term means earth material, other than run- nlng, that because of. Its nature or the Influence of rotated conditions, cannot. be'depended upon to remain In place (a) of this section and manufactured or placed In service (owned or operated by the employer) prior to September 1, 1972, shall be fitted with rollover protec tive structures no later than the dates without. eztra> support, such as would be furnished by a system of shoring. (pp). Vault. The term means ah en listed below: * (1) Machines manufactured an or af ter January 1, 1972, shall be fitted no later than April 1,1973. V closure above, or below ground which (II) Machines manufactured between personnel may alter and Is used for the July 1,1971, and December 31,1971, shall purpose of Installing, operating, and/or be fitted no later than July 1, 1973. maintaining equipment and/or cable. (III) Machines manufactured between (qq) Voltage. The term means the ef July 1, 1970, and June 30, 1971, shall be fective-<rms) potential difference be Jltted no later than January 1,1974. tween any two conductors or between a (It) Machines manufactured between conductor and ground. Voltages art ex JUly 1. 1969, and June 30, 1970, shall be pressed In nominal values. The nominal fitted no later than July 1, 1974. voltage of a system or circuit is the value () Machines manufactured before assigned to a system or circuit of a given July 1, 1969: Reserved pending farther voltage class tor the purpose of con study, development, and review. venient designation. The operating volt (2) Rollover protective structures and age of the system may vary above or supporting attachment shall meet the below this value. . twrnimnm performance criteria detailed (it) Voltage of sat effectively In Si 1926.1001 and 1926.1002, as appli grounded circuit. The term means the cable or shall be designed, fabricated, voltage between any conductor and and Installed in a maimer which will ground unless otherwise Indicated. support, based on the ultimate strength (8S) Voltage of a circuit not effectively grounded. The term means the voltage- between any two conductors. If one dr- cult Is directly connected to and supplied from another circuit of higher voltage (as In the case of an autotransformer), both an considered as of the higher voltage, unless the circuit of lower volt age Is effectively grounded, in which case Its voltage is not determined by the cir cuit of higher voltage. Direct connection Implies electric connection as distin guished from connection merely through electromagnetic or electrostatic Induc tion. . . of the metal, at least two times the weight of the prime mover applied at the point of Impact. (I) The design objective shall be to minimize the likelihood of a complete overturn and thereby minimize the pos sibility of the operator being crushed us a result of a rollover or upset. (II) The design Shall provide a verti cal clearance of at least 62 Inches from the work deck to the HOPS at the point of Ingress or egress. (d) Remounting. HOPS removed far any reason, shall be remounted with equal quality, or better, bolts or welding as required for the original mounting. Subpart W--Rollover Protective :: (e). Labeling. Each HOPS shall have Structures; Overhead Protection . 1926,1000 Rollover protective strtie- . ' tare* (BOPS) for material handling -' equipment.' - ' , -' the following Information permanently affixed to the structure: / (1) Manufacturer* or fabricator's, name and address; ............ (2) ROFS model number. If any; (a) Coverage. (1) This section applies (3) Machine make, model, or series to the following types of material han number that the structure Is designed dling equipment:. To all rubber-tired, to fit. . .. r; self-propelled scrapers, rubber-tired (f) Machines meeting certain existing front-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, governmental requirements. Any ma wheel-typq agricultural and Industrial chine In use, equipped with rollover pro tractors, ..crawler.. tractors.,crawler-type tective structures, shallbe deemed.In loaders,and motor graders, with of with compliance with this section If It meets out attachments, that are used In .con the rolldver protective structure require struction work. This ^requirement, does ments of the State of California.'the UR. not apply to slddboom pipelaying trac Army Corps of Engineers, or the Bureau tors. ..... of Reclamation of the US. Department (2) The promulgation of specific of the Interior in effect on April 5.1972. standards for rollover protective struc The requirements in effect are: tures for compactors and rubber-tired (1) State of California: Construction skid-steer equipment Is reserved pending Safety Orders, Issued by the Department consideration of standards currently be of Industrial Relations pursuant to Divi ing developed. sion 5. Labor Code, 16312, State of Cali (b) Equipment manufactured on or fornia. ' (2) US. Army Corps of Engineers: General Safety Requirements, EM-385 1-1 (March 1967). . : . (3) BureauJof Reclamation, US. De partment of the Interior: Safety and Health -Regulations far - Construction. Part H (September 1971). . >. g 1926.1001. Minimum performance crl. teria for rollover protective structures for designated scraper*, loaders,(dor-. era, graders, and crawler tractors. / . (a) .General. This section prescribes" minimum performance criteria for roll over protective structures. CROPS) for rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers: rubber-tired front-end loaders and rub ber-tired dozers; crawler tractors, and crawler-type loaders, and motor graders. The vehicle and ROPS as a system shall have the structural characteristics pre scribed In paragraph (f) of this section for each type of machine described in this paragraph. (b) The- static laboratory test pre scribed herein will determine the ade-. quacy of the structures used to protect the operator under the following con- dltions: v (1) For rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers, rubber-tired front-end loaders, and rubber-tired dozers: Operating be tween 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard' clay where rollover would be limited to a maximum roll angle of 360* down a slope of 30* maximum. (2) For motor graders: Operating be tween 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard clay where rollover would be limited to 360* down a slope of 30* maximum. (3) For crawler tractors and crawler- type loaders: Operating between 0 arid 10 miles per hour over hard day where rollover would be limited to a maximum roll angle of 360* down a slope of 45*: - (c) Facilities and apparatus. (1) The following material is necessary: . (1) Material, equipment, and tiedown means adequate to Insure that the. ROPS and Its vehicle frame absorb the applied energy. (ID Equipment necessary to measure and apply loads to the ROPS. Adequate means to measure deflections and lengths should also be provided. "..... : (111) Recommended, but not manda tory. types of test setups are Illustrated In Figure.W-lfor all types of equipment to which, this section applies; and in Figure W~2 for rubber-tired self-propel led scrapers; Figure W-3 for rubbertired front-end loaders,' rubber-tired dozers, and motor graders; and Figure W-4 for crawler tractors and crawlertype loaders. (2) Table W-l contains a listing pf the required apparatus for all types of equip ment described In paragraph (a) of this section.-.?-'- . - - >=- Table w-1 .. : Means to measure Deflection of BOPS. Vehicle weight, pounds. Force applied to frame, pounds. Dimensions of critical zone, inches. Accuracy ' 8% of deflection measured. 6% of the weight measured. - 8% of force meas ured. 0.8 m. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 123--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 .206078 01262620 AC&S 014174 (d) Vehicle condition. The ROPS to be tested mast be attached to the vehicle structure in the same manner as it will be attached during vehicle use. A totally assembled vehicle is not required. How-: ever, the vehicle structure and frame which support the ROPS must represent the actual vehicle installation. All nor mally detachable windows, panels,: or nonstructural fittings -shall.be removed so that they do not contribute to the strength of the BOPS. - - : - .(e) Test procedure. The test proce dure shall Include the following, in the sequence indicated:. - ' ' (1) Energy absorbing capabilities of BOPS shall be verified when loaded laterally by incrementally applying a distributed load to the longitudinal out side top member of -the ROPS, as shown in Figure W-l, W-2, or W-3. as appli cable. The distributed load must be ap plied so as to result in approximately uniform, deflection of the ROPS. The load Increments should correspond with approximately 0.5 in. BOPS deflection increment in the direction of the load application, measured at the BOPS top edge. Should the operator's seat be off- center, the load shall he applied on the offcenter side. For each applied load increment, the total load Ob.) versus corresponding deflection, (in.) - shall be {dotted, and the area under the load- deflection curve shall be calculated. This area is equal to the energy (ln.-lb.) ab sorbed by the BOPS. For a typical load- deflection curve and calculation method, see Figure W-5. .' CABLE SLACK RULES AND REGULATIONS 22881 -00U6LE ACTING CYLUIOCR cX--BE-D PLATE &I KAO WEIGHTS L Fioukx "W-S--Test setup tor rubber-died front-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, and motor grademf anaAuuc cnj*cc ROPS -RECEPTACLE ATTACHEO TO OOFS ALL MO SOCKET ratit THANSOUCCR _n_u__u_u_ _W--,1----Ver.t.ica.l vaithi setup _far an types of equipment described ta 11618.1001(a). -. . Pictjri W-4--Slde-Vuullng setup for crawler - tractors and crawler loaders. . Incremental loading shall be continued until the ROPS has absorbed the amount of energy and the minimum applied load specified under paragraph (f) of . this section has been reached or surpassed. (2) To cover the possibility of the ve hicle coming to rest on its top, the: sup port capability shall be verified by apply ing a distributed vertical load to the top of the BOPS so as to result in approxi mately uniform deflection (see figure W-l). The load magnitude is specified in paragraph (f) (2) (lil) of this section. (3) The low temperature impact strength of the material used in the BOPS shall be verified by suitable mate rial tests or material certification (see paragraph (f) (2) (iv) of this section). (f) Performance requirements--(1) General performance requirements. (1) 206079 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL'39,'NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262621 AC&S 014175 '22882 rule: and regulations (11) The applied load must attain at least a value which Is determined by mid- 19.0 -y V' - ttplylng the vehicle weight by the cones ponding factor shown In Figure W-10 for - / rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers; In --r ' ' T- Figure W-ll for rubber-tired front-end loaders and Figure W-12 rubber-tired dozers; In' for crawler tractors and V,J - '- crawler-type loaders; and in Figure W-13 ' V tor motor graders. : - .(111) The load magnitude for purposes of compliance with paragraph (e> (2) - . T of^thls section Is equal to the vehicle weight' The test .`at. load magnitude shall only be made after the requirements of subparagraph (2) (1) of this para graph are met. : . DEFLECTION. (lv)''Material'used In the BOPS must, AREA A-TOTAL DEFLECTOK ; F-FORCE APPUEO - F.+e, F.9F. * (Az-A (a3-A2) ^g- a -".TV. have the capability of performing at zero ; .#r - . IS.0 V. 5 no *- ~i - *. 1 42,0 ""-srMO 1 X >] /v / i / Frouxz W.-8--Determination of energy area under force deflection carve tor all types' of BOPS equipment defined In 11828J001: Mo repairs or straightening of any mem ber shall be carried out between each prescribed test. .. . ' ,: tw- E. : - fiio -1 S' 5-o - - (11) During each test, no part of the - BOPS shall enter the critical sene as de tailed In SAE J397 (1969). Deformation - /- of the ROPS shall not allow the plane -. -' -" // '' - / )/ - U< svooo t 110.000 iB / 2] ____ 1____ 'l ,1, , 1-- t . vcmxr cwm-'iFtai * ' Puross W-8--Energy absorbed Venus Vehicle . Weight. . stress raisers which cannot be entirely avoided cm welded structures. (g) Definitions. For purposes of this section, "vehicle weight" means the manufacturer's maximum weight of the prime mover for rubber-tired self-pro pelled scrapers. For other types of equlp- Mr of the ground to enter this sone. (2) Specific performance require ments. (l) The energy requirement for purposes of meeting the requirements of paragraph (e) (1) of this section Is to be ^1 __I___ 1 t f 1 - - - -- -- *00, -- VEMCIC WOOHT VUIX * - . Promt* W-7--Energy absorbed versus vahlole . weight. determined by referring to the plot of the degrees Fahrenheit, or exhibit Charpy V energy versus weight of vehicle (see notch impact strength of 8 foot-pounds Figure W-6 for rubber-tired self-pro . at minus 20* Fahrenheit. This Is a stand pelled scrapers; Figure W-7 for rubber- ard Charpy specimen as described In tired front-end loaders and robber-tired doeers; Figure W-8 for crawler tractors and crawler-type loaders; and Figure W-9 for motor graders). For purposes of this section, force and weight7are meas American Society of Testing and Ma terials A 370, Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products (available at each Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Admin istration). The purpose of this requlre- - - -/ ( m M-R 0.99 ra,ooo ured as pounds dbJ; energy (U) Is meas ment is to reduce the tendency of brittle ured as Inch-pounds. `' : 7 - fracture associated with dynamic load ing, low temperature operation, and .1 . 1 _1___ f t -` - - - -... l*.r .- 7. / / ' VEMOjt WMHT V US) X to'1 ` :' Proms - W-10 Minimum horizontal load ' factor for self-propelled scrapen. mm r- HI 0.91 'iAw ~ iiii a' -:;; -/ - '/ / .. B'*aoootio^o,t e ! Y -" rt<- Fujuu w-i * i i ioo a i *40 TCMCU WCMHT V(L1H KT* VDOOC XW* Energy absorbed versus vehicle Puuas W-8--Energy absorbed Tarsus vehicle weight. . weight. _ - . r ,.J ,, , t, ., i , i neieae * to"* Frauas W-ll--Minimum horizontal load factor for rubber-tired loaders and dozers. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 19X4 01262622 '20GG80 AC&S 014176 RULES AND REGULATIONS . 22883 frames for the protection, of operators and recorded for each segment of the of wheel type agricultural and Industrial test. - . 7 ' tractors to minimize ' the possibility of (4) Dimensions relative to the seat operator injury resulting from accidental shall be determined with the seat un upsets , during- normal operation.*? With loaded, and adjusted to Its highest and respectvto agricultural <and Industrial most rearwardlatched position provided tractors, the provislons of {{1026.1001 for a seated operator. \ land-1926.1003 -for robber-tired dozers (5) If the seat Is offset, the frame and robber-tired loaders may be utilized loading shall be on the' side with the In..lieu, of the requirements of this least space between the centerline of section.v; 1: the seat and the upright'.- _ - (2) The protective frame which is the (6) The low temperature impact subject of : this standard Is a structure strength of the material used In the mounted da the tractor that extends protective structure 'shall be verified by above the operator's seat qnd conforms suitable material tests or material certi generally to Figure W-14. fications in accordance with { 1926.1001 "S5 *0 . fee , SO too ;. ,120^,.. 140 : VIKIOI CICHT>r|LBLl X ^y. , , - ' (3).If an overhead.weather shield Is <f) (2) (iv) * attached to the protective frame. It may (e) Test procedure for vehicle over-. be In place during tests: Provided. That - turn--(1) Vehicle weight. The weight. ,'IteT7Bx' W-lfll--Minimum horizontal load It does not contribute to the strength of of the tractor, for purposes of this sec 4 factor for. crawler tractors- and' crawler- type loaders. ' . ment to which this section applies, "ve- hide weight" means the manufacturer's mimnm recommended weight of the the protective frame. If such an overhead weather shield Is attached, it must meet the requirements of paragraph (11 of this section. tion, Includes the protective frame,, all fuels, and other components required for normal use of the tractor. Ballast must be added if necessary to achieve a mini mum total weight of 130 lb. (59 kg.) per vehicle plus the heaviest attachment. maximum power takeoff horsepower at . <h) Source of standard. This standard rated engine speed. The weight of the Is derived from, and restates, the fol front end must be at least 33 lb. (15 lowing Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practices: 8AE1 J320a, Minimum Performance; Criteria for Roll Over Protective Structure for Rubber- kg.) per maximum power takeoff horse power. In case power takeoff horsepower Is unavailable. 95 percent of net engine Tired, Self-Propelled Scrapers; SAE Figubx W--14--Typical frame configuration. flywheel horsepower shall be used. J394, Minimum PerformanceCriteria for Roll-Over. Protective Structure for Rub ber-Tired Front End Loaders and Rubber-Tlred Dozers; SAE J395, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Crawler Tractors and Crawler-Type Loaders; and SAE . - ILF LIO l'l-OJ.OSO_C-*CLXIO. (4) For overhead protection require ments, see { 1926.1003. . <5) If protective enclosures are used on wheel-type agricultural and indus trial tractors, they shall meet the re quirements of Society of Automotive En gineers Standard J168 (July 1970), Pro tective Enclosures, Test Procedures, and Performance Requirements. This stand ard appears in the 1971-SAE Handbook and may be examined in each Regional (2) Agricultural tractors " shall be tested at the weight set forth In para graph (e) (1) of this section. (3) Industrial tractors shall be tested with Items of integral or mounted equip ment and ballast that are sold as stand ard equipment or approved by the vehicle manufacturer for use. with the vehicle where the protective frame Is expected to provide protection for the 2 - S 51 . Office of the; Occupational Safety and Health Administration. - - ' (b) AppUcabilits. The requirements of this section apply to wheel-type agricul tural tractors used in construction work operator with such equipment installed. The total vehicle weight and front end weight as tested shall not be less than the weights established in paragraph -' and to wheel-type industrial tractors (e) (1) of this section. used in construction work. See paragraph . (4) The test shall be conducted on a - < , --i- 1 ,1 , 1 1 <j) of tms section for definitions of agri cultural tractors and;Industrial tractors . (c) Performance requirements. <i) Esther a laboratory test or a field test Is required In order to determine the per formance requirements set forth In para dry, firm soil bank as illustrated In Fig ure W-151 The soil in the.Impact area shall, have an average cone7 index in the 0^6 In., (153 mm.) layer not less than 150 according to'American Society VfWOjE WEIGHT 'W" (LXJ X ItS"5 - graph <c)(l> of this section. ' - of. Agricultural Engineers Recommenda Fxeuxs W-IS--Mlnlimim horizontal load fao> (2) A laboratory test may be either - , . tor for motor graders. J396, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Motor Graders. These recommended practices shall be resorted to in the event that questions of-interpretation arise. The recommended practices appear in the i 1971 SAE Handbook, which may be ex amined in each of the Regional Offices of the -Occupational Safety and Health :&; . Administration. ' ' i static or, dynamic. The laboratory test must be under conditions of repeatable and controlled loading In order to permit analysis of the protective, frame. (3) A field upset test, if used, shall be conducted under reasonably controlled conditions,'both rearward and sideways, to verify the effectiveness of the protec tive frame under actual dynamic conditions. - (d) Test procedures--general. (1) The tractor used, shall be the tractor with 1926.1002 -Protective frame'. (ROPS) the greatest weight on which the protec ' . - test-procedure* and performance re- tive frame Is to be used. . quiremenla for wheel-type agricul- (2) A . new protective, frame and '-toral and indtutrial tractors used in mounting connections of the same de . :. construction. - : sign Shall be used for each test procedure. tion AJSAE R313, Soil Cone Penetrometer (available In each Regional Office of the Occupational; Safety and ^eaith Ad ministration). The path of travel of the vehicle shall be 12*2* to the top edge of the bank. i (6) The upper edge of the bank shall be equipped with an 18 in. .<457 mm.) high ramp as described in figure W-15 to assist In tipping the vehicle. (6) The front and rear wheel tread settings, where adjustable. Shall be at the position nearest to halfway between the minimum and maximum settings ob tainable on the vehicle. Where only two aa (a) General, (l) The purpose of this (3) Instantaneous and permanent settings are obtainable, the minimum section is to set forth requirements for frame. deformation shall be measured setting shall be used. . 206081 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 *1262623 AC&S 014177 22884' RULES 'AND REGULATIONS Rsbbb W-20--Typical modified WDa . diagram. . Robbs W-18--Method of measuring Instantaneous deflection. (ill) The protective frame and mount ing connections shall be instrumented .with the necessary recording equipment to obtain the required load-deflection data to be used in calculating FSB (see paragraph (J)(3) of this section). The gauges shall be placed on mounting con nections before the Installation. load is (7) Vehicle Overturn Teat--Sideways and Rearward. <i) The tractor shall be driven under its own power along the specified path of travel at a minimum speed of 10 m.ph. (16 km./hr.) or maxi mum vehicle speed if under 10 m.ph. (16 km./hr.) up the ramp as described in subparagraph (5) of this paragraph, applied. . (2) Test procedure. (1) The side load application shall be at the upper ex tremity of the frame upright at a 90* angle to the centerline of the vehicle. The side load "L" shall be applied ac cording to Figure W-16. "L" and "IT* shall be recorded simultaneously. The to induce sideways overturn. test shall be stopped when: (11) Rear upset shall be induced by en gine power with the tractor operating in gear to obtain 3-5 m.ph. (4.6-8 km./hr.) at maximum governed-engine r.pm. pref erably by driving, forward directly UP a minimum slope of two vertical to one (a) The strain energy absorbed by the frame is equal to the. required input energy (E) or (b) Deflection of the frame exceeds the allowable deflection, or horizontal. The engine clutch may be (c) The frame load limit occurs be used to aid in inducing the upset. (f) Other test procedures. When the field upset test is not used to determine ROPS performance, either the static test or the dynamic' test, contained in fore the allowable deflection is reached in the side load. (li) The D-D diagram, as shown by means of a typical example in Figure paragraph (g) or (h) of this section, W-19, shall be constructed, using the shall be made. ' '. ' . . (g) Static test--(1)' Test conditions. (1) The laboratory mounting: base* shaU include that part of the tractor chassis to which the protective frame. is attached including the mounting parts.:. -r . data obtained In accordance with para graph (g) (2) (i) of this section. ... ,. (Ill) The modified L_-D. diagram shall be constructed according to para graph (g)(2)(il) of this section and . (11) The protective frame shall be in according to Figure W-20. The strain strumented with the necessary equip energy absorbed by the frame (E.) shall ment to obtain the required load deflec then be determined. ' _ tion data at the locations and directions (iv) Eu. FER, and FSB shall be specified in Figures W-16, W-17, and W-18. calculated. - (v) The test procedure shall be re peated on the same frame utilizing L (rear input: see Figubs W-18) and Ei,, Rear load application shall be uniformly distributed along a maximum projected dimension of 27 in. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 sq. In. (1,032 sq. cm.) normal to. the direction of load application. The load shall be applied to the upper extremity of the'frame at the point which is midway between the cen terline of the seat and the Inside of the frame upright. ' -' (h) Dynamic test--(1) Test condi tions. (i) The protective frame and trac tor shall meet the requirements of para graphs (e) (2) or (3) of this section, as appropriate. (li) The dynamic loading shall be pro duced by use of a 4.410 lb. (4.000 kg.) weight acting as a pendulum. The im pact face of the weight shall be 27 plus or minus 1 in. by 27 plus or minus 1 in. (686+ or --25 mm.) and shall be con structed so that its center of gravity is within 1 in. (25.4 mm.) of its geometric center. The weight shall be suspended from a pivot point 18-22 ft (S.5-6.7 m.) above the point of impact bn the frame and shall be conveniently and safely ad justable for height. (See Figure W-2L) \ . LOAD APPLtEO DM " .v-" ----Lg--i I ? EL r*i pi 1 LL JJ Robbs W-16--Side load application. Robbs W-19--Typical L-D diagram. (ill) For each phase of testing, the tractor shall be restrained from moving when the dynamic load is applied. The restraining members shall be of 0.5-=0.63 in. (12.5-16~mm.> steel cable and points of attaching restraining members shall be located an appropriate distance be hind the rear axle and in front of the FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39. NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 206082 01262624 AC&S 014178 i RULES AND/ REGULATIONS .22885 .front^szlei to provide al5*-J0*angle . , (vll) If any cables, props, or blocking rated In each-design to withstand.the between a restraining cable, and the ' Shift or break durlng the. test the.test overturn test prescribed In this para horizontal. The restraining member L'shall be repeated.- .. a. ~ graph (1). The structural requirements shall either be In the plana In which the f. L'(2)..re*t procedure---(li Generol, The Will be generally met If the dimensions center /'gravity.of the pendulum will iframe, shall be evaluated hy Imposing in this paragraph (1) are adhered to In .swing/or more than'; one restraining c dynamic loading to rear followed by a both side and rear loads; r- 1, } jcable shall gives resultant force in this load to the side on the same frame. The ` <J) Definitions applicable to this.secplane. (See Figure W-22J . *; -: < r pendulum dropped from the height (see tion. (1) SAE J333a, Operator Protection . definition "H" in paragraph-.(J) (3) of for Wheel-Type Agricultural and tndus- -this-section) imposes the dynamic load. trial Tractors (July 1970) defines "agri . The position of the pendulum shall.be so cultural tractor" as a' "wheel-type vehi selected that the Initial point of impact cle of more than 20 engine horsepower i.on the frame shall be In line with the arc designed to furnish the power,to :pull. of travel of the center of gravity of the carry, propel, or drive Implements that. pendulum. A quick release mppiiMiiiim are designed 'for agricultural, usage." should be.used but if-used. Shall not ta- - Since this Part 1926 applies only to con .fluence the attitude of the block. struction work, the following definitibn -j .i- (11) Impact at rear.;The tractor shall ( Of "agricultural tractor" Is adopted for be properly restrained according to sub- purposes of this subpart: "Agricultural .paragraphs (1) (ill) and(lv) of this vtractor" means a wheel-typevehicle Of Rous* _claimed1 nwr or tom wNkcHuOfl NuMC . W-23--Method at Impact from . rear. ` . paragraph. ;The tractor Shall be posltionedwithrespect to the pivot point of "more than 20 engine horsepower, used fa the pendulum such that the pendulum is ~ construction work, which .is.' designed'to. 20* from the vertical prior to Impact as furnish the power to pull, propel, or drive (iv) The wheel tread - setting shall shown in Figure W-22. The impact shall implements. . : comply with the requirements ofpara- graph; .<e> (6) of this section. The tires shall have no liquid ballast and shall be ; Inflated to the maximum operating pres sure recommended by the tire manufac- turer. With spedfled tire inflation, the be applied to the upper extremity of the - (2)- "Industrial tractor" means that frame at the point which Is midway be tween the centerline of the seat and the -class,of wheeled type tractor' of more inside of the frame upright of a new than 20 engine horsepower (other than frame. rubber-tired loaders and dozers described (Ill)Impact at side. The Mock and fa 8 1926.1001), used In operations such ' restraining cables shall be tightened to restraining Shall -conform to subpara as landscaping, construction services, ' provide .tire deflection of 6-8 percent of nominal tire section width. After the ve hicle Is properly restrained, a wooden beam 6 k 6 In. <15 x 15 cm.) shall be driven tightly against the appropriate graphs (1) (ill) and (iv) of this para graph. The point of Impact shall be that structural - member of the protective frame likely to hit the- ground first In a sideways accidental upset. The side Im loading, digging, grounds keeping, and highway maintenance. V (3) The following symbols, terms, and explanations apply to this section: wheels and damped. Far the test to the pact shall be applied to the side opposite Ei.=Energy input to be absorbed during aide side, an additional wooden beam shall be that used for rear Impact. ( loading. Ei.=723 + 0.4 W ft.-lb. <E*t. placed as a prop against the whed near (1) Performance requirements--(1) = 100+0.12 W*. m.-kg:). : est the operator's station and shall be General. (1) The frame, overhead Etr=Energy Input to be absorbed during mar secured to the floor so that It Is held tightly against the wheel rim during im pact. The length of this beam shall be '! chosen, so that, when It 4 positioned . .against.the whed rim. It Is at an angle weather shield, fenders, or other parts in . loading. Eir=0.47 W ft--lb.. (E'i,=0J4 the operator area may be deformed but - W'.m.-kg.). .- . shall hot shatter or leave sharp edges exposed to the operator, or violate dimen sions as shown in Figures W-16 and W-17 W=Tractor weight as prescribed In 11925. . 1002 (e) (1) and (e) (3). In lb. (W'. kg.). L=Statlcload. lb. (kg.). . . - .. D=Deflection under L. In. (mm.). ; ; , ` of 25*-40* to the horizontal. It. shall as follows: . ' . ' L-D=Staticload-deflecti6n diagram* ' '' have a length 20-25 times its depth and - D=2 In. (51. mm.) Inside at frame upright Lm-Da=Modlfied static load-deflection dla- a width two to three times its depth. . (See Figures W-22 and W-23.) . to vertical centerline of seat. . .. gram (Figure W-20) . To account far In E=30 In."(762 mm.). . .. crease in strength due to Increase, in F=Not less than 0 In. and not more than .. strain rate, raise L in plastic range to 12 In. (305 mm.), .measured at - ,LxE. . . centerline front of seat backrest to K=Increase In yield strength induced by crossbar along the line of load appll- ... higher rate of loading (13 far hpt rolled cation as shown In Figure W-17. ' v low carbon steel 1010-1030f. Low carbon 0=24 In. <610 mm.). > Is preferable; however. If 'hlgher' earbon or other material Is used, K must be de- (ii) The material and design combina . . . . termlned In - the laboratory. Refer to tion used in the protective structure must , Charles H. Norris, et aLv Structural De be such that the structure can meet all sign for Dynamlc Loads (1959); p, 8.- prescribed performance tests at zero de I.,=Maxlmum observed static load. grees Fahrenheit in accordance with Load Limit=Point on L-D curve where ob 1926.1001(f) (2) (lv). (2) Vehicle overturn performance re quirements. The requirements of this paragraph (1) must be met In both side . served static load Is 0.8 (refer to Figure W-19). " E=Straln energy absorbed' by the frame. ' __ft.-lb. (m.-kg.) area under L-P curve. FER=FUctor of energy ratio, FKR=E./E|.; . -BEAM CLAMPED AGAMST SCES OF FRONT ANO REAR WHEELS AND AGAMST PROP. ' and; rear overturns. . alSO=Ea/Elr. .... - <3) Static test performance require p=Mazlmum observed force In mounting (Plans*-W-23--Method at- Impact tram side. ">^-(v) : Means shall - beprovided -indi cating the'Maximum instantaneous de- flectioiialongthe lined impact. A sim ple ' friction - device ` Is illustrated in Figure W-23.' - " -r: (vi) No repair or adjustments may be carried out during the test. < ments. Design'factors shall be incor ._connection under static load. I* lb.-.(kg.).- porated in each design to withstand an FSB=Deslgn margin for mounting connec- overturn test as prescribed In this para graph .(1), The structural requirements will be generally met If FER Is greater than l and FSB Is greater than K-l In . . tlon PSB= (P./Pa) -- 1. ' ' ' `H=Vertlcal height of lift of 4,410 lb. (2,000 kg.) weight. In. (HC, mem)-. The weight shall be pulled back so that the height' . of Its center of gravity above the point both side and rear loadings. ' of impact is defined as follows: H=4.02 (4) Dynamic test performance require +0.00190 W or (H`=125+0.107 W') ments. Tle&gn factors shall be Incorpo (Figure W-24). . . vIt: 200033 fEOERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24, 1974 01262625 AC&S 014179 22886 RULES AND REGULATIONS (2) Static and dynamic rear load ap trated in Figure W-37 dull be 6 in. plication shall be uniformly distributed : us2mm.). -- ' < along a maximum projected'dimension of 27 in. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 in.* (1,032 cm.*) normal 'to the direction of load application. The load shall be applied to the upper ex - tremity of the frame at the point which Is midway between the centerline of the . seat and the inside of the frame upright. (3) The static and dynamic side load application shall be uniformly distributed Fiouaz w-37--Method of load application for along a maximum projected dimension of . - crush test.: -v .' ' 27 in. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of ' Asm W-M--Impact energy and cone 160 in.* (1.032 cm.*) normal to the di - Spending lift height of 4.410 lb. (2A00 kg.) rection of load application. The direction i- -Weight. . .. . _ . of load application is the same .as in (k) Source of rtandard.Thc standard ' S 1926.1002 (g) and (h). To simulate the .In this section Is derived from, and re characteristics of the structure during states. Society of Automotive Engineers < an upset,* the center of load application Standard J334a (July 1970).;Protective may be located from a paint 24 in. (610 Frame Test Procedures and Performance mm.) (K> forward to 12 fn. (305 nun.) * *. . r rlV' - ' . . ' (f) Performance requirements--(1) General. The performance requirements set forth In S 1826.1002(1) (2). (3). and (4) shall be met. -. ' (2) Drop test performance require ments. (1) Instantaneous deformation due to Impact of the sphere shall-not enter the protected zone as Illustratedin j Figures W-25. W-26, and W-28. Requirements. This standard shall be re CL) rearward of the front of the seat sorted to In the event that questions of backrest to best utilize the structural Interpretation arise. The standard ap strength. See Figure W-2S. pears in the 1971 SAE Handbook, which ..may be examined in each of the Regional rT-i Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. . .' 1926.1003 . Overhead protection for operators of agricultural and indus trial tractors. '- ' (a) General--(1) Purpose. When overhead protection is provided on wheel- Floos* W-M--Protected tone during crush ' and drop teats. - type agricultural and Industrial tractors, Btuii W 78 loestlon tor aide load. 01) in addition to e> dimensions set the overhead protection shall be designed unit installed according to the require ments contained In this section. The pro visions of : 1926.1001 for rubber-tired dozers and rubber-tired loaders may be used In lieu of the standards contained in this section. The purpose of the stand ard is to minimise the possibility of oper ator injury resulting from overhead haz ards such as flying and falling objects, and at the same time to minimize the possibility of operator Injury from the cover Itself In the event of accidental upset.- v . .. . - - (2) Applicability. This standard ap plies to wheel-type agricultural tractors used in construction work and to wheel- type Industrial tractors used In construc tion work. See 11926.1002 <b) and <J>. In the case of machines to which $ 1926.604 (relating to site clearing) also applies, the overhead protection may be either the type of protection provided in j 1926.604 or the type of protection pro (d) Drop test procedures. (1> The same frame shall be subjected to the drop test following either the static or dynamic test. (2) A solid steel sphere or material of equivalent spherical dimension weighing 100 lb. (45.4 kg.) shall be dropped once from a height 10 ft. (3,048 mm) above the overhead cover. (3) The point of impact'shall be on the overhead cover at a point within the zone of protection, as shown In Figure W-26, which is furthest removed from major structural members. - forth In 8 1926.1002(1) (l) (1). the follow ing dimensions apply to Figure W-28: H= 17.5 In. <444 mm.) ' J=2 In. (SOS mm.) measured from the outer - periphery of the steering whasL. . m (3) Crush test performance require ments. The protected zone as described in Figure W-28 must not be violated. (g) Source of standard. Hiis standard is derived from, and restates, the portions of 8odety of Automotive Engineers Standard J167 which pertain -to over head protection requirements. The full title of the SAE standard Is: Protective Frame with Overhead Protection--Test Procedures and Performance Require ments. The SAE standard shall be re sorted to In the event that questions of Interpretation arise. The 8AE standard appears hi the. 1971 SAE Handbook, which may be examined in each of the Regional Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, : vided by this section. (b) Overhead protection. When over Subpart .X--Effective Dates - head protection is installed onwheel-type Flnni W-38--Zona of protection for drop 1926.1050 Effective date* (general). . agricultural or Industrial tractors used in . test. Except where different effective dates construction work, it shall meet the re- (e) Crush test procedure. (1) The same are specifically provided in 8 1926.1051, -qulrements of this paragraph. The over head protection may be constructed of frame shall be subjected to the crush test following the drop test and static the safety and health standards pub lished in Subparts C through U of this a solid material, if grid or mesh Is used, or dynamic test. ,, part shall -become effective on. April 24, the largest permissible opening shall be ; (2) Hie test load shall be applied as such that the maximum circle which shown in Figure W-27 with the seat posl- 1971, for all . Federal and/ federally m assisted advertised - contracts subject can be Inscribed between the-elements tioned as spedfled in { 1926.1002(d)(4). 'thereto which are advertised after that of the grid or mesh is 1.5 In. (38 mm.) in Loading cylinders shall be pivotally date and on April 27. 1971. for: all such diameter. The overhead protection shall mounted at both ends. Loads applied by negotiated contracts for which negotia not be installed In such & way as to be come a hazard In the case of upset. each cylinder shall be equal within 2 per cent. and the sum of the loads of the two tions begin after that date, , ; (c) Test procedures--general. (1) The cylinders shall be two times the tractor 8 1926.1051 Effective dates (specific). requirements of i 1926.1002 (d), (e), weight as set forth in $ 1926.1002(e) (1). (a) With respect to standards con and (f) shall be met. - The maximum width of the beam lllus- cerning brakes and fenders prescribed in FEDEKAL ECISTER. VOL 39, NO. 122--MONDAY, JUNE 24,' 1974 01262626 206084 AC&S 014180 228P8 ~ RULES AND "ISOLATIONS 01262628 206086 AC&S 014182 tob Pa m l M t - S i r m and B s ilt b B mplatioot rent OowarapcnoK--Contlnnad: RULES AND REGULATIONS 8a-tZ.?: iiililiiiilil llllllllili illlilii &i8Se*3i>leS*ii3 88iiiS ii StSs AAAfl^ - 3s$ !& ;,8 !-i S ' ^if'iSfcllAlSSl'ihll6iQil?g3 i|lilllllli iISliili ieS sISIiflsiiSIp.SEp. il *&SeSS i^sSssssss 11 MI Q_ Q(C3. s J asilfS f! f&a & gc'cS .SSqX|osa flC . afl *l3a.2 oil If" si gf?3 .go ;So5g|>i. 'oS^os^S a *z 8. ill !!*sgSo fsf?ssief-fsiesei s|giE| f isssiss eeee O---O---O---O---O---O---OO -O--O---O---O-- S :0E Sflf> t! ^Isi issf o3^J9 _ rS5..| .o !!???!a!H mill-all gOWWW SSU'iJS E Ii ew o Sf asi&ilfi sISM* JVQiiBfiJige1iQjsi2s** & B= B5o,W S g gS o2 egOsOsOeOeOsslaOOffssisiSOi 4WasKS|K?iBTHS|MfiaaM-! gSW'iH3lw'HS3l U$8*ffglt-Stfgwios-mCq3aglm*J5g^i'^SlCHSQraO5aU2 ,,-RS23feSSgSK2S8223S2tegS2Sgg siligiisgsii 53S6Sg2r CO 8 00 8 S3 6 _Z a S5 to 09 5i iiiiiiiisgiisiiii^ISIsp IG^!:S7liSi;Sa.0;ISfg'iisls s> isiliit X if e <o zo z o > o o Spbtect I r o n I I r o n ?o* P iB t 1958-Bitsw i r o H i u n R sotrunoiw to* OoirtrarcnoiJ-Conttnoed 206087 01262629 AC&S 014183 22890 ISubject ndex tob Part wM -B atett and U ealtb Regulations ros CoKsTBUcnoN-Contlmud II Subject ndex tok Past IMS--Sa u t t and H ealtb Reoolationi toe Construction--Coattnusd RULES AND REGULATIONS 01262630 20G088 AC&S 014184 n o n tA i u o is m , v o u >9, no . i m -- Monday, ju n i u , 19M :<SK ^ULKi AND-,REGULATIONS -^22891 -.a . X,:- ;. ;;44|cf :>r $musitlf' *v* !44 : : a !a|;' :SSi '7L: r : : ! ;ss > :-s $ !! J* o ?** eft*: 1 m *i<'iii ii k si idI:: S*4i3|r^gSl.~^sf*i* :I : i J i : iI : _iljfj_i_i ii j if ,C id* il-IIsaiiS s til'll 2 6OW2KQi'|SII W- &&% PkbCWCU iiil s i * ijoa .:sb :& :: tS jl!" : il* ifi | SSi .. :| ls| S-i a-MS i&il -5S e.*SsTgjs-ii js^-cs -.Qi-Di;. Iflfgl Jo ?g 9 5 S I2& ! ffMll fci fcti&f III II Islap-s s^a ~sa rS'S g s8s'tLs-<= 5 Sz.a flIf --" p91sh til if liil *lI*P***l WP K . M z9 ><- ' O .s M O z co >O Kc e SS o e ^ <1 n': Id&.l-:-' vi ` id ;J -J: :| :s . :s :a j S i ;g if i2g2 il- is i il i ifl&a 11 i Pi igofi S a asaaS 22 22 000 o 000 01262631 AC&S 014185 RULESAND^REGUWflONS f~r- : --ita Wgm&!l 1 --sMrtf rS-^^ r..-2 t si-v- './ . 'V' .- O - vv. *..* : _: - i: w ' i -<<. i i ifi . a i.i a - a a * a - a- t a a a -a a Jiitriii::: MW iI'Ll H*;;-aaaa-a- aa. aa- a a-*a .*a *a *a *a *a'a >a a* 5g?f a aa----'- ai J SiSSSSSSSSssSss^SeSS :3e :23 i :s aa aa # ;. aj<aHa . aa i dQ*OS a.a-aa.a aa a -aa a a a.t :J :! aa a . i *J a * i,J. . a a 11 - id5 ai <OC wa aa .aa aa aa a iJJ a a_ a a a a l iM a tStl a a a a i : i !|I : i i i, ) i:& i :>3| : : ::] a<J id I -a i*a : : :-S.e :::::::: :e.es iiiMlimmdl : :T:i: i r-i i > '. k m a 01262632 206000 AC&S 014186 fly, Hi Sill IDiREGULATIONSl :!<!'! ^^^>'22893-23893 ? ' T %*-' .v-v^V `PH v-^-"< '> v" '.-jv.rij***-:;: I ' ,I:l.>!ilJv'.im:iT.> ift:rMi-411I.O-: JCWSi-^V'-. yigaji.l ftlip ,#&-] wmfc t : .}, j r.:j i iij?s? :ii~ >- Jill KPS :>> 1Ifif., liUfpslUljSII >S.Soj5>!p facfscS. fcfc ttSSSft^l gggfp :"4 <%$.< $&+.'?%4 illl MS :;r; M ;., r.i, i.-^ t. t ; * * . <' . u i !?*?? * ! |Mfs 81. ,,5 i iiiiiiiiii >!:': :::i::-i ii:: i :E :: : : : 5-i : : iHi 11 M'J.Ul5 i i i5 IS is S; . : si i : i i : : i ? Vii : i i g 2 sis::: : : i i i i s i!i :: ^ \-im tU'vSj- mm s y-s i m i -sgs - j sin j yi g y j u jy b i i i ig U : 4afc* s.t: s i : Is sd !;:}.}^..sgl-r-.J.s.J i*':*fE`oS'3ll3^^i^3` : I `Cl'S '9'-^ r *Jo - * * s sj^S- 115 'UO <^oQ : i : #- * sS-'-iS :: I 5*5- :misiq|l - JTJ s^Ilss^l 0M UJP Sl3|3 >: *i * ` * i ,t* -v * i 'X-K-tt-t< : rv! *v\f 8M- :s sj'ii-ry; HH|n-H j:: -s-us.^ : J.t 11: s : i ri : rtf :*!, f.J :* i*l-i #.* -> ^*i, #.-'. ssr" .......................... v: *i{-jyT'* * - .,;i' t . ---r.- , - ^ .''; -- . -! :i *Kr 20009t % l>l!;c iCD i5 : S1-/-8<!gIg?I'gri,-p6Sg|ilij U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1976 O - 202-599 , 01262633 AC&S 014187